Store client's environment in terminal parameters, not server parameters.
[bpt/emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17187 59902))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
30
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
32
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
35
36 \(fn)" t nil)
37
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
40
41 \(fn)" t nil)
42
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
45
46 \(fn)" t nil)
47
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
51
52 \(fn)" t nil)
53
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
56
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
61
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
63
64 ;;;***
65 \f
66 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
67 ;;;;;; (17277 60154))
68 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
69
70 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
71 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
72 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
73 extensions.
74 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
75 the file name.
76
77 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
78
79 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
80 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
81
82 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
83 \\{ada-mode-map}
84
85 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
86 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
87
88 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
89 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
90
91 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
92 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
93
94 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
95
96 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
97 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
98
99 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
100 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
101
102 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
103 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
104 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
105 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
106 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
107
108 If you use imenu.el:
109 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
110
111 If you use find-file.el:
112 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
113 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
114 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
115 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
116 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
117
118 If you use ada-xref.el:
119 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
120 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
121 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
122
123 \(fn)" t nil)
124
125 ;;;***
126 \f
127 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
128 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
129 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
130
131 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
132 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
133
134 \(fn)" t nil)
135
136 ;;;***
137 \f
138 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
139 ;;;;;; (17226 24577))
140 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
141
142 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
143 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
144 Completion is available.
145
146 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
147
148 ;;;***
149 \f
150 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
151 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
152 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
153 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
154 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17277 60153))
155 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
156
157 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
158 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
159 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
160 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
161
162 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log")
163
164 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
165 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
166 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
167
168 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log")
169
170 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
171 *Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
172 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
173 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
174 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
175 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
176
177 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log")
178
179 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
180 Prompt for a change log name.
181
182 \(fn)" nil nil)
183
184 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
185 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
186
187 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
188 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
189 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
190 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
191
192 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
193 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
194 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
195
196 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
197 current buffer to the complete file name.
198 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
199
200 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
201
202 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
203 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
204 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
205 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
206
207 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
208 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
209
210 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
211
212 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
213 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
214 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
215
216 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
217 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
218 the same person.
219
220 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
221 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
222 notices.
223
224 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
225 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
226
227 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
228
229 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
230 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
231 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
232 the change log file in another window.
233
234 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
235 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
236
237 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
238 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
239 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
240 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
241 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
242 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
243 \\{change-log-mode-map}
244
245 \(fn)" t nil)
246
247 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
248 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
249
250 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
251 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
252
253 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
254 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
255
256 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
257 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
258
259 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
260 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
261
262 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
263 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
264 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
265 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
266 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
267
268 Has a preference of looking backwards.
269
270 \(fn)" nil nil)
271
272 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
273 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
274 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
275 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
276 or a buffer.
277
278 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
279 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
280
281 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
282
283 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
284 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
285
286 \(fn)" t nil)
287
288 ;;;***
289 \f
290 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
291 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17257
292 ;;;;;; 22482))
293 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
294
295 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
296 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
297 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
298 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
299 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
300 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
301 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
302 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
303 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
304 interpreted as `error'.")
305
306 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice")
307
308 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
309 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
310 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
311 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
312 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
313 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
314 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
315 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
316
317 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice")
318
319 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
320 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
321 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
322 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
323 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
324 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
325 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
326 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
327 will be overwritten with the new one.
328 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
329 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
330 will clear the cache.
331
332 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
333
334 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
335 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
336 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
337
338 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
339 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
340 BODY... )
341
342 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
343 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
344 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
345 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
346 see also `ad-add-advice'.
347 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
348 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
349 before/around/after-advices will be used.
350 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
351 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
352 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
353 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
354 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
356
357 Semantics of the various flags:
358 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
359 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
360 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
361
362 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
363 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
364
365 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
366 advised function should be compiled.
367
368 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
369 during activation until somebody enables it.
370
371 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
372 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
373 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
374 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
375
376 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
377 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
378 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
379 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
380 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
381 during preloading.
382
383 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
384
385 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
386
387 ;;;***
388 \f
389 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
390 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
391 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17187 59901))
392 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
393
394 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
395 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
396 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
397 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
398 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
399 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
400 rule's `separate' attribute).
401
402 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
403 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
404 `separate' attribute set.
405
406 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
407 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
408 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
409 on the format of these lists.
410
411 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
412
413 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
414 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
415 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
416 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
417 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
418 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
419 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
420 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
421 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
422 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
423 options.
424
425 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
426 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
427
428 Fred (123) 456-7890
429 Alice (123) 456-7890
430 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
431 Joe (123) 456-7890
432
433 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
434 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
435 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
436
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
438
439 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
445
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
447
448 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
455
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457
458 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
465
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467
468 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
470
471 \(fn)" t nil)
472
473 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
475
476 \(fn)" t nil)
477
478 ;;;***
479 \f
480 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
481 ;;;;;; (17257 22482))
482 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
483
484 (autoload (quote allout-mode) "allout" "\
485 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
486
487 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
488 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
489
490 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
491 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
492 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
493 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
494 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
495 outline.)
496
497 In addition to outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
498
499 - topic-oriented repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
500 - integral outline exposure-layout
501 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
502 - automatic topic-number maintenance
503 - easy topic encryption and decryption
504 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and
505 exposure control. (See the allout-mode docstring.)
506
507 and many other features.
508
509 Below is a description of the bindings, and then explanation of
510 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
511 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
512 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
513 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
514
515
516 The bindings are dictated by the `allout-keybindings-list' and
517 `allout-command-prefix' variables.
518
519 Navigation: Exposure Control:
520 ---------- ----------------
521 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] allout-next-visible-heading | \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] allout-hide-current-subtree
522 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] allout-previous-visible-heading | \\[allout-show-children] allout-show-children
523 \\[allout-up-current-level] allout-up-current-level | \\[allout-show-current-subtree] allout-show-current-subtree
524 \\[allout-forward-current-level] allout-forward-current-level | \\[allout-show-current-entry] allout-show-current-entry
525 \\[allout-backward-current-level] allout-backward-current-level | \\[allout-show-all] allout-show-all
526 \\[allout-end-of-entry] allout-end-of-entry
527 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry,] allout-beginning-of-current-entry, alternately, goes to hot-spot
528
529 Topic Header Production:
530 -----------------------
531 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] allout-open-sibtopic Create a new sibling after current topic.
532 \\[allout-open-subtopic] allout-open-subtopic ... an offspring of current topic.
533 \\[allout-open-supertopic] allout-open-supertopic ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
534
535 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
536 ---------------------------------
537 \\[allout-shift-in] allout-shift-in Shift current topic and all offspring deeper.
538 \\[allout-shift-out] allout-shift-out ... less deep.
539 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] allout-rebullet-current-heading Prompt for alternate bullet for
540 current topic.
541 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] allout-rebullet-topic Reconcile bullets of topic and its offspring
542 - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
543 alternated according to nesting depth.
544 \\[allout-number-siblings] allout-number-siblings Number bullets of topic and siblings - the
545 offspring are not affected. With repeat
546 count, revoke numbering.
547
548 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
549 ----------------------------------
550 \\[allout-kill-topic] allout-kill-topic Kill current topic, including offspring.
551 \\[allout-kill-line] allout-kill-line Like kill-line, but reconciles numbering, etc.
552 \\[allout-yank] allout-yank Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
553 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
554 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
555 \\[allout-yank-pop] allout-yank-pop Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
556
557 Misc commands:
558 -------------
559 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
560 and establish a default file-var setting
561 for `allout-layout'.
562 \\[allout-mark-topic] allout-mark-topic
563 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer
564 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
565 buffer with name derived from derived from that
566 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
567 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer
568 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
569 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
570 format.
571 ESC ESC (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
572 auto-activation.
573
574 Encrypted Entries
575
576 Outline mode supports easily togglable gpg encryption of topics, with
577 niceties like support for symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout,
578 passphrase consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
579 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save. The aim is
580 to enable reliable topic privacy while preventing accidents like neglected
581 encryption, encryption with a mistaken passphrase, forgetting which
582 passphrase was used, and other practical pitfalls.
583
584 See the `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function and
585 `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable for details.
586
587 HOT-SPOT Operation
588
589 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
590 navigation and exposure control.
591
592 \\<allout-mode-map>
593 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
594 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
595 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
596 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c C-f\"
597 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
598
599 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can execute
600 the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a single
601 keystroke. Non-literal chars never get this special translation, so
602 you can use them to get away from the hot-spot, and back to normal
603 operation.
604
605 Note that the command `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry])
606 will move to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located at the
607 beginning of the current entry, so you can simply hit \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]
608 twice in a row to get to the hot-spot.
609
610 Terminology
611
612 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
613
614 TOPIC: A basic, coherent component of an Emacs outline. It can
615 contain other topics, and it can be subsumed by other topics,
616 CURRENT topic:
617 The visible topic most immediately containing the cursor.
618 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of a topic; it increases with
619 containment. Also called the:
620 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
621
622 ANCESTORS:
623 The topics that contain a topic.
624 PARENT: A topic's immediate ancestor. It has a depth one less than
625 the topic.
626 OFFSPRING:
627 The topics contained by a topic;
628 SUBTOPIC:
629 An immediate offspring of a topic;
630 CHILDREN:
631 The immediate offspring of a topic.
632 SIBLINGS:
633 Topics having the same parent and depth.
634
635 Topic text constituents:
636
637 HEADER: The first line of a topic, include the topic PREFIX and header
638 text.
639 PREFIX: The leading text of a topic which distinguishes it from normal
640 text. It has a strict form, which consists of a prefix-lead
641 string, padding, and a bullet. The bullet may be followed by a
642 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
643 siblings, a space, and then the header text.
644
645 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting depth
646 of the topic.
647 PREFIX-LEAD:
648 The string at the beginning of a topic prefix, normally a `.'.
649 It can be customized by changing the setting of
650 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
651
652 By setting the prefix-lead to the comment-string of a
653 programming language, you can embed outline structuring in
654 program code without interfering with the language processing
655 of that code. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
656 docstring for more detail.
657 PREFIX-PADDING:
658 Spaces or asterisks which separate the prefix-lead and the
659 bullet, according to the depth of the topic.
660 BULLET: A character at the end of the topic prefix, it must be one of
661 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
662 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. (See the documentation
663 for these variables for more details.) The default choice of
664 bullet when generating varies in a cycle with the depth of the
665 topic.
666 ENTRY: The text contained in a topic before any offspring.
667 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
668
669
670 EXPOSURE:
671 The state of a topic which determines the on-screen visibility
672 of its offspring and contained text.
673 CONCEALED:
674 Topics and entry text whose display is inhibited. Contiguous
675 units of concealed text is represented by `...' ellipses.
676 (Ref the `selective-display' var.)
677
678 Concealed topics are effectively collapsed within an ancestor.
679 CLOSED: A topic whose immediate offspring and body-text is concealed.
680 OPEN: A topic that is not closed, though its offspring or body may be.
681
682 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
683
684 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky) (quote outlineify-sticky))
685
686 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky) "allout" "\
687 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
688
689 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
690 setup for auto-startup.
691
692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
693
694 ;;;***
695 \f
696 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
697 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17257 22483))
698 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
699
700 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
701
702 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
703 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
704 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
705 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
706 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
707 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
708
709 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
710
711 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
712 Not documented
713
714 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
715
716 ;;;***
717 \f
718 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
719 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17226 24576))
720 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
721
722 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
723 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
724 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
725 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
726 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
727 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
728 in the current window.
729
730 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
731
732 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
733 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
734 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
735
736 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
737
738 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
739 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
740 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
741
742 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
743
744 ;;;***
745 \f
746 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
747 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17187 59901))
748 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
749
750 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
751 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
752
753 \(fn)" t nil)
754
755 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
756 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
757
758 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
759 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
760 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
761 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
762
763 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
764 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
765
766 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
767
768 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
769
770 ;;;***
771 \f
772 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
773 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17187 59902))
774 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
775
776 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
777 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
778 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
779 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
780 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
781 \\[yank].
782
783 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
784 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
785 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
786 the rules.
787
788 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
789 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
790 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
791 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
792
793 \(fn)" t nil)
794
795 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
796 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
797 \\{antlr-mode-map}
798
799 \(fn)" t nil)
800
801 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
802 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
803 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
804
805 \(fn)" nil nil)
806
807 ;;;***
808 \f
809 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
810 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
811 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
812 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17229 28052))
813 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
814
815 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
816 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
817 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
818 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
819
820 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt")
821
822 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
823 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
824
825 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt")
826
827 (defvar appt-audible t "\
828 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
829
830 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt")
831
832 (defvar appt-visible t "\
833 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
834 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
835
836 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt")
837
838 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
839 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
840 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
841
842 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt")
843
844 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
845 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
846 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
847
848 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt")
849
850 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
851 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
852 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
853
854 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt")
855
856 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
857 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
858 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
859
860 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt")
861
862 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
863 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
864 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
865
866 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
867
868 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
869 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
870
871 \(fn)" t nil)
872
873 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
874 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
875 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
876 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
877 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
878 NUMBER hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
879 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
880
881 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
882 function.
883
884 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
885 appointment package (if it is not already active).
886
887 \(fn)" nil nil)
888
889 (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
890 Toggle checking of appointments.
891 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
892 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
893
894 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
895
896 ;;;***
897 \f
898 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
899 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
900 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (17277 59649))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
902
903 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "\
904 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
905 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
906 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
907
908 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
909 kind of objects to search.
910
911 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
912
913 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
914 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
915 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
916 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
917 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
918 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
919
920 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
921 normal variables.
922
923 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
924
925 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
926
927 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
928 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
929 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
930 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
931 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
932 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
933
934 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
935 noninteractive functions.
936
937 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
938 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
939
940 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
941 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
942
943 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
944
945 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
946 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
947
948 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
949
950 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
951 Show all bound symbols whose names match PATTERN.
952 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
953 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
954 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
955 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
956
957 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
958 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
959 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
960
961 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
962
963 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
964 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches PATTERN.
965 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
966 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
967 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
968 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
969
970 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
971 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
972 Returns list of symbols and values found.
973
974 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
975
976 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
977 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for PATTERN.
978 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
979 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
980 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
981 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
982
983 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
984 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
985 bindings.
986 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
987
988 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
989
990 ;;;***
991 \f
992 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17238
993 ;;;;;; 21257))
994 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
995
996 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
997 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
998 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
999 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1000 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1001 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1002
1003 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1004 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1005 archive.
1006
1007 \\{archive-mode-map}
1008
1009 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1010
1011 ;;;***
1012 \f
1013 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17187 59901))
1014 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1015
1016 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
1017 Major mode for editing arrays.
1018
1019 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1020 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1021 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1022
1023 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1024
1025 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1026 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1027 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1028
1029 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1030 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1031 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1032 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1033 The variables are:
1034
1035 Variables you assign:
1036 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1037 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1038 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1039 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1040 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1041 row numbers in the buffer.
1042
1043 Variables which are calculated:
1044 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1045 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1046
1047 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1048 take a numeric prefix argument):
1049
1050 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1051 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1052 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1053 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1054
1055 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1056 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1057 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1058 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1059
1060 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1061 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1062 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1063 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1064
1065 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1066 between that of point and mark.
1067
1068 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1069 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1070
1071 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1072 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1073 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1074 newlines inside rows)
1075
1076 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1077
1078 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1079
1080 \(fn)" t nil)
1081
1082 ;;;***
1083 \f
1084 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17229
1085 ;;;;;; 28057))
1086 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1087
1088 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
1089 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1090 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1091 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1092
1093 How to quit artist mode
1094
1095 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1096
1097
1098 How to submit a bug report
1099
1100 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1101
1102
1103 Drawing with the mouse:
1104
1105 mouse-2
1106 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1107 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1108 below).
1109
1110 mouse-1
1111 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1112 or pastes:
1113
1114 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1115 --------------------------------------------------------------
1116 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1117 to new point
1118 --------------------------------------------------------------
1119 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1120 --------------------------------------------------------------
1121 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1122 --------------------------------------------------------------
1123 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1124 --------------------------------------------------------------
1125 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1126 --------------------------------------------------------------
1127 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1128 --------------------------------------------------------------
1129 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1130 --------------------------------------------------------------
1131 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1132 --------------------------------------------------------------
1133 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1134 lines
1135 --------------------------------------------------------------
1136 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1137 --------------------------------------------------------------
1138 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1139 --------------------------------------------------------------
1140 Paste Paste Paste
1141 --------------------------------------------------------------
1142 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1143 --------------------------------------------------------------
1144
1145 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1146 or diagonally.
1147
1148 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1149 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1150 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1151 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1152 poly-lines.
1153
1154 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1155 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1156 overwrite means the opposite.
1157
1158 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1159 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1160 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1161
1162 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1163
1164 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1165 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1166
1167 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1168 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1169 are currently drawing something.
1170
1171 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1172 some time to fill.
1173
1174
1175 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1176 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1177
1178
1179 Settings
1180
1181 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1182
1183 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1184
1185 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1186
1187 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1188
1189 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1190 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1191
1192 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1193
1194
1195 Drawing with keys
1196
1197 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1198 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1199 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1200 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1201 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1202 When pasting: Pastes
1203
1204 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1205
1206 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1207
1208 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1209 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1210 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1211 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1212 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1213 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1214
1215
1216 Arrows
1217
1218 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1219 of the line/poly-line
1220
1221 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1222 of the line/poly-line
1223
1224
1225 Selecting operation
1226
1227 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1228
1229 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1230 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1231 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1232 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1233 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1234 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1235 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1236 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1237 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1238 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1239 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1240 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1241 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1242 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1243 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1244 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1245 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1246 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1247 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1248 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1249
1250
1251 Variables
1252
1253 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1254 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1255
1256 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1257 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1258 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1259 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1260 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1261 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1262 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1263 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1264 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1265 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1266 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1267 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1268 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1269 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1270 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1271 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1272 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1273 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1274 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1275
1276 Hooks
1277
1278 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1279 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1280
1281
1282 Keymap summary
1283
1284 \\{artist-mode-map}
1285
1286 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1287
1288 ;;;***
1289 \f
1290 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17277
1291 ;;;;;; 60154))
1292 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1293
1294 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1295 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1296 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1297
1298 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1299 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1300 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1301 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1302
1303 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1304 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1305
1306 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1307 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1308
1309 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1310
1311 Special commands:
1312 \\{asm-mode-map}
1313
1314 \(fn)" t nil)
1315
1316 ;;;***
1317 \f
1318 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1319 ;;;;;; (17187 59881))
1320 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1321
1322 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1323 Obsolete.")
1324
1325 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show")
1326
1327 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1328 This command is obsolete.
1329
1330 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
1331
1332 ;;;***
1333 \f
1334 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1335 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
1336 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1337
1338 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1339 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1340 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
1341
1342 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg")
1343
1344 (put (quote autoarg-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1345
1346 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1347 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1348 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1349 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1350 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1351 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1352 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1353 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1354 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1355 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1356
1357 For example:
1358 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1359 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1360 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1361 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1362 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1363
1364 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1365
1366 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1367
1368 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1369 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1370 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1371 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1372 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1373
1374 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg")
1375
1376 (put (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1377
1378 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1379 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1380 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1381 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1382 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1383 &c to supply digit arguments.
1384
1385 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1386
1387 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1388
1389 ;;;***
1390 \f
1391 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1392 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
1393 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1394
1395 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1396 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1397
1398 \(fn)" t nil)
1399
1400 ;;;***
1401 \f
1402 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1403 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17187 59901))
1404 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1405
1406 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1407 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1408 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1409
1410 \(fn)" t nil)
1411
1412 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1413 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1414 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1415 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1416
1417 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1418
1419 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1420 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1421 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1422 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1423 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1424
1425 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert")
1426
1427 (put (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1428
1429 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1430 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1431 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1432 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1433
1434 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1435 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1436
1437 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1438
1439 ;;;***
1440 \f
1441 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1442 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1443 ;;;;;; (17277 59649))
1444 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1445
1446 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1447 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1448 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1449 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1450 save the buffer too.
1451
1452 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1453
1454 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1455
1456 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1457 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1458 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1459 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1460 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1461 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1462
1463 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1464 directory or directories specified.
1465
1466 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1467
1468 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1469 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1470 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1471
1472 \(fn)" nil nil)
1473
1474 ;;;***
1475 \f
1476 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1477 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1478 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17187 59901))
1479 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1480
1481 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1482 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1483
1484 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1485 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1486 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1487 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1488 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1489
1490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1491
1492 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1493 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1494
1495 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1496 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1497
1498 \(fn)" nil nil)
1499
1500 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1501 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1502 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1503
1504 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1505 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1506 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1507 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1508 reflected in the current buffer.
1509
1510 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1511 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1512 writing before you save the file!
1513
1514 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1515
1516 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1517
1518 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1519 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1520
1521 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1522 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1523
1524 \(fn)" nil nil)
1525
1526 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1527 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1528 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1529 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1530 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1531
1532 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert")
1533
1534 (put (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1535
1536 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1537 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1538
1539 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1540 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1541 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1542
1543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1544
1545 ;;;***
1546 \f
1547 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1548 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17187 59901))
1549 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1550
1551 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1552 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1553 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1554 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1555 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1556
1557 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid")
1558
1559 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1560 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1561 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1562 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1563
1564 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1565 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1566 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1567
1568 Effects of the different modes:
1569 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1570 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1571 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1572 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1573 a random distance & direction.
1574 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1575 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1576 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1577
1578 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1579
1580 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1581 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1582 definition of \"random distance\".)
1583
1584 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1585
1586 ;;;***
1587 \f
1588 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1589 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
1590 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1591
1592 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1593 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1594
1595 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1596 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1597
1598 For example:
1599
1600 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1601 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1602 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1603 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1604
1605 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1606
1607 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1608
1609 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1610
1611 ;;;***
1612 \f
1613 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1614 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
1615 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1616 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1617
1618 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1619 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1620 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1621 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1622
1623 \(fn)" t nil)
1624
1625 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1626 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1627 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1628 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1629 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1630
1631 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery")
1632
1633 (put (quote display-battery-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1634
1635 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\
1636 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1637 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1638 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1639 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1640 seconds.
1641
1642 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1643
1644 ;;;***
1645 \f
1646 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1647 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17187 59901))
1648 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1649
1650 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1651 Time execution of FORMS.
1652 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1653 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1654 FORMS once.
1655 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1656 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1657 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1658
1659 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1660
1661 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1662 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1663 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1664 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1665 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1666
1667 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1668
1669 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1670 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1671 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1672 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1673 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1674
1675 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1676
1677 ;;;***
1678 \f
1679 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17238
1680 ;;;;;; 21257))
1681 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1682
1683 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1684 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1685
1686 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1687
1688 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1689 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1690 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1691 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1692
1693 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1694 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1695 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1696 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1697 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1698
1699 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1700 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1701
1702
1703 Special information:
1704
1705 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1706
1707 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1708 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1709 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1710 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1711 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1712 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1713 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1714 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1715 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1716 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1717 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1718
1719 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1720 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1721 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1722 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1723 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1724 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1725 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1726 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1727
1728 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1729
1730 ----------------------------------------------------------
1731 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1732 if that value is non-nil.
1733
1734 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1735
1736 \(fn)" t nil)
1737
1738 ;;;***
1739 \f
1740 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1741 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1742 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
1743 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1744
1745 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1746
1747 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1748 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1749 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1750
1751 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1752
1753 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1754 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1755
1756 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1757
1758 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1759 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1760
1761 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1762
1763 ;;;***
1764 \f
1765 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17257
1766 ;;;;;; 22483))
1767 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1768
1769 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1770 Play blackbox.
1771 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1772
1773 What is blackbox?
1774
1775 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1776 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1777 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1778 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1779 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1780 your score.
1781
1782 Overview of play:
1783
1784 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1785 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1786 four.
1787
1788 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1789 movement keys.
1790
1791 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1792 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1793
1794 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1795 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1796
1797 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1798 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1799 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1800 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1801 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1802 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1803
1804 Details:
1805
1806 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1807
1808 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1809 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1810 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1811 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1812
1813 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1814 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1815 denoted by the letter `R'.
1816
1817 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1818 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1819 denoted by the letter `H'.
1820
1821 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1822 example.
1823
1824 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1825 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1826 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1827 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1828 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1829 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1830 ray.
1831
1832 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1833 degree deflection it causes.
1834
1835 1
1836 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1837 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1838 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1839 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1840 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1841 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1842 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1843 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1844 2 3
1845
1846 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1847 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1848
1849
1850 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1851 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1852 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1853 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1854 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1855 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1856 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1857 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1858
1859 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1860 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1861 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1862 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1863 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1864 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1865 emerging from the box.
1866
1867 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1868
1869 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1870 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1871 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1872 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1873 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1874 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1875 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1876 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1877
1878 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1879 a reflection.
1880
1881 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1882
1883 ;;;***
1884 \f
1885 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1886 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1887 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
1888 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17277 59649))
1889 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1890 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1891 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1892 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1893
1894 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1895 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1896 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1897 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1898 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1899 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1900 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
1901 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
1902 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
1903 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
1904 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
1905 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
1906 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
1907 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
1908 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
1909 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
1910 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
1911 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
1912 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
1913
1914 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1915 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1916 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1917 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1918 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1919 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1920 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1921 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1922 recent one.
1923
1924 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1925 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1926 yank successive words.
1927
1928 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1929 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1930 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1931 name of the file being visited.
1932
1933 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1934 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1935 the list of bookmarks.)
1936
1937 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
1938
1939 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1940 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1941 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1942 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1943 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1944 this.
1945
1946 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1947 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
1948 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1949 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1950
1951 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1952
1953 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1954 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1955 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1956 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1957 after a bookmark was set in it.
1958
1959 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1960
1961 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1962 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1963 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1964 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
1965
1966 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
1967
1968 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1969
1970 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1971 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1972 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1973 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1974
1975 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1976 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1977 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1978
1979 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1980 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1981 name.
1982
1983 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
1984
1985 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1986 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1987 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1988 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1989 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1990 this.
1991
1992 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1993
1994 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1995 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1996 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1997 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1998 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1999 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2000 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2001 probably because we were called from there.
2002
2003 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2004
2005 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
2006 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2007 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2008
2009 \(fn)" t nil)
2010
2011 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
2012 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2013 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2014 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2015 \(second argument).
2016
2017 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2018 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2019 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2020 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2021 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2022
2023 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2024 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2025 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2026 `bookmark-default-file'.
2027
2028 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2029
2030 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
2031 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2032 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2033 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2034 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2035 while loading.
2036
2037 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2038 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2039 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2040 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2041 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2042 explicitly.
2043
2044 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2045 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2046 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2047 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2048
2049 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2050
2051 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
2052 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2053 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2054 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2055 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2056
2057 \(fn)" t nil)
2058
2059 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2060
2061 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2062
2063 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2064
2065 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2066
2067 ;;;***
2068 \f
2069 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2070 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2071 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2072 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2073 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2074 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2075 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2076 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2077 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2078 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17257 22483))
2079 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2080
2081 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2082 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2083 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2084 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2085
2086 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2087 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2088 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2089 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2090 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2091
2092 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url")
2093
2094 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2095 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2096
2097 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url")
2098
2099 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2100 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2101
2102 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url")
2103
2104 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2105 Not documented
2106
2107 \(fn)" nil nil)
2108
2109 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2110 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2111 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2112 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2113 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2114 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2115
2116 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2117
2118 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2119 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2120 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2121 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2122 narrowed.
2123
2124 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2125
2126 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2127 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2128
2129 \(fn)" t nil)
2130
2131 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2132 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2133
2134 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2135
2136 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2137 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2138 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2139 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2140
2141 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2142
2143 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2144 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2145 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2146 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2147
2148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2149
2150 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2151 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2152 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2153 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2154 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2155 to use.
2156
2157 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2158
2159 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2160 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2161 Default to the URL around or before point.
2162
2163 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2164 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2165 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2166 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2167
2168 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2169 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2170
2171 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2172 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2173 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2174
2175 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2176
2177 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2178 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2179 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2180 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2181
2182 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2183 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2184 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2185 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2186
2187 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2188 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2189 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2190
2191 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2192 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2193
2194 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2195
2196 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2197 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2198 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2199 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2200
2201 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2202 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2203 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2204 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2205
2206 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2207 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2208 new tab in an existing window instead.
2209
2210 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2211 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2212
2213 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2214
2215 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2216 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2217 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2218 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2219 Firefox.
2220
2221 When called interactively, if variable
2222 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2223 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2224 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2225 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2226
2227 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2228 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2229 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2230
2231 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2232 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2233
2234 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2235 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2236 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2237 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2238 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2239 URL in a new window.
2240
2241 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2242
2243 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2244 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2245 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2246 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2247
2248 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2249 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2250 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2251 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2252
2253 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2254 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2255 new tab in an existing window instead.
2256
2257 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2258 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2259
2260 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2261
2262 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2263 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2264 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2265 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2266
2267 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2268 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2269 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2270 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2271
2272 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2273 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2274
2275 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2276
2277 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2278 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2279
2280 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2281 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2282 program is invoked according to the variable
2283 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2284
2285 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2286 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2287 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2288 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2289
2290 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2291 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2292
2293 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2294
2295 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2296 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2297 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2298 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2299
2300 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2301
2302 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2303 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2304 Default to the URL around or before point.
2305
2306 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2307 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2308 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2309
2310 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2311 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2312 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2313 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2314
2315 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2316 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2317
2318 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2319
2320 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2321 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2322 Default to the URL around or before point.
2323
2324 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2325
2326 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2327 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2328 Default to the URL around or before point.
2329
2330 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2331 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2332 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2333
2334 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2335 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2336
2337 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2338
2339 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2340 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2341 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2342 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2343
2344 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2345
2346 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2347 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2348 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2349 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2350 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2351
2352 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2353
2354 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2355 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2356 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2357 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2358
2359 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2360 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2361 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2362 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2363
2364 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2365 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2366
2367 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2368
2369 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2370 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2371 Default to the URL around or before point.
2372
2373 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2374
2375 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2376 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2377 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2378 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2379 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2380 current one.
2381
2382 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2383 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2384 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2385 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2386
2387 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2388 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2389
2390 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2391
2392 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2393 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2394 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2395 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2396 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2397 don't offer a form of remote control.
2398
2399 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2400
2401 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2402 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2403 Default to the URL around or before point.
2404
2405 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2406
2407 ;;;***
2408 \f
2409 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17187
2410 ;;;;;; 59902))
2411 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2412
2413 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2414 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2415
2416 \(fn)" t nil)
2417
2418 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2419 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2420
2421 \(fn)" nil nil)
2422
2423 ;;;***
2424 \f
2425 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2426 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17187 59901))
2427 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2428
2429 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2430 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2431 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2432 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2433
2434 \(fn)" t nil)
2435
2436 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2437 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2438 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2439 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2440
2441 \(fn)" t nil)
2442
2443 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2444 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2445
2446 \(fn)" t nil)
2447
2448 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2449 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2450 \\<bs-mode-map>
2451 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2452 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2453 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2454 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2455
2456 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2457 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2458 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2459 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2460 name of buffer configuration.
2461
2462 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2463
2464 ;;;***
2465 \f
2466 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2467 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17187
2468 ;;;;;; 59901))
2469 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2470
2471 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2472 Keymap used by buttons.")
2473
2474 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2475 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2476 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2477
2478 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2479 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2480 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2481 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2482 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2483 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2484
2485 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2486 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2487 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2488 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2489
2490 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2491
2492 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2493 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2494 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2495 specifying properties to add to the button.
2496 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2497 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2498 `define-button-type'.
2499
2500 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2501
2502 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2503
2504 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2505 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2506 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2507 specifying properties to add to the button.
2508 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2509 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2510 `define-button-type'.
2511
2512 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2513
2514 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2515
2516 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2517 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2518 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2519 specifying properties to add to the button.
2520 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2521 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2522 `define-button-type'.
2523
2524 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2525 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2526 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2527 `make-text-button'.
2528
2529 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2530
2531 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2532
2533 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2534 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2535 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2536 specifying properties to add to the button.
2537 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2538 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2539 `define-button-type'.
2540
2541 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2542 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2543 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2544 `insert-text-button'.
2545
2546 Also see `make-text-button'.
2547
2548 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2549
2550 ;;;***
2551 \f
2552 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2553 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2554 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2555 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2556 ;;;;;; (17257 22482))
2557 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2558
2559 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2560 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2561 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2562
2563 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2564
2565 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2566 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2567 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2568 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2569
2570 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2571 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2572 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2573 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2574 whether to compile it.
2575
2576 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2577
2578 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2579 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2580
2581 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2582
2583 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2584 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2585 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2586 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2587 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2588
2589 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2590
2591 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2592 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2593 Print the result in the echo area.
2594 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2595
2596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2597
2598 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2599 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2600 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2601
2602 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2603
2604 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2605 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2606 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2607 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2608 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2609 all functions called by those functions.
2610
2611 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2612 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2613 cons, etc.).
2614
2615 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2616 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2617 invoked interactively.
2618
2619 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2620
2621 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2622 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2623 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2624 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2625
2626 \(fn)" nil nil)
2627
2628 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2629 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2630 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2631 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2632 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2633 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2634 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2635 already up-to-date.
2636
2637 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2638
2639 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2640 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2641 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2642 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2643
2644 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2645
2646 ;;;***
2647 \f
2648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17187 59880))
2649 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2650
2651 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2652
2653 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2654
2655 ;;;***
2656 \f
2657 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2658 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
2659 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2660
2661 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2662 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2663 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2664 from the cursor position.
2665
2666 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2667
2668 ;;;***
2669 \f
2670 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2671 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2672 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2673 ;;;;;; (17277 59649))
2674 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2675
2676 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2677 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2678
2679 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc")
2680 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
2681
2682 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2683 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2684
2685 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2686
2687 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2688 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2689
2690 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2691
2692 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2693 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2694
2695 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2696
2697 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2698 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2699
2700 \(fn)" t nil)
2701
2702 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2703 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2704 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2705 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2706
2707 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2708
2709 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2710 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2711 This is most useful in the X window system.
2712 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2713 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2714
2715 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2716
2717 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2718 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2719 See calc-keypad for details.
2720
2721 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2722
2723 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2724 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2725
2726 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2727
2728 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2729 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2730
2731 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2732
2733 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2734 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2735
2736 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2737
2738 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2739 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2740 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2741
2742 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2743
2744 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2745 Not documented
2746
2747 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2748
2749 ;;;***
2750 \f
2751 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17187
2752 ;;;;;; 59901))
2753 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2754
2755 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2756 Run the Emacs calculator.
2757 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2758
2759 \(fn)" t nil)
2760
2761 ;;;***
2762 \f
2763 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2764 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2765 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2766 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2767 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2768 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2769 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2770 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2771 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2772 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2773 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2774 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2775 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2776 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2777 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2778 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2779 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2780 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17229 28052))
2781 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2782
2783 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2784 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2785 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2786 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2787 the screen.")
2788
2789 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar")
2790
2791 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2792 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2793 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2794 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2795 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2796 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2797
2798 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar")
2799
2800 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2801 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2802 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2803
2804 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar")
2805
2806 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2807 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2808 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2809
2810 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar")
2811
2812 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2813 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2814 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2815 displayed.")
2816
2817 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar")
2818
2819 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2820 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2821 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2822
2823 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar")
2824
2825 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2826 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2827 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2828
2829 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2830
2831 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2832
2833 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2834 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2835 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2836
2837 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2838 calendar.")
2839
2840 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2841
2842 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2843 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2844 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2845
2846 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2847 calendar.")
2848
2849 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2850
2851 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2852 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2853 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2854
2855 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2856 calendar.")
2857
2858 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2859
2860 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2861 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2862 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2863
2864 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar")
2865
2866 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2867 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2868 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2869 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2870 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2871
2872 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar")
2873
2874 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2875 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2876 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2877 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2878 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2879 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2880 a function is also provided for this:
2881 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2882
2883 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2884 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2885 date is not visible in the window.
2886
2887 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2888 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2889 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2890
2891 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2892
2893 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2894 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2895
2896 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2897 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2898 date is visible in the window.
2899
2900 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2901 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2902 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2903
2904 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2905
2906 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2907 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2908
2909 For example,
2910
2911 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
2912
2913 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2914
2915 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar")
2916
2917 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2918 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2919
2920 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
2921 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
2922
2923 MONTH/DAY
2924 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2925 MONTHNAME DAY
2926 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2927 DAYNAME
2928
2929 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
2930 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
2931 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
2932 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
2933 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
2934 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
2935 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
2936 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
2937 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
2938 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
2939 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
2940 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
2941 in every week.
2942
2943 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
2944 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
2945 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
2946 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
2947
2948 DAY/MONTH
2949 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2950 DAY MONTHNAME
2951 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2952 DAYNAME
2953
2954 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2955 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2956
2957 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2958 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2959 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2960 window but will appear in a diary window.
2961
2962 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2963 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2964
2965 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2966 entries (in the default American style):
2967
2968 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2969 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2970 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2971 21: Payday
2972 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2973 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2974 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2975 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2976 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2977 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2978 &* 15 time cards due.
2979
2980 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2981 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2982 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2983 single diary entry
2984
2985 02/11/1989
2986 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2987 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2988 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2989 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2990 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2991 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2992
2993 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2994 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2995 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2996
2997 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2998
2999 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3000
3001 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3002 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3003 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3004 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3005 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3006 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3007 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3008 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3009 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3010 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3011 details.
3012
3013 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3014 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3015 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3016 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3017 documentation for these functions for details.
3018
3019 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3020 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3021
3022 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar")
3023
3024 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3025 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3026
3027 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar")
3028
3029 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3030 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3031
3032 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3033
3034 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3035 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3036
3037 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3038
3039 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3040 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3041
3042 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3043
3044 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3045 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3046 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3047
3048 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar")
3049
3050 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3051 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3052 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3053
3054 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
3055
3056 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3057 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3058 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3059 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3060 full.")
3061
3062 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar")
3063
3064 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3065 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3066 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3067 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3068 are
3069
3070 DAY/MONTH
3071 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3072 DAY MONTHNAME
3073 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3074 DAYNAME
3075
3076 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3077 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3078 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period. To take effect,
3079 this variable should be set before the calendar package and its associates
3080 are loaded. Otherwise, use one of the functions `european-calendar' or
3081 `american-calendar' to force the appropriate update.")
3082
3083 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar")
3084
3085 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3086 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3087 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3088
3089 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
3090
3091 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3092 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3093 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3094
3095 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
3096
3097 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3098 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3099 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3100
3101 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
3102
3103 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3104 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3105 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3106
3107 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
3108
3109 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3110 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3111 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3112 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3113 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3114 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3115
3116 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3117
3118 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3119 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3120 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3121
3122 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3123 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3124 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3125 of the form
3126
3127 #include \"filename\"
3128
3129 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3130 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3131 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3132 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3133 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3134
3135 For example, you could use
3136
3137 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3138 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3139 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3140
3141 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3142 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3143 lexicographic order.")
3144
3145 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3146
3147 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3148 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3149 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3150
3151 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar")
3152
3153 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3154 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3155 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3156 diary display.
3157
3158 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3159 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3160 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3161 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3162 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3163 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3164 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3165
3166 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3167 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3168 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3169 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3170 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3171 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3172 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3173 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3174
3175 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar")
3176
3177 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3178 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3179 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3180 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3181 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3182 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3183 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3184
3185 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar")
3186
3187 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3188 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3189
3190 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3191 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3192 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3193 of the form
3194 #include \"filename\"
3195 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3196 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3197 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3198 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3199 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3200
3201 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3202
3203 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3204 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3205 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3206 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3207 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3208 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3209 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3210
3211 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar")
3212
3213 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3214 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3215 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3216 are holidays.")
3217
3218 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar")
3219
3220 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3221 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3222 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3223 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3224 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3225
3226 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar")
3227
3228 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3229
3230 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3231 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3232 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3233
3234 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar")
3235
3236 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3237
3238 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3239 *Oriental holidays.
3240 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3241
3242 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar")
3243
3244 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3245
3246 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3247 *Local holidays.
3248 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3249
3250 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar")
3251
3252 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3253
3254 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3255 *User defined holidays.
3256 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3257
3258 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar")
3259
3260 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3261
3262 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3263
3264 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3265
3266 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3267
3268 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3269
3270 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3271
3272 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3273
3274 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3275
3276 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3277
3278 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3279 *Jewish holidays.
3280 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3281
3282 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar")
3283
3284 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3285
3286 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3287 *Christian holidays.
3288 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3289
3290 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar")
3291
3292 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3293
3294 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3295 *Islamic holidays.
3296 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3297
3298 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar")
3299
3300 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3301
3302 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3303 *Baha'i holidays.
3304 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3305
3306 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar")
3307
3308 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3309
3310 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3311 *Sun-related holidays.
3312 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3313
3314 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar")
3315
3316 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3317
3318 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3319 The frame setup of the calendar.
3320 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3321 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3322 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3323 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3324 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3325
3326 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar")
3327
3328 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3329 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3330 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3331
3332 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3333 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3334
3335 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3336
3337 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3338 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3339 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3340
3341 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3342 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3343 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3344 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3345
3346 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar")
3347
3348 ;;;***
3349 \f
3350 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3351 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17187 59901))
3352 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3353
3354 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3355 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3356
3357 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3358
3359 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3360 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3361 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3362 it fails.
3363
3364 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3365
3366 ;;;***
3367 \f
3368 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3369 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
3370 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3371
3372 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3373 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3374 This function does not do any hidden buffer changes.
3375
3376 \(fn)" nil nil)
3377
3378 ;;;***
3379 \f
3380 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3381 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3382 ;;;;;; (17226 24577))
3383 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3384
3385 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3386 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3387 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3388 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3389 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3390 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3391 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3392
3393 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3394
3395 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3396 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3397 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3398 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3399 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3400 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3401 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3402 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3403
3404 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3405 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3406 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3407 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3408 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3409 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3410
3411 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3412
3413 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3414 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3415
3416 Key bindings:
3417 \\{c-mode-map}
3418
3419 \(fn)" t nil)
3420
3421 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3422 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3423
3424 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3425 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3426 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3427 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3428 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3429 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3430 message.
3431
3432 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3433
3434 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3435 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3436
3437 Key bindings:
3438 \\{c++-mode-map}
3439
3440 \(fn)" t nil)
3441
3442 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3443 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3444 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3445
3446 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3447 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3448 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3449 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3450 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3451 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3452 message.
3453
3454 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3455
3456 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3457 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3458
3459 Key bindings:
3460 \\{objc-mode-map}
3461
3462 \(fn)" t nil)
3463
3464 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3465 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3466 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3467
3468 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3469 Major mode for editing Java code.
3470 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3471 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3472 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3473 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3474 message.
3475
3476 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3477
3478 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3479 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3480
3481 Key bindings:
3482 \\{java-mode-map}
3483
3484 \(fn)" t nil)
3485
3486 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3487 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3488 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3489
3490 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3491 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3492 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3493 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3494 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3495 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3496 message.
3497
3498 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3499
3500 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3501 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3502
3503 Key bindings:
3504 \\{idl-mode-map}
3505
3506 \(fn)" t nil)
3507
3508 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3509 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3510 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3511 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3512
3513 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3514 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3515 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3516 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3517 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3518 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3519 message.
3520
3521 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3522
3523 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3524 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3525
3526 Key bindings:
3527 \\{pike-mode-map}
3528
3529 \(fn)" t nil)
3530 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3531 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3532 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3533 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3534 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3535 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3536
3537 ;;;***
3538 \f
3539 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3540 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17226 24577))
3541 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3542
3543 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3544 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
3545 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
3546 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
3547 for details of setting up styles.
3548
3549 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
3550 style name.
3551
3552 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is t, no style variables that
3553 already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
3554 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
3555 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
3556 will be reassigned.
3557
3558 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, only those style variables that
3559 have default (i.e. non-buffer local) values will keep their settings
3560 while the rest will be overridden. This is useful to avoid overriding
3561 global settings done in ~/.emacs when setting a style from a mode hook
3562 \(providing the style variables are buffer local, which is the
3563 default).
3564
3565 Obviously, setting DONT-OVERRIDE to t is useful mainly when the
3566 initial style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since
3567 that is done internally by CC Mode, it typically won't have any effect
3568 when used elsewhere.
3569
3570 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3571
3572 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3573 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3574 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3575 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3576
3577 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3578
3579 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3580 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3581 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3582
3583 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3584
3585 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3586 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3587 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3588 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3589 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3590
3591 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3592
3593 ;;;***
3594 \f
3595 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3596 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3597 ;;;;;; (17187 59880))
3598 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3599
3600 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3601 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3602
3603 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3604
3605 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3606 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3607
3608 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3609
3610 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3611 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3612
3613 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3614 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3615 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3616 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3617 execution.
3618
3619 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3620
3621 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3622
3623 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3624 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3625
3626 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3627 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3628 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3629 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3630
3631 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3632 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3633 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3634 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3635 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3636 `write' commands.
3637
3638 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3639 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3640 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3641 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3642
3643 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3644 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3645 semantics.
3646
3647 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3648
3649 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3650
3651 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3652
3653 STATEMENT :=
3654 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3655 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3656
3657 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3658 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3659 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3660 | integer
3661
3662 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3663
3664 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3665 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3666 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3667
3668 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3669 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3670 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3671
3672 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3673 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3674
3675 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3676 BREAK := (break)
3677
3678 REPEAT :=
3679 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3680 (repeat)
3681 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3682 ;; (repeat))
3683 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3684 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3685 ;; (read REG)
3686 ;; (repeat))
3687 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3688 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3689 ;; (read REG)
3690 ;; (repeat))
3691 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3692
3693 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3694 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3695 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3696 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3697 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3698 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3699 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3700 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3701 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3702 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3703 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3704 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3705 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3706 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3707 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3708 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3709
3710 WRITE :=
3711 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3712 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3713 ;; representation.
3714 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3715 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3716 ;; (write r7))
3717 | (write EXPRESSION)
3718 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3719 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3720 ;; representation.
3721 | (write integer)
3722 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3723 ;; buffer.
3724 | (write string)
3725 ;; Same as: (write string)
3726 | string
3727 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3728 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3729 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3730 ;; representation.
3731 | (write REG ARRAY)
3732 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3733 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3734 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3735 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3736 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3737 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3738
3739 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3740 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3741
3742 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3743 END := (end)
3744
3745 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3746 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3747 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3748
3749 ARG := REG | integer
3750
3751 OPERATOR :=
3752 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3753 + | - | * | / | %
3754
3755 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3756 | & | `|' | ^
3757
3758 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3759 | << | >>
3760
3761 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3762 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3763 | <8
3764
3765 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3766 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3767 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3768 | >8
3769
3770 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3771 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3772 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3773 | //
3774
3775 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3776 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3777
3778 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3779 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3780 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3781 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3782 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3783 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3784 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3785 | de-sjis
3786
3787 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3788 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3789 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3790 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3791 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3792 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3793 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3794 ;; byte of SJIS.
3795 | en-sjis
3796
3797 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3798 ;; Same meaning as C code
3799 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3800
3801 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3802 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3803 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3804 | <8=
3805
3806 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3807 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3808 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3809
3810 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3811 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3812 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3813 | //=
3814
3815 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3816
3817
3818 TRANSLATE :=
3819 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3820 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3821 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3822 LOOKUP :=
3823 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3824 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3825 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3826 MAP :=
3827 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3828 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3829 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3830 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3831 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3832 MAP-ID := integer
3833
3834 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3835
3836 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3837 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3838 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3839 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3840 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3841 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3842
3843 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3844
3845 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3846 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3847 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3848
3849 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3850
3851 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3852
3853 ;;;***
3854 \f
3855 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3856 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
3857 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3858
3859 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
3860 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3861 There are no special keybindings by default.
3862
3863 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3864 to the action header.
3865
3866 \(fn)" t nil)
3867
3868 ;;;***
3869 \f
3870 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3871 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3872 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3873 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3874 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3875 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3876 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3877 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3878 ;;;;;; (17226 24574))
3879 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3880
3881 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3882 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3883 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3884 the users will view as each check is completed.
3885
3886 \(fn)" t nil)
3887
3888 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3889 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3890 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3891 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3892 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3893 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3894 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3895 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3896
3897 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3898
3899 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3900 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3901 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3902 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3903 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3904 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3905 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3906 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3907
3908 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3909
3910 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3911 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3912 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3913 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3914 spacing are all verified.
3915
3916 \(fn)" t nil)
3917
3918 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3919 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3920 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3921 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3922 otherwise stop after the first error.
3923
3924 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3925
3926 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3927 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3928 Only documentation strings are checked.
3929 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3930 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3931 a separate buffer.
3932
3933 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3934
3935 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3936 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3937 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3938 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3939 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3940
3941 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3942
3943 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3944 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3945 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3946 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3947 if there is one.
3948
3949 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3950
3951 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3952 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3953 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3954 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3955 if there is one.
3956 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3957
3958 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3959
3960 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3961 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3962 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3963
3964 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3965
3966 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3967 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3968 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3969 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3970 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3971
3972 \(fn)" t nil)
3973
3974 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3975 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3976 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3977 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3978 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3979 space at the end of each line.
3980
3981 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3982
3983 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3984 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3985 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3986 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3987
3988 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3989
3990 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3991 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3992 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3993 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3994
3995 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3996
3997 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3998 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3999 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4000 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4001
4002 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4003
4004 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4005 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4006 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4007 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4008
4009 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4010
4011 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4012 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4013 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4014 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4015
4016 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4017
4018 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4019 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4020 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4021 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4022
4023 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4024
4025 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4026 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4027 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4028 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4029
4030 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4031
4032 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4033 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4034 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4035 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4036
4037 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4038
4039 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4040 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4041 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4042 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4043
4044 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4045
4046 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4047 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4048 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4049
4050 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4051 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4052 checking of documentation strings.
4053
4054 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4055
4056 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4057
4058 ;;;***
4059 \f
4060 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4061 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17187
4062 ;;;;;; 59881))
4063 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4064
4065 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4066 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4067 Return the length of resulting text.
4068
4069 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4070
4071 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4072 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4073
4074 \(fn)" t nil)
4075
4076 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4077 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4078 Return the length of resulting text.
4079
4080 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4081
4082 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4083 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4084
4085 \(fn)" t nil)
4086
4087 ;;;***
4088 \f
4089 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4090 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17187 59901))
4091 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4092
4093 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4094 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4095 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4096 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4097 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4098 editing and the result is evaluated.
4099
4100 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4101
4102 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4103 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4104 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4105 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4106 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4107
4108 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4109
4110 \(fn)" t nil)
4111
4112 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4113 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4114 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4115 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4116 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4117
4118 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4119 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4120 \\{command-history-map}
4121
4122 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4123 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4124
4125 \(fn)" t nil)
4126
4127 ;;;***
4128 \f
4129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17187 59901))
4130 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4131
4132 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4133 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4134 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4135 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4136 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4137 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4138
4139 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4140 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4141
4142 ;;;***
4143 \f
4144 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4145 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
4146 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4147
4148 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4149 Not documented
4150
4151 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4152
4153 ;;;***
4154 \f
4155 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4156 ;;;;;; (17226 24577))
4157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4158
4159 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4160 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4161 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4162 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4163
4164 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4165 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4166 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4167 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4168
4169 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4170 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4171
4172 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4173
4174 ;;;***
4175 \f
4176 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17187
4177 ;;;;;; 59901))
4178 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4179
4180 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4181 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4182 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4183 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4184 of `scheme-program-name').
4185 If a file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' exists, it is given as initial input.
4186 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4187 discards input when it starts up.
4188 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4189 is run).
4190 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4191
4192 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4193 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4194
4195 ;;;***
4196 \f
4197 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
4198 ;;;;;; (17226 24576))
4199 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4200
4201 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
4202 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4203 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4204 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4205 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4206 ?* is used.
4207 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4208
4209 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4210 (autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4211 (autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4212 (autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4213 (autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4214 (autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4215 (autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4216 (autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4217 (autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4218 (autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4219 (autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4220 (autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4221 (autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4222 (autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4223 (autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4224 (autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4225 (autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4226 (autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4227 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4228 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4229 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4230 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4231 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4232 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4233 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4234 (autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4235 (autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4236 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4237 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4238 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4239 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4240 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4241 (autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4242 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4243 (autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4244 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4245 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4246
4247 ;;;***
4248 \f
4249 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4250 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4251 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17226 24576))
4252 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4253
4254 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4255 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4256 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4257 ASCII table.
4258
4259 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4260 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4261 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4262 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4263
4264 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4265
4266 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4267 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4268 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4269
4270 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4271
4272 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4273 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4274 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4275
4276 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4277
4278 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4279 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4280 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4281
4282 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4283
4284 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4285 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4286
4287 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4288 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4289 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4290
4291 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4292 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4293
4294 \(fn)" nil nil)
4295
4296 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4297 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4298
4299 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4300 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4301 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4302
4303 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4304
4305 ;;;***
4306 \f
4307 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4308 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4309 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4310 ;;;;;; (17277 60153))
4311 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4312
4313 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4314 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4315 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4316 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4317 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4318 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4319 functions have already modified the buffer.
4320
4321 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4322
4323 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4324 either globally or locally.")
4325
4326 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4327
4328 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4329 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4330 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4331 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4332 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4333 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4334 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4335 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4336
4337 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4338
4339 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4340
4341 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4342 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4343 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4344 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4345 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4346 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4347 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4348 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4349
4350 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4351
4352 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4353
4354 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4355 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4356 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4357 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4358 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4359 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4360
4361 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4362
4363 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4364 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4365 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4366 directory tracking functions.")
4367
4368 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4369 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4370 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4371
4372 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4373
4374 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4375
4376 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4377 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4378 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4379
4380 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4381
4382 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4383
4384 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4385 Send COMMAND to current process.
4386 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4387 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4388
4389 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4390
4391 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4392 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4393 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4394 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4395
4396 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4397
4398 ;;;***
4399 \f
4400 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17187
4401 ;;;;;; 59901))
4402 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4403
4404 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4405 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4406 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4407 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4408
4409 This command pushes the mark in each window
4410 at the prior location of point in that window.
4411 If both windows display the same buffer,
4412 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4413 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4414
4415 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4416 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4417 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4418 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4419 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4420 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4421 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4422 ignored.
4423
4424 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4425 this command work in interlaced mode:
4426 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4427 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4428 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4429
4430 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4431
4432 ;;;***
4433 \f
4434 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4435 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4436 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4437 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4438 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (17263 27852))
4439 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4440
4441 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4442 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4443
4444 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile")
4445
4446 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4447 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4448
4449 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile")
4450
4451 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4452 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4453 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4454 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4455 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4456 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4457 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4458
4459 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4460 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4461 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4462 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4463 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4464
4465 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4466 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4467 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4468 describing how the process finished.")
4469
4470 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4471 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4472 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4473 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4474
4475 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4476 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4477 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4478
4479 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile")
4480
4481 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4482 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4483 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4484 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4485
4486 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile")
4487
4488 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4489 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4490
4491 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4492 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4493
4494 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4495 (lambda ()
4496 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4497 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4498 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4499 (concat \"make -k \"
4500 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4501
4502 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile")
4503
4504 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4505 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4506 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4507 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4508
4509 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile")
4510
4511 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4512 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4513 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4514 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4515
4516 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4517 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4518
4519 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4520 and move to the source code that caused it.
4521
4522 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4523 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4524 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4525 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4526
4527 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4528 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4529 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4530 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4531 subprocesses.
4532
4533 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4534 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4535 to a function that generates a unique name.
4536
4537 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4538
4539 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4540 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4541 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4542 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4543
4544 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4545 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4546 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4547 to determine the buffer name.
4548
4549 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4550 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4551 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4552
4553 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4554
4555 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4556
4557 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4558 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4559 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4560 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4561 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4562
4563 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4564
4565 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4566
4567 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4568
4569 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4570 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4571 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4572 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4573 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4574 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4575 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4576
4577 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4578
4579 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4580 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4581 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4582 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4583 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4584 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4585
4586 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4587
4588 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4589 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4590 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4591
4592 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4593
4594 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4595
4596 ;;;***
4597 \f
4598 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4599 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
4600 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4601
4602 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4603 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4604 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4605 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4606 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4607
4608 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete")
4609
4610 (put (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
4611
4612 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4613 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4614 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4615
4616 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4617 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4618 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4619 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4620
4621 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4622 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4623 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4624 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
4625
4626 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4627 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4628 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4629 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4630
4631 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4632
4633 ;;;***
4634 \f
4635 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4636 ;;;;;; (17226 24571))
4637 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4638
4639 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4640 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4641
4642 \(fn)" t nil)
4643
4644 ;;;***
4645 \f
4646 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4647 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4648 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4649 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17187 59901))
4650 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4651
4652 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4653 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4654 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4655 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4656 `make-composition'.
4657
4658 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4659
4660 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4661 | | 1:tc or top-center
4662 | | 2:tr or top-right
4663 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4664 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4665 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4666 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4667 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4668 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4669
4670 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4671 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4672 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4673 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4674 be added.
4675
4676 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4677 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4678 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4679
4680 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4681 | | |
4682 | global| |
4683 | glyph | |
4684 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4685 +----+--*--+
4686 | | new |
4687 | |glyph|
4688 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4689 ")
4690
4691 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4692 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4693 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4694 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4695
4696 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4697
4698 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4699 Compose characters in the current region.
4700
4701 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4702 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4703
4704 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4705
4706 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4707 specifying the region.
4708
4709 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4710 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4711 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4712
4713 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4714 of the text in the region.
4715
4716 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4717
4718 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4719 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4720 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4721 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4722
4723 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4724 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4725 detail.
4726
4727 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4728 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4729 text in the composition.
4730
4731 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4732
4733 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4734 Decompose text in the current region.
4735
4736 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4737 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4738
4739 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4740
4741 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4742 Compose characters in string STRING.
4743
4744 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4745 the characters in it.
4746
4747 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4748 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4749 STRING respectively.
4750
4751 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4752 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4753 `compose-region' for more detail.
4754
4755 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4756 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4757 text in the composition.
4758
4759 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4760
4761 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4762 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4763
4764 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4765
4766 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4767 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4768 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4769 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4770 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4771 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4772 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4773 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4774
4775 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4776
4777 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4778 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4779
4780 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4781 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4782
4783 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4784 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4785
4786 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4787 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4788
4789 If no composition is found, return nil.
4790
4791 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4792 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4793
4794 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4795 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4796 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4797
4798 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4799
4800 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4801
4802 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4803 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4804 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4805
4806 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4807
4808 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4809
4810 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4811
4812 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4813 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4814
4815 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4816 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4817 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4818 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4819 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4820 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4821 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4822 nil.
4823
4824 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4825 is:
4826 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4827 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4828
4829 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4830
4831 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4832 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4833
4834 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4835
4836 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4837
4838 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4839 Compose last characters.
4840 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4841 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4842 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4843 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4844 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4845 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4846 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4847 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4848 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4849 after a sequence of character events.
4850
4851 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
4852 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4853
4854 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4855 Convert CHAR to string.
4856
4857 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4858 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4859 vector of CHAR respectively.
4860 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4861
4862 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4863
4864 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4865
4866 ;;;***
4867 \f
4868 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4869 ;;;;;; conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode conf-unix-mode
4870 ;;;;;; conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (17263 27852))
4871 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4872
4873 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4874 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4875 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4876 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4877 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4878 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4879 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4880
4881 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4882 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4883 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4884
4885 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4886 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4887 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4888
4889 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4890 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4891 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4892 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4893
4894 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4895 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4896 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4897 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4898 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4899 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4900 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4901
4902 \\{conf-mode-map}
4903
4904 \(fn)" t nil)
4905
4906 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4907 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4908 Comments start with `#'.
4909 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4910
4911 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4912
4913 \[Desktop Entry]
4914 Encoding=UTF-8
4915 Name=The GIMP
4916 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4917 Name[cs]=GIMP
4918
4919 \(fn)" t nil)
4920
4921 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4922 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4923 Comments start with `;'.
4924 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4925
4926 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4927
4928 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4929 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4930 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4931
4932 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4933 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4934
4935 \(fn)" t nil)
4936
4937 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4938 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4939 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4940 between `/*' and `*/'.
4941 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4942
4943 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4944 // another kind of comment
4945 /* yet another */
4946
4947 name:value
4948 name=value
4949 name value
4950 x.1 =
4951 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4952 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4953
4954 \(fn)" t nil)
4955
4956 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4957 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4958 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4959 recognized according to `conf-space-keywords'. Interactively
4960 with a prefix ARG of `0' no keywords will be recognized. With
4961 any other prefix arg you will be prompted for a regexp to match
4962 the keywords.
4963
4964 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4965
4966 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4967
4968 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4969 image/png png
4970 image/tiff tiff tif
4971
4972 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4973 class desktop
4974 # Standard multimedia devices
4975 add /dev/audio desktop
4976 add /dev/mixer desktop
4977
4978 \(fn)" t nil)
4979
4980 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4981 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4982 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4983 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4984
4985 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4986
4987 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4988 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4989
4990 \(fn)" t nil)
4991
4992 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4993 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4994 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4995 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4996
4997 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4998
4999 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5000 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5001
5002 \(fn)" t nil)
5003
5004 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5005 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5006 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5007 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5008
5009 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5010
5011 *background: gray99
5012 *foreground: black
5013
5014 \(fn)" t nil)
5015
5016 ;;;***
5017 \f
5018 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5019 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17187 59902))
5020 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5021
5022 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5023 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5024 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5025 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5026
5027 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5028
5029 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5030 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5031 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5032 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5033
5034 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5035
5036 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5037 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5038 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5039 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5040
5041 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5042
5043 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5044 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5045
5046 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5047
5048 ;;;***
5049 \f
5050 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5051 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17187 59901))
5052 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5053
5054 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5055 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5056 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5057 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5058 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5059 following the copyright are updated as well.
5060 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5061 interactively.
5062
5063 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5064
5065 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5066 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5067 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5068
5069 \(fn)" t nil)
5070
5071 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5072 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5073
5074 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5075
5076 ;;;***
5077 \f
5078 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
5079 ;;;;;; (17277 60154))
5080 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5081
5082 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5083 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5084 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5085 Tab indents for Perl code.
5086 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5087 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5088
5089 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5090 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5091 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5092 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5093 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5094 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5095 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5096 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5097 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5098 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5099 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5100 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5101
5102 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5103
5104 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5105 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5106
5107 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5108
5109 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5110 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5111 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5112 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5113 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5114 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5115 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5116 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5117 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5118
5119 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5120
5121 bite if angry;
5122
5123 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5124 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5125 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5126 to nil.)
5127
5128 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5129 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5130 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5131
5132 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5133
5134 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5135 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5136 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5137 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5138 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5139
5140 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5141
5142 if (A) { B }
5143
5144 into
5145
5146 B if A;
5147
5148 \\{cperl-mode-map}
5149
5150 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5151 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5152 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5153 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5154 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5155 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5156 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5157 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5158 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5159 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5160 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5161 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5162 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5163
5164 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5165 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5166 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5167 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5168 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5169 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5170
5171 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5172 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5173 man via menu.
5174
5175 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5176 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5177 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5178 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5179 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5180
5181 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5182 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5183 span the needed amount of lines.
5184
5185 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5186 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5187 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5188 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5189
5190 Variables controlling indentation style:
5191 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5192 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5193 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5194 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5195 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5196 `cperl-auto-newline'
5197 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5198 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5199 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5200 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5201 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5202 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5203 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5204 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5205 `cperl-indent-level'
5206 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5207 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5208 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5209 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5210 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5211 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5212 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5213 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5214 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5215 `cperl-brace-offset'
5216 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5217 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5218 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5219 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5220 `cperl-label-offset'
5221 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5222 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5223 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5224
5225 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
5226 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
5227 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
5228 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
5229 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
5230
5231 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5232 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5233 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5234 \(both available from menu).
5235
5236 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5237 column 0 is indented on
5238 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5239
5240 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5241 with no args.
5242
5243 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5244 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5245 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5246
5247 \(fn)" t nil)
5248
5249 ;;;***
5250 \f
5251 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5252 ;;;;;; (17277 60154))
5253 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5254
5255 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5256 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5257 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5258 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5259 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5260
5261 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5262
5263 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5264 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5265
5266 \(fn)" t nil)
5267
5268 ;;;***
5269 \f
5270 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5271 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
5272 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5273
5274 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5275 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5276 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5277 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5278
5279 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5280 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5281
5282 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp")
5283
5284 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5285 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5286 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5287
5288 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5289
5290 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5291
5292 ;;;***
5293 \f
5294 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5295 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
5296 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5297
5298 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5299 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5300 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5301 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5302
5303 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5304 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5305 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5306 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5307
5308 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5309 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5310 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5311
5312 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5313 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5314 'bob', and 'eve'.
5315
5316 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5317 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5318 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5319
5320 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5321
5322 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5323 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5324 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5325
5326 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5327
5328 ;;;***
5329 \f
5330 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5331 ;;;;;; (17251 25141))
5332 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5333
5334 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5335 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5336 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5337 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5338 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
5339
5340 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base")
5341
5342 (put (quote cua-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
5343
5344 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5345 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5346 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5347 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5348 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5349
5350 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5351 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5352 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5353 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5354 function of these prefix keys.
5355
5356 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5357 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5358 options:
5359 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5360 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5361 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5362
5363 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5364 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5365 the prefix fallback behavior.
5366
5367 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5368
5369 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5370 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5371
5372 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5373 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5374 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5375 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution,\n"
5376 "so you may now enable and customize CUA via the Options menu.\n\n"
5377 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5378 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5379 (if user-init-file (concat
5380 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5381 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5382
5383 ;;;***
5384 \f
5385 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5386 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5387 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5388 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5389 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
5390 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5391 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5392 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5393 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (17277 60153))
5394 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5395 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5396
5397 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5398 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5399
5400 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5401 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5402
5403 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5404 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5405
5406 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5407
5408 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5409
5410 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5411 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5412 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5413
5414 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5415 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5416
5417 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5418 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5419
5420 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5421 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5422
5423 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5424 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5425
5426 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5427
5428 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5429
5430 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5431 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5432 Return VALUE.
5433
5434 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5435 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5436
5437 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5438 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5439
5440 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5441 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5442
5443 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5444 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5445
5446 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5447
5448 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5449
5450 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5451 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5452 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5453 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5454 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5455
5456 \(fn)" t nil)
5457
5458 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5459 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5460 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5461 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5462
5463 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5464
5465 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5466 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5467
5468 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5469
5470 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5471 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5472
5473 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5474
5475 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5476
5477 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5478 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5479
5480 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5481
5482 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5483
5484 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5485 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5486 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5487
5488 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5489
5490 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5491 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
5492 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5493 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
5494 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5495
5496 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
5497 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
5498 version.
5499
5500 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5501
5502 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5503 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5504 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5505 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5506
5507 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5508 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5509
5510 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5511
5512 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5513 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5514 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5515
5516 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5517 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5518
5519 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5520
5521 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5522 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
5523
5524 \(fn)" t nil)
5525
5526 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5527 Customize all user variable modified outside customize.
5528
5529 \(fn)" t nil)
5530
5531 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5532 Customize all already saved user options.
5533
5534 \(fn)" t nil)
5535
5536 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5537 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
5538 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5539 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5540 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5541 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
5542 user-settable, as well as faces and groups.
5543
5544 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5545
5546 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5547 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
5548 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable.
5549
5550 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5551
5552 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5553 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP.
5554
5555 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5556
5557 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5558 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP.
5559
5560 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5561
5562 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5563 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5564 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5565 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5566 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5567 that option.
5568
5569 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5570
5571 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5572 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5573 The result includes selecting that window.
5574 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5575 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5576 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5577 that option.
5578
5579 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5580
5581 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5582 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5583
5584 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5585
5586 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5587 File used for storing customization information.
5588 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5589 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5590 it should be an absolute file name.
5591
5592 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5593 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5594 something like the following in your init file:
5595
5596 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5597 \(load custom-file)
5598
5599 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5600 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5601
5602 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5603 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5604 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5605 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5606 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5607
5608 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5609 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5610 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5611 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5612 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5613 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5614 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5615 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5616 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5617 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5618
5619 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit")
5620
5621 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5622 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5623
5624 \(fn)" nil nil)
5625
5626 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5627 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5628
5629 \(fn)" t nil)
5630
5631 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5632 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5633 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5634
5635 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5636
5637 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5638 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5639 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5640 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5641 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5642
5643 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5644
5645 ;;;***
5646 \f
5647 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5648 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17244 4913))
5649 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5650
5651 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5652 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5653
5654 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5655
5656 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5657 Alist of face attributes.
5658
5659 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5660 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5661 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5662 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5663 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5664 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5665
5666 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5667 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5668 customization type TYPE).
5669
5670 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5671 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5672 given face attribute.")
5673
5674 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5675 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5676 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5677 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5678
5679 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5680
5681 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5682 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5683 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5684 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5685 between themes and faces.
5686 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5687
5688 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5689 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5690
5691 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5692
5693 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5694 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5695 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5696
5697 (FACE FROM-THEME)
5698
5699 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5700
5701 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5702
5703 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5704 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5705 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5706
5707 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5708
5709 (FACE FROM-THEME)
5710
5711 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5712
5713 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5714
5715 ;;;***
5716 \f
5717 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5718 ;;;;;; (17187 59914))
5719 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5720
5721 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5722 Create a custom theme.
5723
5724 \(fn)" t nil)
5725
5726 ;;;***
5727 \f
5728 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5729 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
5730 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5731
5732 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5733 Mode used for cvs status output.
5734
5735 \(fn)" t nil)
5736
5737 ;;;***
5738 \f
5739 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5740 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17187 59902))
5741 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5742
5743 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5744 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5745
5746 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5747 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5748 C++ modes are included.
5749
5750 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5751
5752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5753
5754 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5755 Turn on CWarn mode.
5756
5757 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5758 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5759
5760 \(fn)" nil nil)
5761
5762 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5763 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5764 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5765 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5766 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5767
5768 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn")
5769
5770 (put (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
5771
5772 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5773 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5774 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5775 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5776 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5777
5778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5779
5780 ;;;***
5781 \f
5782 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5783 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5784 ;;;;;; (17187 59881))
5785 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5786
5787 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5788 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5789
5790 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5791
5792 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5793 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5794
5795 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5796
5797 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5798 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5799 For readability, the table is slightly
5800 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5801
5802 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5803 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5804 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5805 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5806 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5807
5808 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5809
5810 ;;;***
5811 \f
5812 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5813 ;;;;;; (17238 21257))
5814 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5815 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5816 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5817
5818 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
5819 Completion on current word.
5820 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5821 and presents suggestions for completion.
5822
5823 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5824 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5825 completions.
5826
5827 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5828 then it searches *all* buffers.
5829
5830 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
5831 if there is a suitable one already.
5832
5833 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5834
5835 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
5836 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5837
5838 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5839 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5840 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5841 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5842 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5843
5844 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5845 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5846
5847 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5848 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5849 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5850
5851 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5852 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5853
5854 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5855
5856 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5857
5858 ;;;***
5859 \f
5860 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17277
5861 ;;;;;; 60154))
5862 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5863
5864 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
5865 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5866
5867 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5868 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5869 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5870
5871 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5872 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5873 Data lines are not indented.
5874
5875 Key bindings:
5876
5877 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5878 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5879
5880 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5881 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5882 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5883 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5884
5885 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5886
5887 dcl-basic-offset
5888 Extra indentation within blocks.
5889
5890 dcl-continuation-offset
5891 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5892
5893 dcl-margin-offset
5894 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5895
5896 dcl-margin-label-offset
5897 Indentation for a label.
5898
5899 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5900 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5901
5902 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5903 dcl-block-end-regexp
5904 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5905 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5906 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5907 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5908 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5909
5910 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5911 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5912 Two such functions are included in the package:
5913 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5914 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5915
5916 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5917 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5918 One such function is included in the package:
5919 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5920
5921 dcl-tab-always-indent
5922 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5923 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5924 margin.
5925
5926 dcl-electric-characters
5927 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5928 typed.
5929
5930 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5931 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5932 which words trigger electric indentation.
5933
5934 dcl-tempo-comma
5935 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5936 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5937 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5938
5939 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5940 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5941 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5942 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5943
5944 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5945 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5946 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5947 dcl-imenu-label-call
5948 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5949
5950 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5951 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5952 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5953 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5954
5955
5956 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5957
5958 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5959 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5960 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5961 $ i = 1
5962 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5963 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5964 $ label:
5965 $ if i.eq.1
5966 $ then
5967 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5968 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5969 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5970 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5971 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5972 \"lined up with the command line\"
5973 $ type sys$input
5974 Data lines are not indented at all.
5975 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5976 $ endif
5977 $
5978
5979
5980 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5981 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5982
5983 \(fn)" t nil)
5984
5985 ;;;***
5986 \f
5987 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5988 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17257 22482))
5989 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5990
5991 (setq debugger (quote debug))
5992
5993 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
5994 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5995 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5996 of the evaluator.
5997
5998 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5999 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6000 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6001
6002 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6003
6004 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6005 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6006
6007 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6008
6009 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6010 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6011 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6012 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6013 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6014 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6015
6016 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6017 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6018
6019 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6020
6021 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6022 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6023 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6024 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6025 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6026
6027 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6028
6029 ;;;***
6030 \f
6031 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6032 ;;;;;; (17226 24576))
6033 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6034
6035 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6036 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6037
6038 \(fn)" t nil)
6039
6040 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6041 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6042 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6043 Upper-case letters are commands.
6044
6045 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6046 modify it.
6047
6048 The most useful commands are:
6049 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6050 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6051 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6052 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6053 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6054 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6055
6056 \(fn)" t nil)
6057
6058 ;;;***
6059 \f
6060 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6061 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17187
6062 ;;;;;; 59901))
6063 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6064
6065 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6066 Customization of `columns' group.
6067
6068 \(fn)" t nil)
6069
6070 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6071 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6072
6073 START and END delimits the text region.
6074
6075 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6076
6077 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6078 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6079
6080 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6081
6082 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6083
6084 ;;;***
6085 \f
6086 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17187
6087 ;;;;;; 59914))
6088 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6089
6090 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6091 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6092 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6093 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6094 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6095 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6096
6097 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6098
6099 Customization:
6100
6101 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6102 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6103 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6104 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6105 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6106 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6107 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6108 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6109 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6110 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6111 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6112 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6113 blank line.
6114 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6115 Directories to search when finding external units.
6116 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6117 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6118
6119 Coloring:
6120
6121 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6122 Face used to color delphi comments.
6123 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6124 Face used to color delphi strings.
6125 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6126 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6127 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6128 Face used to color everything else.
6129
6130 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6131 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6132
6133 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6134
6135 ;;;***
6136 \f
6137 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17187
6138 ;;;;;; 59901))
6139 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6140
6141 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6142
6143 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6144 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6145 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6146 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6147 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6148
6149 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel")
6150
6151 (put (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
6152
6153 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6154 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6155 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6156 positive.
6157
6158 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6159 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6160 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6161 any selection.
6162
6163 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6164
6165 ;;;***
6166 \f
6167 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6168 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17277 59649))
6169 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6170
6171 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6172 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6173
6174 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6175
6176 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6177 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6178 or nil if there is no parent.
6179 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6180 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6181 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6182 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6183 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6184
6185 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6186 arguments are currently understood:
6187 :group GROUP
6188 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6189 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6190 :syntax-table TABLE
6191 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6192 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6193 :abbrev-table TABLE
6194 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6195 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6196
6197 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6198
6199 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6200
6201 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6202 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6203 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6204
6205 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6206 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6207
6208 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6209 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6210 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6211
6212 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6213 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6214
6215 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6216 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6217
6218 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6219
6220 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6221
6222 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6223 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6224 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6225 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6226 the first time the mode is used.
6227
6228 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6229
6230 ;;;***
6231 \f
6232 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6233 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17187 59914))
6234 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6235
6236 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6237 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6238 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6239 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6240 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6241 otherwise.
6242
6243 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6244
6245 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6246 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6247 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6248 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6249 character composition information (if relevant),
6250 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6251
6252 \(fn POS)" t nil)
6253
6254 ;;;***
6255 \f
6256 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6257 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-locals-to-save
6258 ;;;;;; desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "desktop.el" (17244 4913))
6259 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6260
6261 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6262 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6263 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
6264
6265 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop")
6266
6267 (put (quote desktop-save-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
6268
6269 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6270 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6271 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6272 otherwise. See variable `desktop-save' for a description of when the
6273 desktop is saved.
6274
6275 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6276
6277 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6278 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6279 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6280 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6281
6282 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop")
6283
6284 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6285 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6286 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6287
6288 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6289 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6290 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6291
6292 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6293 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6294
6295 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6296 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6297 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6298
6299 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6300 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6301 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6302 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6303
6304 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6305
6306 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6307 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6308
6309 Handlers are called with argument list
6310
6311 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6312
6313 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6314
6315 desktop-file-version
6316 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6317 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6318 desktop-buffer-point
6319 desktop-buffer-mark
6320 desktop-buffer-read-only
6321 desktop-buffer-locals
6322
6323 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6324 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6325
6326 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6327 code like
6328
6329 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6330 ...
6331 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6332 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6333
6334 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6335
6336 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6337
6338 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6339 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6340 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6341 List elements must have the form
6342
6343 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6344
6345 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6346 function.
6347
6348 Handlers are called with argument list
6349
6350 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6351
6352 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6353
6354 desktop-file-version
6355 desktop-buffer-file-name
6356 desktop-buffer-name
6357 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6358 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6359 desktop-buffer-point
6360 desktop-buffer-mark
6361 desktop-buffer-read-only
6362 desktop-buffer-misc
6363
6364 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6365 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6366 created and set.
6367
6368 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6369 code like
6370
6371 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6372 ...
6373 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6374 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6375
6376 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6377
6378 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6379
6380 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6381
6382 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6383 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6384 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6385 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6386 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6387 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6388 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6389 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6390
6391 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6392
6393 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6394 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6395 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6396
6397 \(fn)" nil nil)
6398
6399 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6400 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6401 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6402 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6403 directory DIRNAME.
6404
6405 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6406
6407 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6408 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6409
6410 \(fn)" t nil)
6411
6412 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6413 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6414
6415 \(fn)" t nil)
6416
6417 ;;;***
6418 \f
6419 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6420 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines
6421 ;;;;;; gnus-outlook-display-hook gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max
6422 ;;;;;; gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min) "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el"
6423 ;;;;;; (17187 59879))
6424 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6425
6426 (defvar gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min 45 "\
6427 Minimum length of the cited line above the (possibly) wrapped line.")
6428
6429 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min) "deuglify")
6430
6431 (defvar gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max 95 "\
6432 Maximum length of the cited line after unwrapping.")
6433
6434 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max) "deuglify")
6435
6436 (defvar gnus-outlook-display-hook nil "\
6437 A hook called after an deuglified article has been prepared.
6438 It is run after `gnus-article-prepare-hook'.")
6439
6440 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-display-hook) "deuglify")
6441
6442 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6443 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6444 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6445 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6446 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6447 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6448
6449 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6450
6451 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6452 Repair a broken attribution line.
6453 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6454
6455 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6456
6457 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6458 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6459 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6460 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6461
6462 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6463
6464 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6465 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6466
6467 \(fn)" t nil)
6468
6469 ;;;***
6470 \f
6471 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6472 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17187 59881))
6473 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6474
6475 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6476
6477 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6478 Not documented
6479
6480 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6481
6482 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6483 Not documented
6484
6485 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
6486
6487 ;;;***
6488 \f
6489 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6490 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17277 59649))
6491 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6492
6493 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6494 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6495 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6496 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6497 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6498
6499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6500
6501 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6502 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6503 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6504 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6505
6506 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6507 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6508 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6509 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6510
6511 #!/bin/sh
6512 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6513 emacs -batch \\
6514 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6515 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6516 european-calendar-style t \\
6517 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6518 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6519 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6520
6521 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6522 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6523 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6524 to run it every morning at 1am.
6525
6526 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6527
6528 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6529 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6530
6531 \(fn)" t nil)
6532
6533 ;;;***
6534 \f
6535 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6536 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17226 24572))
6537 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6538
6539 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6540 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6541
6542 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
6543
6544 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6545 *The command to use to run diff.")
6546
6547 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
6548
6549 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6550 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6551 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6552 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6553 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6554 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6555
6556 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6557
6558 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6559 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6560 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6561 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6562 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6563 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6564
6565 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6566
6567 ;;;***
6568 \f
6569 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6570 ;;;;;; (17238 21257))
6571 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6572
6573 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6574 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6575 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6576 normal diffs.
6577 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6578 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6579 headers for you on-the-fly.
6580
6581 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6582 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6583 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6584
6585 \(fn)" t nil)
6586
6587 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6588 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6589 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6590
6591 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6592
6593 ;;;***
6594 \f
6595 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6596 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6597 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6598 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6599 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (17257 22482))
6600 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6601
6602 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6603 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6604 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6605 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6606 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6607 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6608 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6609 `insert-directory' on `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6610
6611 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired")
6612
6613 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6614 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6615
6616 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6617 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6618 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6619 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6620 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6621
6622 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6623 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6624
6625 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6626 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6627 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6628 always set this variable to t.")
6629
6630 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired")
6631
6632 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6633 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6634 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6635 A value of t means move to first file.")
6636
6637 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired")
6638
6639 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6640 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6641 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6642 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6643 are afterward marked with that character.")
6644
6645 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired")
6646
6647 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6648 *Controls marking of copied files.
6649 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6650 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6651
6652 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired")
6653
6654 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6655 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6656 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6657 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6658
6659 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired")
6660
6661 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6662 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6663 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6664 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6665
6666 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired")
6667
6668 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6669 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6670 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6671 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6672
6673 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6674
6675 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired")
6676
6677 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6678 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6679 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6680
6681 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired")
6682
6683 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6684 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6685 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6686 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6687 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6688 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6689
6690 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6691 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6692 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6693 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6694 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6695 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6696 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6697 list of files to make directory entries for.
6698 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6699 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6700 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6701 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6702
6703 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6704
6705 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6706 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6707
6708 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6709 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6710
6711 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6712 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6713
6714 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6715 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6716
6717 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6718
6719 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6720 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6721
6722 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6723
6724 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6725 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6726 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6727 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6728 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6729 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6730 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6731 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6732 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6733 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6734 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6735 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6736 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6737 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6738 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6739 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6740 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6741 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6742 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6743 to see why something went wrong.
6744 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6745 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6746 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6747 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6748 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6749 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6750 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6751 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6752 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6753 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6754 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6755 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6756 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6757
6758 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6759 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6760 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6761 again for the directory tree.
6762
6763 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6764 for more info):
6765
6766 `dired-listing-switches'
6767 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6768 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6769 `dired-marker-char'
6770 `dired-del-marker'
6771 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6772 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6773 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6774 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6775
6776 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6777
6778 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6779 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6780 `dired-mode-hook'
6781 `dired-load-hook'
6782
6783 Keybindings:
6784 \\{dired-mode-map}
6785
6786 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6787 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6788
6789 ;;;***
6790 \f
6791 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6792 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6793 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6794 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6795 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6796 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6797 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6798 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6799 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6800 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6801 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6802 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6803 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6804 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17226 24572))
6805 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6806
6807 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6808 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6809 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6810 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6811 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6812 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6813 which is options for `diff'.
6814
6815 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6816
6817 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6818 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6819 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6820 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6821 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6822 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6823
6824 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6825
6826 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
6827 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
6828 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
6829 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
6830 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
6831 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
6832 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
6833
6834 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
6835
6836 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
6837 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
6838 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
6839 returned by function `file-attributes'
6840
6841 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
6842 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
6843
6844 Examples of PREDICATE:
6845
6846 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
6847 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
6848 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
6849 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
6850 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
6851
6852 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
6853
6854 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
6855 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6856 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6857
6858 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6859
6860 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
6861 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6862
6863 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6864
6865 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
6866 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6867
6868 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6869
6870 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
6871 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6872 This calls touch.
6873
6874 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6875
6876 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
6877 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6878 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6879 `lpr-switches' as default.
6880
6881 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6882
6883 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6884 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
6885 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
6886 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
6887 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
6888
6889 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
6890 with a prefix argument.
6891
6892 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
6893
6894 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6895 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6896 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6897 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6898 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6899
6900 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6901 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6902
6903 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6904 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6905 file name substituted for `?'.
6906
6907 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6908 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6909
6910 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6911 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6912 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6913 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6914
6915 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6916
6917 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6918 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6919 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6920
6921 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6922 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6923 in a subdir.
6924
6925 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6926 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument.
6927
6928 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6929
6930 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6931 Not documented
6932
6933 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
6934
6935 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
6936 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6937 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6938 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
6939 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
6940 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
6941 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
6942 from the buffer as well.
6943 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
6944 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
6945 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6946
6947 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6948
6949 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
6950 Not documented
6951
6952 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6953
6954 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
6955 Not documented
6956
6957 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
6958
6959 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
6960 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
6961
6962 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6963
6964 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
6965 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6966
6967 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6968
6969 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
6970 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6971
6972 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6973
6974 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
6975 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
6976 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
6977 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
6978
6979 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6980 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6981 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6982 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6983 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6984 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6985 See Info node `(emacs-xtra)Subdir switches' for more details.
6986
6987 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
6988
6989 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
6990 Not documented
6991
6992 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
6993
6994 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
6995 Not documented
6996
6997 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6998
6999 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7000 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7001
7002 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7003
7004 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7005 Not documented
7006
7007 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7008
7009 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7010 Not documented
7011
7012 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7013
7014 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7015 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7016
7017 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7018
7019 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7020 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7021 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7022 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7023 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7024 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7025 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7026 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7027 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7028
7029 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7030
7031 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7032 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7033 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7034 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7035 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7036 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7037 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7038 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7039
7040 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7041
7042 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7043 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7044 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7045 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7046 and new hard links are made in that directory
7047 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7048 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7049 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7050
7051 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7052
7053 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7054 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7055 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7056 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7057 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7058 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7059 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7060
7061 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7062
7063 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7064 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7065
7066 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7067 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7068 file if none are marked.
7069
7070 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7071 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7072 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7073 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7074
7075 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7076 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7077
7078 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7079
7080 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7081 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7082 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7083
7084 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7085
7086 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7087 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7088 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7089
7090 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7091
7092 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7093 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7094 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7095
7096 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7097
7098 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7099 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7100
7101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7102
7103 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7104 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7105
7106 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7107
7108 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7109 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7110 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7111 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7112 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7113 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7114 this subdirectory.
7115 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7116
7117 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7118 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7119 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7120 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7121 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7122 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7123 See Info node `(emacs-xtra)Subdir switches' for more details.
7124
7125 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7126
7127 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7128 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7129 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7130 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7131 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7132 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7133 this subdirectory.
7134 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7135
7136 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7137
7138 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7139 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7140 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7141
7142 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7143
7144 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7145 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7146 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7147 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7148
7149 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
7150
7151 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7152 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7153 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7154 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7155
7156 \(fn)" t nil)
7157
7158 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7159 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7160 Lower levels are unaffected.
7161
7162 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7163
7164 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7165 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7166
7167 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7168
7169 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7170 Go down in the dired tree.
7171
7172 \(fn)" t nil)
7173
7174 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7175 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7176 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7177 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7178
7179 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7180
7181 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7182 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7183 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7184 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7185
7186 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7187
7188 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7189 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7190 Stops when a match is found.
7191 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7192
7193 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7194
7195 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7196 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7197 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7198 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7199 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7200
7201 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7202
7203 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7204 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7205 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7206 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7207
7208 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7209
7210 ;;;***
7211 \f
7212 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (17277 59649))
7213 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7214
7215 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7216 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7217 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7218 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7219 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7220 buffer and try again.
7221
7222 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7223
7224 ;;;***
7225 \f
7226 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17187 59901))
7227 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7228
7229 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7230 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7231 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7232
7233 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7234
7235 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7236 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7237
7238 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7239 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7240
7241 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7242
7243 ;;;***
7244 \f
7245 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17187
7246 ;;;;;; 59901))
7247 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7248
7249 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7250 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7251 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7252 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7253 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7254 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7255
7256 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7257
7258 ;;;***
7259 \f
7260 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
7261 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
7262 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
7263 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
7264 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17277 59649))
7265 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7266
7267 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7268 Return a new, empty display table.
7269
7270 \(fn)" nil nil)
7271
7272 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7273 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7274 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7275 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7276 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7277
7278 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7279
7280 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7281 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7282 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7283 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7284 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7285
7286 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7287
7288 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7289 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7290
7291 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7292
7293 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7294 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7295
7296 \(fn)" t nil)
7297
7298 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7299 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7300
7301 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7302
7303 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7304 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7305
7306 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7307
7308 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7309 Display character C using printable string S.
7310
7311 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7312
7313 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7314 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7315 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7316 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7317
7318 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7319
7320 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7321 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7322 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7323 X frame.
7324
7325 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7326
7327 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7328 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7329
7330 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7331
7332 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7333 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7334
7335 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7336
7337 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7338 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7339
7340 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7341 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7342 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7343 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7344
7345 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7346 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7347 European character display.
7348
7349 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7350 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7351 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7352 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7353
7354 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7355 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7356 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7357 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7358 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7359
7360 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7361
7362 ;;;***
7363 \f
7364 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7365 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
7366 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7367
7368 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7369 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7370 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7371 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7372 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7373 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7374 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7375 Default is 2.
7376
7377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7378
7379 ;;;***
7380 \f
7381 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17226 24572))
7382 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7383
7384 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file))) "\
7385 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7386 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7387 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7388 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7389 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7390 private or ask).
7391 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7392 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7393 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7394 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7395 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7396
7397 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd")
7398
7399 ;;;***
7400 \f
7401 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7402 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17187 59902))
7403 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7404
7405 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7406 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7407 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7408 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7409 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7410 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7411 table and its own syntax table.
7412
7413 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7414
7415 \(fn)" t nil)
7416
7417 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7418 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7419
7420 \(fn)" t nil)
7421 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7422
7423 ;;;***
7424 \f
7425 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17257 22483))
7426 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7427
7428 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7429 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7430
7431 \(fn)" t nil)
7432
7433 ;;;***
7434 \f
7435 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7436 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
7437 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7438
7439 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7440 Toggle Double mode.
7441 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7442 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7443
7444 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double")
7445
7446 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7447 Toggle Double mode.
7448 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7449
7450 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7451 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7452
7453 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7454
7455 ;;;***
7456 \f
7457 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17187 59902))
7458 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7459
7460 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7461 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7462
7463 \(fn)" t nil)
7464
7465 ;;;***
7466 \f
7467 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7468 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
7469 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7470
7471 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7472 Play sounds in message buffers.
7473
7474 \(fn)" t nil)
7475
7476 ;;;***
7477 \f
7478 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7479 ;;;;;; define-global-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7480 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17263 27852))
7481 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7482
7483 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7484
7485 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7486 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7487 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7488 and toggle command MODE.
7489
7490 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7491 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7492 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7493 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7494 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7495 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7496 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7497 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7498 used (see below).
7499
7500 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
7501 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hook variable
7502 `mode-HOOK'.
7503 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7504 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7505 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7506 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7507 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7508 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7509 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7510 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7511 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7512 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7513 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7514 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7515 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7516 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7517
7518 For example, you could write
7519 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7520 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7521 ...BODY CODE...)
7522
7523 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7524
7525 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-global-minor-mode))
7526
7527 (autoload (quote define-global-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7528 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
7529 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7530 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7531 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7532 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7533 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7534 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7535 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7536 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7537 or :keymap keywords to `define-global-minor-mode', since these
7538 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7539
7540 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7541 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7542 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7543 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7544 call another major mode in their body.
7545
7546 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7547
7548 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7549 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7550 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7551 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7552 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7553 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7554 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7555
7556 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7557
7558 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7559 Not documented
7560
7561 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7562
7563 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7564 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7565 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7566
7567 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7568
7569 ;;;***
7570 \f
7571 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7572 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17263
7573 ;;;;;; 27852))
7574 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7575
7576 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7577
7578 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7579 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7580
7581 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7582 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7583 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7584
7585 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7586 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7587
7588 :filter FUNCTION
7589
7590 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7591 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7592
7593 :visible INCLUDE
7594
7595 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7596 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7597
7598 :active ENABLE
7599
7600 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7601 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7602
7603 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7604
7605 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7606
7607 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7608
7609 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7610 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7611
7612 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7613 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7614
7615 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7616
7617 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7618
7619 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7620
7621 :keys KEYS
7622
7623 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7624 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7625 computed automatically.
7626 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7627
7628 :key-sequence KEYS
7629
7630 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7631 menu item.
7632 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7633 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7634 keyboard equivalent.
7635
7636 :active ENABLE
7637
7638 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7639 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7640
7641 :visible INCLUDE
7642
7643 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7644 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7645
7646 :suffix FORM
7647
7648 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7649 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7650
7651 :style STYLE
7652
7653 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7654 defined:
7655
7656 toggle: A checkbox.
7657 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7658 radio: A radio button.
7659 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7660 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7661 menu bar itself.
7662 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7663
7664 :selected SELECTED
7665
7666 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7667 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7668
7669 :help HELP
7670
7671 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7672
7673 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7674 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7675 as a solid horizontal line.
7676
7677 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7678
7679 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7680
7681 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7682 Not documented
7683
7684 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7685
7686 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7687 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7688 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7689 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7690
7691 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7692
7693 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7694 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7695 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7696 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7697 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7698 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7699
7700 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7701 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7702 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7703
7704 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7705 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7706
7707 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
7708
7709 ;;;***
7710 \f
7711 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7712 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7713 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
7714 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
7715 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
7716 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7717 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7718 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17226 24577))
7719 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7720
7721 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
7722 Customization for ebnf group.
7723
7724 \(fn)" t nil)
7725
7726 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7727 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7728
7729 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7730
7731 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7732 processed.
7733
7734 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7735
7736 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7737
7738 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7739 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7740
7741 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7742 killed after process termination.
7743
7744 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7745
7746 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7747
7748 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7749 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7750
7751 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7752 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7753 it to the printer.
7754
7755 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7756 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7757 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7758 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7759
7760 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7761
7762 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7763 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7764 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7765
7766 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7767
7768 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7769 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7770
7771 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7772
7773 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7774 processed.
7775
7776 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7777
7778 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7779
7780 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7781 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7782
7783 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7784 killed after process termination.
7785
7786 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7787
7788 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7789
7790 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7791 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7792 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7793 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7794
7795 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7796
7797 \(fn)" t nil)
7798
7799 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7800 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7801 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7802
7803 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7804
7805 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7806
7807 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7808 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7809
7810 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7811
7812 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7813 processed.
7814
7815 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7816
7817 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7818
7819 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7820 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7821
7822 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7823 killed after EPS generation.
7824
7825 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7826
7827 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7828
7829 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7830 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
7831
7832 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
7833 The EPS file name has the following form:
7834
7835 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7836
7837 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7838 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7839
7840 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7841 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
7842 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
7843 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7844
7845 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
7846
7847 \(fn)" t nil)
7848
7849 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7850 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
7851
7852 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
7853 The EPS file name has the following form:
7854
7855 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7856
7857 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7858 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7859
7860 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7861 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
7862 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
7863 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7864
7865 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
7866
7867 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7868
7869 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
7870
7871 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7872 Does a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7873
7874 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7875
7876 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7877 processed.
7878
7879 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7880
7881 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7882
7883 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7884 Does a syntactic analysis of the FILE.
7885
7886 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7887 killed after syntax checking.
7888
7889 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7890
7891 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7892
7893 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7894 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7895
7896 \(fn)" t nil)
7897
7898 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7899 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
7900
7901 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7902
7903 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
7904 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7905
7906 \(fn)" nil nil)
7907
7908 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7909 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7910
7911 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7912
7913 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7914
7915 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7916 Delete style NAME.
7917
7918 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7919
7920 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7921
7922 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7923 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7924
7925 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7926
7927 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7928
7929 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7930 Set STYLE as the current style.
7931
7932 It returns the old style symbol.
7933
7934 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7935
7936 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7937
7938 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7939 Reset current style.
7940
7941 It returns the old style symbol.
7942
7943 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7944
7945 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7946
7947 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7948 Push the current style and set STYLE as the current style.
7949
7950 It returns the old style symbol.
7951
7952 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7953
7954 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7955
7956 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7957 Pop a style and set it as the current style.
7958
7959 It returns the old style symbol.
7960
7961 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7962
7963 \(fn)" t nil)
7964
7965 ;;;***
7966 \f
7967 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7968 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7969 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7970 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7971 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7972 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7973 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7974 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7975 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7976 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7977 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17226
7978 ;;;;;; 24577))
7979 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7980
7981 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
7982 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7983 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7984 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7985 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7986 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7987
7988 Tree mode key bindings:
7989 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7990
7991 \(fn)" t nil)
7992
7993 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
7994 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7995
7996 \(fn)" t nil)
7997
7998 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
7999 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8000
8001 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8002
8003 \(fn)" nil nil)
8004
8005 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8006 View declaration of member at point.
8007
8008 \(fn)" t nil)
8009
8010 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8011 Find declaration of member at point.
8012
8013 \(fn)" t nil)
8014
8015 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8016 View definition of member at point.
8017
8018 \(fn)" t nil)
8019
8020 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8021 Find definition of member at point.
8022
8023 \(fn)" t nil)
8024
8025 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8026 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8027
8028 \(fn)" t nil)
8029
8030 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8031 View definition of member at point in other window.
8032
8033 \(fn)" t nil)
8034
8035 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8036 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8037
8038 \(fn)" t nil)
8039
8040 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8041 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8042
8043 \(fn)" t nil)
8044
8045 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8046 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8047
8048 \(fn)" t nil)
8049
8050 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8051 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8052
8053 \(fn)" t nil)
8054
8055 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8056 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8057 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8058 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8059 completion.
8060
8061 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8062
8063 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8064 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8065 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8066 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8067
8068 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8069
8070 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8071 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8072 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8073 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8074
8075 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8076
8077 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8078 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8079 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8080
8081 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8082
8083 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8084 Search for call sites of a member.
8085 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8086 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8087 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8088 looks like a function call to the member.
8089
8090 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8091
8092 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8093 Move backward in the position stack.
8094 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8095
8096 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8097
8098 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8099 Move forward in the position stack.
8100 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8101
8102 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8103
8104 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8105 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8106
8107 \(fn)" t nil)
8108
8109 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8110 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8111
8112 \(fn)" t nil)
8113
8114 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8115 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8116 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8117 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8118
8119 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8120
8121 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8122 Display statistics for a class tree.
8123
8124 \(fn)" t nil)
8125
8126 ;;;***
8127 \f
8128 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8129 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
8130 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8131
8132 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8133 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8134 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8135 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8136
8137 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8138 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8139 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8140
8141 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8142 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8143 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8144
8145 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8146
8147 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8148
8149 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8150
8151 ;;;***
8152 \f
8153 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8154 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17226 24572))
8155 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8156
8157 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8158 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8159 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8160
8161 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8162
8163 ;;;***
8164 \f
8165 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
8166 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17187 59901))
8167 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8168
8169 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8170 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8171 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8172 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8173 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8174
8175 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8176 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8177 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8178 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8179
8180 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug")
8181
8182 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8183 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8184 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8185 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8186
8187 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug")
8188
8189 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
8190 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
8191 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
8192 \(naming a function), or a list.
8193
8194 \(fn SYMBOL SPEC)" nil (quote macro))
8195
8196 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8197
8198 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8199 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8200 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8201 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8202 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8203
8204 If you do this on a function definition
8205 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8206 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8207 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8208 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8209
8210 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8211 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8212 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8213 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8214 already is one.)
8215
8216 \(fn)" t nil)
8217
8218 ;;;***
8219 \f
8220 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8221 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8222 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8223 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8224 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8225 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8226 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8227 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8228 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8229 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17229 28053))
8230 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8231
8232 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8233 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8234
8235 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8236
8237 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8238 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8239
8240 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8241
8242 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8243
8244 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8245
8246 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8247 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8248 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8249 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8250
8251 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8252
8253 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8254 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8255
8256 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8257
8258 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8259
8260 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8261 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8262
8263 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8264
8265 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8266
8267 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8268 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8269 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8270 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8271
8272 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8273
8274 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8275
8276 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8277 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8278 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8279 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8280
8281 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8282
8283 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8284
8285 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8286 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8287 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8288 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8289
8290 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8291
8292 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8293
8294 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8295 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8296 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8297 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8298
8299 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8300
8301 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8302
8303 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8304 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8305 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8306 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8307 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8308 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8309
8310 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8311
8312 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8313 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8314 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8315 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8316
8317 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8318
8319 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8320
8321 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8322 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8323 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8324 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8325
8326 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8327
8328 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8329
8330 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8331
8332 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8333 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8334 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8335 follows:
8336 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8337 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8338
8339 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8340
8341 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8342 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8343 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8344 follows:
8345 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8346 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8347
8348 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8349
8350 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8351 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8352 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8353 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8354 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8355 region.
8356 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8357 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8358
8359 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8360
8361 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8362 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8363 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8364 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8365 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8366 region.
8367 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8368 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8369 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8370
8371 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8372
8373 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8374
8375 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8376 Merge two files without ancestor.
8377
8378 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8379
8380 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8381 Merge two files with ancestor.
8382
8383 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8384
8385 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8386
8387 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8388 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8389
8390 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8391
8392 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8393 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8394
8395 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8396
8397 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8398 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8399 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8400 buffer.
8401
8402 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8403
8404 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8405 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8406 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8407 buffer.
8408
8409 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8410
8411 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8412 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8413 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8414 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8415
8416 \(fn POS)" t nil)
8417
8418 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8419 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8420 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8421 and don't ask the user.
8422 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8423 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8424
8425 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8426
8427 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8428 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8429 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8430 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8431 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8432 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8433 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8434 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8435
8436 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8437
8438 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8439
8440 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8441
8442 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8443 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8444 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8445 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8446 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8447
8448 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8449
8450 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8451
8452 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8453 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8454 When called interactively, displays the version.
8455
8456 \(fn)" t nil)
8457
8458 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8459 Display Ediff's manual.
8460 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8461
8462 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8463
8464 ;;;***
8465 \f
8466 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8467 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
8468 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8469
8470 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8471 Not documented
8472
8473 \(fn)" t nil)
8474
8475 ;;;***
8476 \f
8477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17187 59901))
8478 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8479
8480 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8481 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8482
8483 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8484
8485 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8486
8487 ;;;***
8488 \f
8489 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8490 ;;;;;; (17229 28052))
8491 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8492
8493 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8494 Display Ediff's registry.
8495
8496 \(fn)" t nil)
8497
8498 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8499
8500 ;;;***
8501 \f
8502 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8503 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17277 59649))
8504 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8505
8506 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8507 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8508 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8509 which see.
8510
8511 \(fn)" t nil)
8512
8513 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8514 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8515 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8516 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8517
8518 \(fn)" t nil)
8519
8520 ;;;***
8521 \f
8522 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8523 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8524 ;;;;;; (17251 25141))
8525 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8526
8527 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8528 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8529 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8530
8531 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8532 Edit a keyboard macro.
8533 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8534 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8535 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8536 its command name.
8537 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8538
8539 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8540
8541 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8542 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8543
8544 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8545
8546 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8547 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8548
8549 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8550
8551 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8552 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8553 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8554 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8555 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8556 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8557
8558 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8559 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8560 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8561 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8562
8563 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8564
8565 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8566 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8567 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8568 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8569 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8570 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8571
8572 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8573
8574 ;;;***
8575 \f
8576 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8577 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17187 59901))
8578 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8579
8580 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8581 Set scroll margins.
8582 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8583 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8584
8585 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8586
8587 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8588 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8589
8590 \(fn)" t nil)
8591
8592 ;;;***
8593 \f
8594 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8595 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
8596 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8597
8598 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8599 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8600 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
8601 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8602 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8603 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8604 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8605 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8606
8607 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8608 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8609
8610 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8611 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8612 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8613 this value is non-nil.
8614
8615 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8616 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8617 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8618
8619 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8620 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8621 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
8622
8623 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8624
8625 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8626 Not documented
8627
8628 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8629
8630 ;;;***
8631 \f
8632 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8633 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17226 24574))
8634 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8635
8636 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8637 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8638
8639 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc")
8640
8641 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8642 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8643 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8644 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8645 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8646 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8647 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8648
8649 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8650
8651 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8652
8653 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8654 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
8655
8656 \(fn)" t nil)
8657
8658 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8659 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8660 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8661 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8662 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8663 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8664 arg list.
8665
8666 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8667 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8668
8669 ;;;***
8670 \f
8671 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17187
8672 ;;;;;; 59901))
8673 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8674
8675 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8676 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8677
8678 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8679 an elided material again.
8680
8681 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8682
8683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8684
8685 ;;;***
8686 \f
8687 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8688 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
8689 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8690
8691 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
8692 Initialize elint.
8693
8694 \(fn)" t nil)
8695
8696 ;;;***
8697 \f
8698 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8699 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17187
8700 ;;;;;; 59901))
8701 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8702
8703 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
8704 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8705 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8706
8707 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8708
8709 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
8710 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8711 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8712
8713 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8714
8715 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
8716 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8717 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8718
8719 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8720
8721 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8722
8723 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
8724 Display current profiling results.
8725 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8726 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
8727 displayed.
8728
8729 \(fn)" t nil)
8730
8731 ;;;***
8732 \f
8733 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8734 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
8735 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8736
8737 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
8738 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8739 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8740
8741 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8742
8743 ;;;***
8744 \f
8745 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8746 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8747 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8748 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8749 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17187 59901))
8750 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8751
8752 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8753 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8754 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8755 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8756 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8757 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8758 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8759 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8760 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8761 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8762 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8763 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8764 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8765 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8766 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8767 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8768
8769 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
8770 Run Emerge on two files.
8771
8772 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8773
8774 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8775 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8776
8777 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8778
8779 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
8780 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8781
8782 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8783
8784 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8785 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8786
8787 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8788
8789 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
8790 Not documented
8791
8792 \(fn)" nil nil)
8793
8794 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
8795 Not documented
8796
8797 \(fn)" nil nil)
8798
8799 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
8800 Not documented
8801
8802 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8803
8804 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
8805 Not documented
8806
8807 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8808
8809 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
8810 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8811
8812 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8813
8814 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8815 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8816
8817 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8818
8819 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
8820 Not documented
8821
8822 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8823
8824 ;;;***
8825 \f
8826 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
8827 ;;;;;; (17251 25141))
8828 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
8829
8830 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "\
8831 Set up a `key-translation-map' for `keyboard-coding-system' on DISPLAY.
8832
8833 DISPLAY may be a display id, a frame, or nil for the selected frame's display.
8834
8835 \(fn DISPLAY)" nil nil)
8836
8837 ;;;***
8838 \f
8839 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8840 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17187 59902))
8841 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8842
8843 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
8844 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8845 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8846 text/enriched format.
8847 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8848
8849 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8850 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8851
8852 Commands:
8853
8854 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8855
8856 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8857
8858 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
8859 Not documented
8860
8861 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8862
8863 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
8864 Not documented
8865
8866 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8867
8868 ;;;***
8869 \f
8870 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17187
8871 ;;;;;; 59901))
8872 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
8873
8874 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
8875 Emacs shell interactive mode.
8876
8877 \\{eshell-mode-map}
8878
8879 \(fn)" nil nil)
8880
8881 ;;;***
8882 \f
8883 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17187
8884 ;;;;;; 59901))
8885 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
8886
8887 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
8888 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
8889
8890 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8891
8892 ;;;***
8893 \f
8894 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
8895 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17187 59901))
8896 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
8897
8898 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
8899 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
8900 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
8901 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
8902 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
8903 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
8904 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
8905 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
8906 buffer selected (or created).
8907
8908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8909
8910 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
8911 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
8912 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
8913
8914 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
8915
8916 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
8917 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
8918 The result might be any Lisp object.
8919 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
8920 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
8921 corresponding to a successful execution.
8922
8923 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
8924
8925 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
8926 Report a bug in Eshell.
8927 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8928 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
8929
8930 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
8931
8932 ;;;***
8933 \f
8934 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
8935 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
8936 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
8937 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
8938 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
8939 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
8940 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
8941 ;;;;;; (17244 4914))
8942 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
8943
8944 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
8945 *File name of tags table.
8946 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
8947 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
8948 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8949 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
8950
8951 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
8952 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
8953 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
8954 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
8955
8956 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags")
8957
8958 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
8959 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
8960 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
8961 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
8962 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
8963 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8964
8965 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags")
8966
8967 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
8968 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
8969 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
8970 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
8971 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
8972 `auto-compression-mode').")
8973
8974 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags")
8975
8976 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
8977 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
8978 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
8979 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
8980 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
8981
8982 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags")
8983
8984 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
8985 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
8986 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
8987 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
8988
8989 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags")
8990
8991 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
8992 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
8993 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
8994 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
8995 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
8996
8997 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags")
8998
8999 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9000 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9001
9002 \(fn)" t nil)
9003
9004 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9005 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9006 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9007 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9008
9009 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9010 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9011 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9012 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9013 file the tag was in.
9014
9015 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9016
9017 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9018 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9019 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9020 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9021 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9022 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9023 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9024 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9025 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9026
9027 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9028
9029 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9030 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9031 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9032 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9033 without directory names.
9034
9035 \(fn)" nil nil)
9036
9037 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9038 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9039 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9040 but does not select the buffer.
9041 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9042
9043 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9044 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9045 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9046 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9047 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9048
9049 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9050
9051 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9052 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9053 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9054
9055 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9056
9057 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9058
9059 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9060 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9061 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9062 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9063
9064 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9065 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9066 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9067 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9068 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9069
9070 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9071
9072 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9073 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9074 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9075
9076 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9077
9078 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9079 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9080
9081 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9082 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9083 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9084 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9085 around or before point.
9086
9087 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9088 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9089 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9090 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9091 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9092
9093 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9094
9095 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9096 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9097 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9098
9099 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9100
9101 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9102 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9103
9104 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9105 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9106 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9107 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9108 around or before point.
9109
9110 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9111 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9112 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9113 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9114 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9115
9116 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9117
9118 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9119 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9120 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9121
9122 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9123
9124 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9125 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9126
9127 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9128 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9129 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9130
9131 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9132 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9133 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9134 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9135 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9136
9137 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9138
9139 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9140 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9141 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9142
9143 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9144
9145 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9146 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9147 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9148
9149 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9150 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9151
9152 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9153 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9154 where they were found.
9155
9156 \(fn)" t nil)
9157
9158 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9159 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9160
9161 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9162 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9163 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9164
9165 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9166 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9167
9168 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9169 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9170
9171 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9172
9173 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9174 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9175 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9176 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9177
9178 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9179 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9180 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9181 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9182 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9183
9184 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9185 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9186
9187 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
9188 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9189 Stops when a match is found.
9190 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9191
9192 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9193
9194 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9195
9196 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
9197 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9198 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9199 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9200 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9201
9202 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9203
9204 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
9205
9206 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
9207 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9208 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9209 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9210 directory specification.
9211
9212 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9213
9214 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
9215 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9216
9217 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9218
9219 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
9220 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9221 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9222 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9223
9224 \(fn)" t nil)
9225
9226 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
9227 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9228 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9229 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9230 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9231
9232 \(fn)" t nil)
9233
9234 ;;;***
9235 \f
9236 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9237 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9238 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9239 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
9240 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
9241 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
9242 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
9243 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17187 59901))
9244 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9245
9246 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
9247 Not documented
9248
9249 \(fn)" nil nil)
9250
9251 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
9252 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9253 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
9254 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9255
9256 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
9257 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9258 language.
9259
9260 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
9261 even if the buffer is read-only.
9262
9263 See also the descriptions of the variables
9264 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9265 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9266
9267 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9268
9269 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9270 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9271
9272 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9273 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9274
9275 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
9276 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9277 language.
9278
9279 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
9280 buffer is read-only.
9281
9282 See also the descriptions of the variables
9283 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9284 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9285
9286 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9287
9288 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9289 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
9290 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
9291
9292 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9293
9294 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
9295 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
9296
9297 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
9298 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
9299
9300 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
9301 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
9302
9303 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9304
9305 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9306 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9307 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9308 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9309
9310 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9311
9312 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
9313 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9314 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9315 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9316
9317 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
9318 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
9319 the primary language.
9320
9321 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9322 buffer is read-only.
9323
9324 See also the descriptions of the variables
9325 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9326 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9327
9328 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9329
9330 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9331 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9332 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9333 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9334
9335 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9336 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
9337 primary language.
9338
9339 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9340 buffer is read-only.
9341
9342 See also the descriptions of the variables
9343 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9344 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9345
9346 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9347
9348 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9349 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
9350 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
9351
9352 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9353
9354 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
9355 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
9356
9357 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
9358 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
9359 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
9360 3) convert the body into SERA.
9361
9362 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
9363
9364 \(fn)" t nil)
9365
9366 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9367 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9368 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9369
9370 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9371
9372 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
9373 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9374
9375 \(fn)" t nil)
9376
9377 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
9378 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9379
9380 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9381 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
9382 be 1, 2, or 3.
9383
9384 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9385 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9386 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9387
9388 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
9389
9390 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9391
9392 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
9393 Allow the user to input special characters.
9394
9395 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9396
9397 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9398 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9399 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
9400
9401 \(fn)" t nil)
9402
9403 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9404 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9405
9406 \(fn)" t nil)
9407
9408 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9409 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9410
9411 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9412 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9413
9414 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9415 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9416
9417 \(fn)" nil nil)
9418
9419 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9420 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9421
9422 \(fn)" nil nil)
9423
9424 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
9425 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9426
9427 \(fn)" nil nil)
9428
9429 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
9430 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9431
9432 \(fn)" nil nil)
9433
9434 ;;;***
9435 \f
9436 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9437 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9438 ;;;;;; (17263 27852))
9439 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9440
9441 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
9442 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9443 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9444 server for future sessions.
9445
9446 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9447
9448 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
9449 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9450 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9451
9452 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9453
9454 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
9455 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9456 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9457
9458 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9459
9460 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
9461 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9462 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9463 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9464 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9465 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9466 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9467 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9468 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9469 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9470 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9471 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9472
9473 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9474
9475 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
9476 Display a form to query the directory server.
9477 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9478 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9479
9480 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9481
9482 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
9483 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9484 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9485
9486 \(fn)" t nil)
9487
9488 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9489
9490 ;;;***
9491 \f
9492 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9493 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9494 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17187 59902))
9495 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9496
9497 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
9498 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9499
9500 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9501
9502 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
9503 Display URL and make it clickable.
9504
9505 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9506
9507 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
9508 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9509
9510 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9511
9512 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
9513 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9514
9515 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9516
9517 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
9518 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9519
9520 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9521
9522 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
9523 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9524
9525 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9526
9527 ;;;***
9528 \f
9529 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9530 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17187 59902))
9531 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9532
9533 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
9534 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9535 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9536
9537 \(fn)" t nil)
9538
9539 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
9540 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9541
9542 \(fn)" t nil)
9543
9544 ;;;***
9545 \f
9546 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
9547 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
9548 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9549
9550 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
9551 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9552
9553 \(fn)" t nil)
9554
9555 ;;;***
9556 \f
9557 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
9558 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
9559 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
9560 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
9561 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9562
9563 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
9564 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9565 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9566
9567 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9568
9569 (autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\
9570 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9571 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9572 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9573 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9574
9575 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9576
9577 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
9578 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9579 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9580 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9581 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9582 executable.
9583
9584 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9585
9586 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
9587 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9588 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9589
9590 \(fn)" t nil)
9591
9592 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
9593 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9594 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9595 file modes.
9596
9597 \(fn)" nil nil)
9598
9599 ;;;***
9600 \f
9601 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
9602 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (17187 59901))
9603 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9604
9605 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
9606 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
9607 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9608 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9609
9610 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9611
9612 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9613 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9614 to generate such functions.
9615
9616 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9617 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9618 beginning of the expanded text.
9619
9620 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
9621 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
9622 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
9623 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
9624
9625 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
9626
9627 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
9628
9629 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
9630 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9631 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9632
9633 \(fn)" t nil)
9634
9635 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
9636 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9637 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9638
9639 \(fn)" t nil)
9640 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
9641 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
9642
9643 ;;;***
9644 \f
9645 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17277 60154))
9646 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
9647
9648 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
9649 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
9650 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
9651
9652 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
9653 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
9654 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
9655
9656 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
9657
9658 Key definitions:
9659 \\{f90-mode-map}
9660
9661 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9662
9663 `f90-do-indent'
9664 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
9665 `f90-if-indent'
9666 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
9667 `f90-type-indent'
9668 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
9669 `f90-program-indent'
9670 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
9671 (default 2).
9672 `f90-continuation-indent'
9673 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
9674 `f90-comment-region'
9675 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
9676 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
9677 `f90-indented-comment-re'
9678 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
9679 (default \"!\").
9680 `f90-directive-comment-re'
9681 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
9682 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
9683 `f90-break-delimiters'
9684 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
9685 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
9686 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
9687 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
9688 (default t).
9689 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
9690 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
9691 `f90-smart-end'
9692 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
9693 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
9694 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
9695 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
9696 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
9697 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
9698 `f90-leave-line-no'
9699 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
9700
9701 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
9702 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9703
9704 \(fn)" t nil)
9705
9706 ;;;***
9707 \f
9708 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
9709 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
9710 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
9711 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
9712 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17187 59901))
9713 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
9714 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
9715 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
9716
9717 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
9718 Menu keymap for faces.")
9719
9720 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
9721
9722 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
9723 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
9724
9725 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
9726
9727 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
9728 Menu keymap for background colors.")
9729
9730 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
9731
9732 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
9733 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
9734
9735 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
9736
9737 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
9738 Submenu for text justification commands.")
9739
9740 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
9741
9742 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
9743 Submenu for indentation commands.")
9744
9745 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
9746
9747 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
9748 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
9749
9750 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
9751
9752 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
9753
9754 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
9755
9756 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
9757
9758 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
9759 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
9760 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
9761 will not show through at all will be removed.
9762
9763 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
9764
9765 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9766 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9767 requested face.
9768
9769 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9770 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
9771 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
9772
9773 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
9774
9775 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
9776 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
9777 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
9778
9779 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9780 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9781 requested face.
9782
9783 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9784 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
9785 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
9786
9787 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
9788
9789 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
9790 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
9791 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
9792
9793 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9794 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9795 requested face.
9796
9797 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9798 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
9799 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
9800
9801 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
9802
9803 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
9804 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
9805 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
9806 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
9807 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
9808 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
9809 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
9810
9811 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9812 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9813 requested face.
9814
9815 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9816 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
9817 to insert cancels the specification.
9818
9819 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
9820
9821 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
9822 Make the region invisible.
9823 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
9824 `facemenu-remove-special'.
9825
9826 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9827
9828 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
9829 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
9830 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
9831 `facemenu-remove-special'.
9832
9833 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9834
9835 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
9836 Make the region unmodifiable.
9837 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
9838 `facemenu-remove-special'.
9839
9840 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9841
9842 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
9843 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
9844
9845 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9846
9847 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
9848 Remove all text properties from the region.
9849
9850 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9851
9852 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
9853 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
9854 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
9855
9856 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9857
9858 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
9859 Read a color using the minibuffer.
9860
9861 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
9862
9863 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
9864 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
9865 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
9866 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
9867 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
9868 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
9869
9870 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
9871
9872 ;;;***
9873 \f
9874 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
9875 ;;;;;; "obsolete/fast-lock.el" (17226 24576))
9876 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/fast-lock.el
9877
9878 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
9879 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
9880 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
9881 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
9882
9883 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
9884
9885 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
9886 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
9887 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
9888
9889 Font Lock caches may be saved:
9890 - When you save the file's buffer.
9891 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
9892 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
9893 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
9894 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
9895
9896 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
9897
9898 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
9899 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
9900 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
9901 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
9902
9903 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9904
9905 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
9906 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
9907
9908 \(fn)" nil nil)
9909
9910 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
9911
9912 ;;;***
9913 \f
9914 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
9915 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
9916 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17263 27852))
9917 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
9918
9919 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
9920 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
9921 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
9922 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
9923
9924 \(fn)" nil nil)
9925
9926 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
9927 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.
9928
9929 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9930
9931 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
9932 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
9933 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
9934 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
9935
9936 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9937
9938 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
9939 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
9940 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
9941 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
9942 backup file names and the like).
9943
9944 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9945
9946 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
9947 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
9948 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
9949 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
9950 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
9951 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
9952 internally by feedmail):
9953
9954 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
9955 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
9956 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
9957 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
9958
9959 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
9960 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
9961 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
9962 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
9963 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.
9964
9965 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
9966
9967 ;;;***
9968 \f
9969 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
9970 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17238 21257))
9971 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
9972
9973 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
9974 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
9975 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
9976 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
9977 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
9978 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
9979 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
9980
9981 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
9982
9983 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
9984 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
9985 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
9986 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
9987 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9988 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
9989 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
9990
9991 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9992
9993 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
9994
9995 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
9996 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
9997 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
9998 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
9999 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10000 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10001
10002 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10003
10004 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10005 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10006 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10007 Return value:
10008 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10009 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10010 * otherwise, nil
10011
10012 \(fn E)" t nil)
10013
10014 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10015 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10016
10017 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10018
10019 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10020 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10021
10022 \(fn)" t nil)
10023
10024 ;;;***
10025 \f
10026 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
10027 ;;;;;; (17238 21257))
10028 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10029
10030 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10031 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10032 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10033 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10034 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10035 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10036 \(directories) is done.
10037
10038 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10039 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10040 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10041 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10042
10043 ;;;***
10044 \f
10045 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17187
10046 ;;;;;; 59901))
10047 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10048
10049 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10050 Filesets initialization.
10051 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10052
10053 \(fn)" nil nil)
10054
10055 ;;;***
10056 \f
10057 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10058 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10059 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
10060 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10061
10062 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10063 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10064 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10065 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10066 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10067
10068 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired")
10069
10070 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10071 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10072 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10073 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10074 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10075
10076 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired")
10077
10078 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10079 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10080 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10081 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10082
10083 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired")
10084
10085 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10086 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10087 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10088
10089 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10090
10091 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10092 as the final argument.
10093
10094 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10095
10096 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10097 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10098 and run dired on those files.
10099 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10100 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10101
10102 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10103
10104 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10105
10106 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10107 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10108 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10109
10110 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10111
10112 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10113
10114 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10115
10116 ;;;***
10117 \f
10118 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10119 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10120 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
10121 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10122
10123 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (setq fname (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))))) "\
10124 *A list of regular expressions for `ff-find-file'.
10125 Specifies how to recognize special constructs such as include files
10126 etc. and an associated method for extracting the filename from that
10127 construct.")
10128
10129 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
10130 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10131 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10132
10133 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10134
10135 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10136
10137 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
10138
10139 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10140 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10141 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10142
10143 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10144 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10145
10146 Variables of interest include:
10147
10148 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10149 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10150 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10151
10152 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10153 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10154 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10155
10156 - `ff-ignore-include'
10157 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10158
10159 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10160 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10161
10162 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10163 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10164
10165 - `ff-special-constructs'
10166 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10167 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10168 extracting the filename from that construct.
10169
10170 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10171 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10172
10173 - `ff-search-directories'
10174 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10175 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10176
10177 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10178 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10179
10180 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10181 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10182
10183 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10184 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10185
10186 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10187 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10188
10189 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10190 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10191
10192 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10193
10194 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10195 Visit the file you click on.
10196
10197 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10198
10199 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
10200 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10201
10202 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10203
10204 ;;;***
10205 \f
10206 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10207 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10208 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10209 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10210 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10211 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10212 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17257 22482))
10213 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10214
10215 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
10216 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
10217
10218 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10219
10220 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
10221 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10222 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10223 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10224 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10225 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10226
10227 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10228
10229 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
10230 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10231
10232 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
10233 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10234 not selected.
10235
10236 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10237 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
10238 in `load-path'.
10239
10240 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10241
10242 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
10243 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10244
10245 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
10246 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10247 places point before the definition.
10248 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10249
10250 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10251 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10252 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10253
10254 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10255
10256 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
10257 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10258
10259 See `find-function' for more details.
10260
10261 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10262
10263 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
10264 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10265
10266 See `find-function' for more details.
10267
10268 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10269
10270 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
10271 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10272
10273 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
10274 in a buffer, and the point of the definition. It does not switch
10275 to the buffer or display it.
10276
10277 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10278 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10279
10280 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10281
10282 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
10283 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
10284
10285 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
10286 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10287 places point before the definition.
10288
10289 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10290
10291 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10292 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10293 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10294
10295 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10296
10297 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
10298 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10299
10300 See `find-variable' for more details.
10301
10302 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10303
10304 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
10305 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10306
10307 See `find-variable' for more details.
10308
10309 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10310
10311 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
10312 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10313 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function,
10314 `defvar' or `defface' for a variable or face. This functoin
10315 does not switch to the buffer or display it.
10316
10317 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10318 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10319
10320 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10321
10322 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
10323 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10324
10325 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10326 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10327 places point before the definition.
10328
10329 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10330
10331 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10332 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10333 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10334
10335 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10336
10337 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
10338 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10339 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10340
10341 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10342
10343 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
10344 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10345
10346 \(fn)" t nil)
10347
10348 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
10349 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10350
10351 \(fn)" t nil)
10352
10353 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
10354 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10355
10356 \(fn)" nil nil)
10357
10358 ;;;***
10359 \f
10360 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10361 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17277 59649))
10362 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10363
10364 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
10365 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10366
10367 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10368
10369 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
10370 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10371
10372 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10373
10374 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
10375 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10376
10377 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10378
10379 ;;;***
10380 \f
10381 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10382 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17257 22482))
10383 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10384
10385 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
10386 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10387
10388 \(fn)" t nil)
10389
10390 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
10391 Display FILE's commentary section.
10392 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10393
10394 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10395
10396 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
10397 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10398
10399 \(fn)" t nil)
10400
10401 ;;;***
10402 \f
10403 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10404 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17187 59901))
10405 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10406
10407 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
10408 Toggle flow control handling.
10409 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10410 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10411
10412 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10413
10414 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
10415 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10416 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10417 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10418 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10419 to get the effect of a C-q.
10420
10421 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10422
10423 ;;;***
10424 \f
10425 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10426 ;;;;;; (17263 27852))
10427 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10428
10429 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
10430 Not documented
10431
10432 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10433
10434 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
10435 Not documented
10436
10437 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10438
10439 ;;;***
10440 \f
10441 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
10442 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17226 24577))
10443 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10444
10445 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
10446 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10447 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10448 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10449
10450 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10451
10452 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
10453 Turn flymake mode on.
10454
10455 \(fn)" nil nil)
10456
10457 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
10458 Turn flymake mode off.
10459
10460 \(fn)" nil nil)
10461
10462 ;;;***
10463 \f
10464 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10465 ;;;;;; flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
10466 ;;;;;; (17277 59650))
10467 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10468
10469 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
10470 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10471
10472 \(fn)" t nil)
10473 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
10474
10475 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
10476 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
10477 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
10478 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10479 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
10480 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
10481
10482 Bindings:
10483 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10484 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10485 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10486 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10487
10488 Hooks:
10489 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
10490
10491 Remark:
10492 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10493 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
10494 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10495
10496 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10497 consider adding:
10498 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10499 in your .emacs file.
10500
10501 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10502 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10503
10504 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10505
10506 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
10507 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10508
10509 \(fn)" nil nil)
10510
10511 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
10512 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10513
10514 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10515
10516 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
10517 Flyspell whole buffer.
10518
10519 \(fn)" t nil)
10520
10521 ;;;***
10522 \f
10523 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
10524 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
10525 ;;;;;; (17196 27217))
10526 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
10527
10528 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
10529 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10530
10531 \(fn)" t nil)
10532
10533 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
10534 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10535
10536 \(fn)" t nil)
10537
10538 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
10539 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
10540
10541 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
10542 of two major techniques:
10543
10544 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
10545 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
10546 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
10547
10548 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
10549 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
10550 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
10551 movement commands.
10552
10553 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
10554 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
10555 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
10556 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
10557 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
10558 mileage may vary).
10559
10560 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
10561 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
10562
10563 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
10564
10565 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
10566 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
10567 \(This is the default.)
10568
10569 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
10570 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
10571
10572 Keys specific to Follow mode:
10573 \\{follow-mode-map}
10574
10575 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10576
10577 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
10578 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
10579
10580 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
10581 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
10582 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
10583 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
10584 two windows always will display two successive pages.
10585 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
10586
10587 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
10588 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
10589 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
10590
10591 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
10592 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
10593 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
10594
10595 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10596
10597 ;;;***
10598 \f
10599 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17187
10600 ;;;;;; 59901))
10601 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
10602
10603 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
10604 Toggle footnote minor mode.
10605 \\<message-mode-map>
10606 key binding
10607 --- -------
10608
10609 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
10610 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
10611 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
10612 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
10613 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
10614 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
10615
10616 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10617
10618 ;;;***
10619 \f
10620 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
10621 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17226 24575))
10622 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
10623
10624 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
10625 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
10626
10627 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
10628 TAB forms-next-field TAB
10629 C-c TAB forms-next-field
10630 C-c < forms-first-record <
10631 C-c > forms-last-record >
10632 C-c ? describe-mode ?
10633 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
10634 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
10635 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
10636 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
10637 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
10638 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
10639 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
10640 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
10641 C-c C-x forms-exit x
10642
10643 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
10644
10645 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
10646 Visit a file in Forms mode.
10647
10648 \(fn FN)" t nil)
10649
10650 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
10651 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
10652
10653 \(fn FN)" t nil)
10654
10655 ;;;***
10656 \f
10657 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
10658 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17277 60154))
10659 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
10660
10661 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
10662 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
10663 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
10664 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
10665 with a character in column 6.")
10666
10667 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran")
10668
10669 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
10670 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
10671 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
10672
10673 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
10674 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
10675
10676 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
10677
10678 Key definitions:
10679 \\{fortran-mode-map}
10680
10681 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10682
10683 `fortran-comment-line-start'
10684 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
10685 `fortran-do-indent'
10686 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
10687 `fortran-if-indent'
10688 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
10689 `fortran-structure-indent'
10690 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
10691 (default 3)
10692 `fortran-continuation-indent'
10693 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
10694 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
10695 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
10696 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
10697 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
10698 nil don't change the indentation
10699 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10700 value of either
10701 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
10702 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
10703 depending on the continuation format in use.
10704 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10705 indentation for a line of code.
10706 (default 'fixed)
10707 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
10708 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
10709 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
10710 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
10711 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
10712 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
10713 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
10714 `fortran-line-number-indent'
10715 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
10716 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
10717 column 5.
10718 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
10719 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
10720 statements (default nil).
10721 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
10722 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
10723 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
10724 `fortran-continuation-string'
10725 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
10726 line (default \"$\").
10727 `fortran-comment-region'
10728 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
10729 the region (default \"c$$$\").
10730 `fortran-electric-line-number'
10731 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
10732 as typed (default t).
10733 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
10734 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
10735
10736 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
10737 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10738
10739 \(fn)" t nil)
10740
10741 ;;;***
10742 \f
10743 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
10744 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17187 59902))
10745 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
10746
10747 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
10748 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
10749
10750 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10751 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10752
10753 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
10754
10755 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
10756 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
10757
10758 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10759 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10760
10761 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
10762
10763 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
10764 Compile fortune file.
10765
10766 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
10767 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
10768
10769 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10770
10771 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
10772 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
10773
10774 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10775 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10776 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10777 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10778
10779 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10780
10781 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
10782 Display a fortune cookie.
10783
10784 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10785 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10786 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10787 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10788
10789 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10790
10791 ;;;***
10792 \f
10793 ;;;### (autoloads (set-fringe-style fringe-mode fringe-mode) "fringe"
10794 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" (17187 59901))
10795 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
10796
10797 (defvar fringe-mode nil "\
10798 *Specify appearance of fringes on all frames.
10799 This variable can be nil (the default) meaning the fringes should have
10800 the default width (8 pixels), it can be an integer value specifying
10801 the width of both left and right fringe (where 0 means no fringe), or
10802 a cons cell where car indicates width of left fringe and cdr indicates
10803 width of right fringe (where again 0 can be used to indicate no
10804 fringe).
10805 To set this variable in a Lisp program, use `set-fringe-mode' to make
10806 it take real effect.
10807 Setting the variable with a customization buffer also takes effect.
10808 If you only want to modify the appearance of the fringe in one frame,
10809 you can use the interactive function `set-fringe-style'.")
10810
10811 (custom-autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe")
10812
10813 (autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe" "\
10814 Set the default appearance of fringes on all frames.
10815
10816 When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values
10817 for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only',
10818 `minimal' and `half'.
10819
10820 When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the
10821 integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in
10822 cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single
10823 integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width.
10824 If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the
10825 default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and
10826 right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple
10827 of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe
10828 width of 0.
10829
10830 Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default
10831 fringe widths set by this command. This command applies to all
10832 frames that exist and frames to be created in the future. If you
10833 want to set the default appearance of fringes on the selected
10834 frame only, see the command `set-fringe-style'.
10835
10836 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
10837
10838 (autoload (quote set-fringe-style) "fringe" "\
10839 Set the default appearance of fringes on the selected frame.
10840
10841 When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values
10842 for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only',
10843 `minimal' and `half'.
10844
10845 When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the
10846 integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in
10847 cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single
10848 integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width.
10849 If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the
10850 default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and
10851 right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple
10852 of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe
10853 width of 0.
10854
10855 Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default
10856 fringe widths set by this command. If you want to set the
10857 default appearance of fringes on all frames, see the command
10858 `fringe-mode'.
10859
10860 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
10861
10862 ;;;***
10863 \f
10864 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug-log gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
10865 ;;;;;; (17277 60154))
10866 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
10867
10868 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
10869 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10870 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10871 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10872
10873 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
10874 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
10875 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
10876 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
10877
10878 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
10879 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
10880 `gdb-use-inferior-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
10881 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are given in
10882 relevant buffer.
10883
10884 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
10885
10886 The following commands help control operation :
10887
10888 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
10889 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
10890
10891 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
10892 detailed description of this mode.
10893
10894
10895 +--------------------------------------------------------------+
10896 | GDB Toolbar |
10897 +-------------------------------+------------------------------+
10898 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
10899 | | |
10900 | | |
10901 | | |
10902 +-------------------------------+------------------------------+
10903 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of inferior) |
10904 | | (comint-mode) |
10905 | | |
10906 | | |
10907 | | |
10908 | | |
10909 | | |
10910 | | |
10911 +-------------------------------+------------------------------+
10912 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
10913 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
10914 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
10915 | | d gdb-delete-breakpoint |
10916 +-------------------------------+------------------------------+
10917
10918 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10919
10920 (defvar gdb-enable-debug-log nil "\
10921 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
10922
10923 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug-log) "gdb-ui")
10924
10925 ;;;***
10926 \f
10927 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
10928 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17187
10929 ;;;;;; 59901))
10930 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
10931
10932 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
10933 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
10934 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
10935 instead (which see).")
10936
10937 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
10938 Create a new generic mode MODE.
10939
10940 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
10941 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
10942 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
10943 documentation string instead.
10944
10945 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
10946 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
10947 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
10948 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
10949 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
10950 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
10951 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
10952 enders are actually possible.
10953
10954 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
10955 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
10956
10957 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
10958 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
10959 `font-lock-keywords'.
10960
10961 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
10962 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
10963 runs the macro expansion.
10964
10965 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
10966 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
10967 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
10968
10969 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
10970
10971 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
10972
10973 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
10974 Go into the generic mode MODE.
10975
10976 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
10977
10978 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
10979 Enter generic mode MODE.
10980
10981 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
10982 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
10983 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
10984
10985 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
10986 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
10987
10988 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
10989
10990 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
10991 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
10992 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
10993 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
10994 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
10995 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
10996 regular expression that can be used as an element of
10997 `font-lock-keywords'.
10998
10999 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11000
11001 ;;;***
11002 \f
11003 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11004 ;;;;;; (17226 24577))
11005 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11006
11007 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11008 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11009 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11010 at places they belong to.
11011
11012 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11013
11014 ;;;***
11015 \f
11016 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11017 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17277 59649))
11018 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11019
11020 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11021 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11022
11023 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11024
11025 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11026 Read network news.
11027 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11028 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11029 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11030 name of an NNTP server to use.
11031 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11032 server.
11033
11034 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11035
11036 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11037 Read news as a slave.
11038
11039 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11040
11041 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11042 Pop up a frame to read news.
11043 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11044 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11045 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11046 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11047 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11048 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11049 current display is used.
11050
11051 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11052
11053 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11054 Read network news.
11055 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11056 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11057 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11058
11059 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11060
11061 ;;;***
11062 \f
11063 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11064 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11065 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11066 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11067 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11068 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17226 24575))
11069 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11070
11071 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11072 Start Gnus unplugged.
11073
11074 \(fn)" t nil)
11075
11076 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11077 Start Gnus plugged.
11078
11079 \(fn)" t nil)
11080
11081 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11082 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11083
11084 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11085
11086 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11087 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11088
11089 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11090 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11091 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11092
11093 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11094 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11095 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11096
11097 \(fn)" t nil)
11098
11099 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11100 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11101
11102 \(fn)" nil nil)
11103
11104 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11105 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP. Always updates the agent, even when
11106 disabled, as the old agent files would corrupt gnus when the agent was
11107 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is supported.
11108
11109 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11110
11111 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11112 Delete fully-qualified GROUP. Always updates the agent, even when
11113 disabled, as the old agent files would corrupt gnus when the agent was
11114 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is supported.
11115
11116 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11117
11118 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
11119 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11120
11121 \(fn)" nil nil)
11122
11123 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
11124 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11125 downloaded into the agent.
11126
11127 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11128
11129 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
11130 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11131 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11132 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11133
11134 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11135
11136 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
11137 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11138
11139 \(fn)" t nil)
11140
11141 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
11142 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11143
11144 \(fn)" t nil)
11145
11146 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
11147 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11148 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11149
11150 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11151
11152 ;;;***
11153 \f
11154 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11155 ;;;;;; (17257 22483))
11156 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11157
11158 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
11159 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11160
11161 \(fn)" nil nil)
11162
11163 ;;;***
11164 \f
11165 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11166 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
11167 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11168
11169 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
11170 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11171
11172 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11173
11174 ;;;***
11175 \f
11176 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11177 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11178 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17187
11179 ;;;;;; 59901))
11180 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11181
11182 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
11183 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11184
11185 Usage:
11186 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11187
11188 \(fn)" t nil)
11189
11190 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
11191 Generate the cache active file.
11192
11193 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11194
11195 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
11196 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11197
11198 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11199
11200 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11201 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP. Always updates the cache, even when
11202 disabled, as the old cache files would corrupt gnus when the cache was
11203 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is supported.
11204
11205 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11206
11207 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11208 Delete GROUP. Always updates the cache, even when
11209 disabled, as the old cache files would corrupt gnus when the cache was
11210 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is supported.
11211
11212 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11213
11214 ;;;***
11215 \f
11216 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11217 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17187 59901))
11218 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11219
11220 (defgroup gnus-delay nil "Arrange for sending postings later." :version "22.1" :group (quote gnus))
11221
11222 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
11223 Delay this article by some time.
11224 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11225
11226 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11227 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11228
11229 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11230 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11231
11232 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11233 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11234
11235 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11236
11237 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
11238 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11239
11240 \(fn)" t nil)
11241
11242 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
11243 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11244 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11245 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11246
11247 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11248 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11249
11250 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11251
11252 ;;;***
11253 \f
11254 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11255 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
11256 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11257
11258 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
11259 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11260
11261 \(fn)" nil nil)
11262
11263 ;;;***
11264 \f
11265 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11266 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
11267 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11268
11269 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
11270 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11271
11272 \(fn)" t nil)
11273
11274 ;;;***
11275 \f
11276 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11277 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11278 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17187
11279 ;;;;;; 59914))
11280 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11281
11282 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
11283 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11284
11285 \(fn)" t nil)
11286
11287 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
11288 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11289
11290 \(fn)" t nil)
11291
11292 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
11293 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11294
11295 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11296
11297 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
11298 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11299
11300 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11301
11302 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
11303 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11304 The PNG is returned as a string.
11305
11306 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11307
11308 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
11309 Convert FILE to a Face.
11310 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11311 726 bytes.
11312
11313 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11314
11315 ;;;***
11316 \f
11317 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11318 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17187 59901))
11319 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11320
11321 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
11322 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11323 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11324
11325 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11326
11327 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
11328 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11329
11330 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11331
11332 ;;;***
11333 \f
11334 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11335 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
11336 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11337
11338 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
11339
11340 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
11341 Run batched scoring.
11342 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11343
11344 \(fn)" t nil)
11345
11346 ;;;***
11347 \f
11348 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11349 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11350 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
11351 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11352
11353 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
11354 Not documented
11355
11356 \(fn)" nil nil)
11357
11358 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
11359 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11360 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11361
11362 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11363
11364 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
11365 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11366
11367 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11368
11369 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11370
11371 ;;;***
11372 \f
11373 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11374 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11375 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
11376 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11377
11378 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11379 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
11380 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11381 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11382 group parameters.
11383
11384 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11385 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11386 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
11387 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
11388
11389 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11390 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
11391 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11392 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11393 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
11394 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11395 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11396 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11397 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11398 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11399
11400 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11401
11402 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11403 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11404 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11405 nil CATCH-ALL).
11406
11407 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
11408 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
11409
11410 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11411
11412 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11413 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11414 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11415
11416 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
11417
11418 \(fn)" nil nil)
11419
11420 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11421 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11422 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11423
11424 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11425
11426 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11427 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11428 existing groups are considered.
11429
11430 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11431 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11432 returned.
11433
11434 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11435 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11436 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11437 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11438 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11439 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11440 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11441 clauses will be generated.
11442
11443 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11444 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11445 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11446 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11447 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11448 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11449
11450 For example, given the following group parameters:
11451
11452 nnml:mail.bar:
11453 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11454 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11455 nnml:mail.foo:
11456 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11457 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
11458 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
11459 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
11460 nnml:mail.others:
11461 \((split-spec . catch-all))
11462
11463 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
11464
11465 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
11466 \"mail.bar\")
11467 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
11468 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
11469 \"mail.others\")
11470
11471 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
11472
11473 ;;;***
11474 \f
11475 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
11476 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
11477 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
11478
11479 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
11480 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
11481 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
11482
11483 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
11484
11485 ;;;***
11486 \f
11487 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
11488 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17187 59914))
11489 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
11490
11491 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
11492 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11493 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
11494 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
11495
11496 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
11497
11498 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
11499 Mail to ADDRESS.
11500
11501 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
11502
11503 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
11504 Like `message-reply'.
11505
11506 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
11507
11508 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
11509
11510 ;;;***
11511 \f
11512 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
11513 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
11514 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
11515 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
11516
11517 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
11518 Display picons in the From header.
11519 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11520
11521 \(fn)" t nil)
11522
11523 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
11524 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
11525 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11526
11527 \(fn)" t nil)
11528
11529 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
11530 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
11531 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11532
11533 \(fn)" t nil)
11534
11535 ;;;***
11536 \f
11537 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
11538 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
11539 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
11540 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
11541 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17187 59901))
11542 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
11543
11544 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
11545 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11546 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11547 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
11548
11549 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11550
11551 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
11552 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11553 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11554 LIST1 is modified.
11555
11556 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11557
11558 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
11559 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
11560 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11561
11562 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11563
11564 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
11565 Not documented
11566
11567 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11568
11569 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
11570 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
11571 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11572
11573 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11574
11575 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
11576 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
11577 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
11578
11579 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
11580
11581 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
11582
11583 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
11584 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11585 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11586
11587 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11588
11589 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
11590 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
11591 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11592
11593 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11594
11595 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
11596 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11597 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11598
11599 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11600
11601 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
11602 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
11603
11604 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
11605
11606 ;;;***
11607 \f
11608 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
11609 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17187 59901))
11610 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
11611
11612 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
11613 Not documented
11614
11615 \(fn)" t nil)
11616
11617 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
11618 Install the registry hooks.
11619
11620 \(fn)" t nil)
11621
11622 ;;;***
11623 \f
11624 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
11625 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17187
11626 ;;;;;; 59901))
11627 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
11628
11629 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
11630 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11631 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11632 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
11633 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
11634 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11635
11636 \(fn)" t nil)
11637
11638 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
11639 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11640 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11641 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
11642 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11643
11644 \(fn)" t nil)
11645
11646 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
11647 Not documented
11648
11649 \(fn)" t nil)
11650
11651 ;;;***
11652 \f
11653 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
11654 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
11655 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
11656
11657 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
11658 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
11659 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
11660 for matching on group names.
11661
11662 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
11663 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
11664
11665 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
11666
11667 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
11668
11669 \(fn)" t nil)
11670
11671 ;;;***
11672 \f
11673 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
11674 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
11675 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
11676
11677 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
11678 Update the format specification near point.
11679
11680 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
11681
11682 ;;;***
11683 \f
11684 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
11685 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17226
11686 ;;;;;; 24575))
11687 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
11688
11689 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
11690 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
11691
11692 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
11693
11694 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
11695 Not documented
11696
11697 \(fn)" nil nil)
11698
11699 ;;;***
11700 \f
11701 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
11702 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
11703 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
11704
11705 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
11706 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
11707
11708 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
11709
11710 ;;;***
11711 \f
11712 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17226 24576))
11713 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
11714
11715 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
11716 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
11717
11718 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
11719 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
11720 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
11721
11722 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
11723 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
11724 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
11725
11726 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
11727 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
11728
11729 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
11730 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
11731
11732 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
11733
11734 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
11735
11736 ;;;***
11737 \f
11738 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
11739 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17263 27852))
11740 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
11741
11742 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
11743
11744 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
11745 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
11746 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
11747 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
11748 there, then load the URL at or before point.
11749
11750 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
11751
11752 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
11753 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
11754 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
11755 or to send e-mail.
11756 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
11757
11758 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
11759 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
11760
11761 \(fn)" t nil)
11762
11763 ;;;***
11764 \f
11765 ;;;### (autoloads (grep-tree grep-find grep-mode grep grep-compute-defaults
11766 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
11767 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17187 59902))
11768 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
11769
11770 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
11771 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
11772
11773 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep")
11774
11775 (defvar grep-command nil "\
11776 The default grep command for \\[grep].
11777 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
11778 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
11779 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
11780
11781 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
11782 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
11783
11784 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep")
11785
11786 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
11787 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
11788 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
11789 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
11790
11791 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep")
11792
11793 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
11794 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
11795
11796 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep")
11797
11798 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
11799 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
11800
11801 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
11802 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
11803 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11804
11805 (defvar find-program "find" "\
11806 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
11807 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11808
11809 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
11810 Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default.
11811
11812 If nil, it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
11813 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
11814
11815 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11816
11817 (defvar grep-history nil)
11818
11819 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
11820
11821 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
11822 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
11823 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
11824
11825 \(fn)" nil nil)
11826
11827 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
11828 Not documented
11829
11830 \(fn)" nil nil)
11831
11832 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
11833 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11834 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
11835 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
11836 where grep found matches.
11837
11838 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
11839 easily repeat a grep command.
11840
11841 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
11842 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
11843 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
11844 if that history list is empty).
11845
11846 If specified, optional second arg HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is the regexp to
11847 temporarily highlight in visited source lines.
11848
11849 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS &optional HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" t nil)
11850
11851 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
11852 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
11853
11854 \(fn)" nil nil)
11855
11856 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
11857 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
11858 Collect output in a buffer.
11859 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
11860 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
11861
11862 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
11863 easily repeat a find command.
11864
11865 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
11866
11867 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
11868
11869 (autoload (quote grep-tree) "grep" "\
11870 Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
11871 Collect output in a buffer.
11872 Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter.
11873 With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP.
11874 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
11875 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g.
11876 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
11877
11878 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
11879 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
11880
11881 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
11882 easily repeat a find command.
11883
11884 When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to
11885 those sub directories of DIR.
11886
11887 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR &optional SUBDIRS)" t nil)
11888
11889 ;;;***
11890 \f
11891 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17187 59901))
11892 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
11893
11894 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
11895 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
11896 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
11897 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
11898 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
11899
11900 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
11901
11902 ;;;***
11903 \f
11904 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb
11905 ;;;;;; perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17277 60154))
11906 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
11907
11908 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
11909 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11910 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11911 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11912
11913 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11914
11915 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
11916 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11917 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11918 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11919
11920 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11921
11922 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
11923 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11924 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11925 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11926
11927 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11928
11929 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
11930 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11931 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11932 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11933
11934 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
11935 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
11936
11937 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11938
11939 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
11940 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11941 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11942 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11943
11944 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11945
11946 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
11947 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
11948 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11949 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11950
11951 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11952
11953 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
11954 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
11955 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
11956 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
11957 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
11958
11959 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
11960 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
11961 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
11962 original source file access method.
11963
11964 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
11965 gud, see `gud-mode'.
11966
11967 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11968
11969 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
11970 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11971 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11972 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11973
11974 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11975 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
11976
11977 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
11978
11979 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
11980 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
11981
11982 \(fn)" t nil)
11983
11984 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
11985 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
11986 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11987 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11988 use either \\[customize] or the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
11989
11990 (custom-autoload (quote gud-tooltip-mode) "gud")
11991
11992 (put (quote gud-tooltip-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
11993
11994 (autoload (quote gud-tooltip-mode) "gud" "\
11995 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
11996
11997 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11998
11999 ;;;***
12000 \f
12001 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17187
12002 ;;;;;; 59902))
12003 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12004
12005 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12006 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12007 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12008 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12009
12010 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12011 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12012 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12013 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12014
12015 \(fn)" t nil)
12016
12017 ;;;***
12018 \f
12019 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12020 ;;;;;; (17187 59879))
12021 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12022
12023 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12024 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12025
12026 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12027
12028 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12029 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12030 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12031 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12032
12033 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12034
12035 \(fn)" t nil)
12036
12037 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12038 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12039 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12040 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12041 to be updated.
12042
12043 \(fn)" t nil)
12044
12045 ;;;***
12046 \f
12047 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12048 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12049 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12050 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17187 59901))
12051 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12052
12053 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12054 Return the help-echo string at point.
12055 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12056 property, or nil, is returned.
12057 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12058 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12059 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12060
12061 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12062
12063 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12064 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12065 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12066 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12067 this produces no string either, return nil.
12068
12069 \(fn)" nil nil)
12070
12071 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12072 Display local help in the echo area.
12073 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12074 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12075 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12076 printed instead.
12077
12078 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12079 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12080 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12081
12082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12083
12084 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12085 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12086 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12087
12088 \(fn)" t nil)
12089
12090 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12091 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12092 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12093
12094 \(fn)" t nil)
12095
12096 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
12097 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12098 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12099 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12100 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12101 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12102 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12103 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12104 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12105 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12106 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12107
12108 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12109 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12110 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12111 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12112 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12113
12114 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12115 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12116 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12117 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12118 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12119 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12120 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12121 The default is `never'.")
12122
12123 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt")
12124
12125 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12126 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12127 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12128 hook.variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12129 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12130 considered different regions.
12131
12132 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12133 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12134 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12135 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12136 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12137 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12138 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12139 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12140 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12141
12142 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12143
12144 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12145 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12146 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12147 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12148 different regions.
12149
12150 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12151 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12152 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12153 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12154 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12155 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12156 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12157 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12158
12159 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12160 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12161 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12162 rarely happens in practice.
12163
12164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12165
12166 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12167 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12168 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12169 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12170 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12171 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
12172
12173 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12174
12175 ;;;***
12176 \f
12177 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12178 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
12179 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function help-with-tutorial) "help-fns"
12180 ;;;;;; "help-fns.el" (17277 59649))
12181 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12182
12183 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
12184 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
12185 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
12186 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
12187 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
12188 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
12189
12190 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12191
12192 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
12193 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12194
12195 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12196
12197 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12198 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12199 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12200
12201 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12202
12203 (defface help-argument-name (quote ((((supports :slant italic)) :inherit italic))) "\
12204 Face to highlight argument names in *Help* buffers." :group (quote help))
12205
12206 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12207 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
12208
12209 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12210
12211 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
12212 Not documented
12213
12214 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12215
12216 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
12217 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
12218 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12219 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12220
12221 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12222
12223 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
12224 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12225 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12226 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12227 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12228 it is displayed along with the global value.
12229
12230 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12231
12232 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
12233 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12234 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12235 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12236
12237 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12238
12239 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
12240 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12241 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12242 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12243 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12244
12245 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12246
12247 ;;;***
12248 \f
12249 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12250 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
12251 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12252
12253 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12254 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12255 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
12256 and window listing and describing the options.
12257 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
12258 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
12259
12260 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro")
12261
12262 ;;;***
12263 \f
12264 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12265 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
12266 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17277 59649))
12267 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12268
12269 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
12270 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12271 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12272 Commands:
12273 \\{help-mode-map}
12274
12275 \(fn)" t nil)
12276
12277 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
12278 Not documented
12279
12280 \(fn)" nil nil)
12281
12282 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
12283 Not documented
12284
12285 \(fn)" nil nil)
12286
12287 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
12288 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12289
12290 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12291 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12292 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12293 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12294
12295 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12296 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12297 restore it properly when going back.
12298
12299 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
12300
12301 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
12302 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12303
12304 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12305 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12306 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12307 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12308 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12309 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12310 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12311 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12312
12313 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12314 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12315 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12316 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12317
12318 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12319 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12320 that.
12321
12322 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12323
12324 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
12325 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12326 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12327 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12328 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12329 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12330
12331 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12332
12333 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
12334 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12335 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12336 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12337 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12338
12339 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12340
12341 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
12342 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12343
12344 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12345
12346 ;;;***
12347 \f
12348 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12349 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17187 59901))
12350 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12351
12352 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
12353 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
12354
12355 \(fn)" t nil)
12356
12357 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
12358 Provide help for current mode.
12359
12360 \(fn)" t nil)
12361
12362 ;;;***
12363 \f
12364 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
12365 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17187 59901))
12366 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
12367
12368 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
12369 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
12370 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
12371 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
12372 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
12373
12374 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
12375 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
12376
12377 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
12378 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
12379 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
12380 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
12381
12382 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
12383 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
12384 periods.
12385
12386 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
12387 in hexl format.
12388
12389 A sample format:
12390
12391 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
12392 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
12393 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
12394 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
12395 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
12396 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
12397 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
12398 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
12399 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
12400 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
12401 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
12402 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
12403 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
12404 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
12405 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
12406
12407 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
12408 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
12409 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
12410
12411 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
12412 also supported.
12413
12414 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
12415
12416 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
12417 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
12418 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
12419
12420 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
12421 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
12422 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
12423
12424 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
12425 into the buffer at the current point.
12426
12427 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
12428 into the buffer at the current point.
12429
12430 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
12431 into the buffer at the current point.
12432
12433 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
12434
12435 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
12436 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
12437
12438 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
12439
12440 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
12441
12442 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12443
12444 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
12445 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
12446 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists.
12447
12448 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12449
12450 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
12451 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
12452 This discards the buffer's undo information.
12453
12454 \(fn)" t nil)
12455
12456 ;;;***
12457 \f
12458 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
12459 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
12460 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (17277
12461 ;;;;;; 60154))
12462 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
12463
12464 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
12465 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
12466
12467 (custom-autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock")
12468
12469 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
12470 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
12471
12472 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
12473 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
12474 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
12475 which can be called interactively, are:
12476
12477 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12478 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12479
12480 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
12481 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
12482 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
12483 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
12484
12485 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12486 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12487
12488 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
12489 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
12490
12491 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
12492 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
12493 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
12494 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
12495 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
12496 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
12497
12498 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
12499 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
12500
12501 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
12502 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
12503 Hi-lock: FOO
12504 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
12505 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
12506 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
12507 will be read until
12508 Hi-lock: end
12509 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
12510
12511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12512
12513 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
12514
12515 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
12516 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
12517
12518 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12519 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12520 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
12521 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
12522
12523 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12524
12525 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
12526
12527 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
12528 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
12529
12530 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12531 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12532 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
12533 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
12534
12535 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12536
12537 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
12538
12539 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
12540 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
12541
12542 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
12543 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
12544
12545 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12546
12547 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
12548
12549 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
12550 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
12551
12552 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
12553 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
12554 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
12555 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
12556 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12557
12558 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12559
12560 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
12561 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
12562
12563 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
12564 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
12565 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
12566
12567 \(fn)" t nil)
12568
12569 ;;;***
12570 \f
12571 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
12572 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17187 59902))
12573 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
12574
12575 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
12576 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
12577 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12578 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
12579 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
12580 how the hiding is done:
12581
12582 `hide-ifdef-env'
12583 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
12584 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
12585 is used.
12586
12587 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
12588 An association list of defined symbol lists.
12589 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12590 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12591 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
12592
12593 `hide-ifdef-lines'
12594 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
12595 #endif lines when hiding.
12596
12597 `hide-ifdef-initially'
12598 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
12599 is activated.
12600
12601 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
12602 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
12603 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
12604
12605 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
12606
12607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12608
12609 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
12610 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
12611
12612 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
12613
12614 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
12615 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
12616
12617 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
12618
12619 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
12620 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
12621
12622 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
12623
12624 ;;;***
12625 \f
12626 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
12627 ;;;;;; (17196 27217))
12628 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
12629
12630 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
12631 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
12632 Each element has the form
12633 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
12634
12635 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
12636 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
12637
12638 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
12639 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
12640
12641 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
12642 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
12643 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
12644 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
12645 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
12646 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
12647
12648 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
12649 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
12650
12651 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
12652 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
12653
12654 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
12655 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
12656 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
12657
12658 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
12659 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
12660 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
12661 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
12662 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
12663 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
12664
12665 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
12666 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
12667 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
12668
12669 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
12670 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
12671
12672 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
12673
12674 Key bindings:
12675 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
12676
12677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12678
12679 ;;;***
12680 \f
12681 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
12682 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
12683 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
12684 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
12685 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17187 59901))
12686 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
12687
12688 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
12689 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
12690 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
12691
12692 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
12693
12694 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
12695 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
12696
12697 Without an argument:
12698 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
12699 or passive state as determined by the variable
12700 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
12701 and passive state.
12702
12703 With an argument ARG:
12704 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
12705 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
12706 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
12707
12708 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
12709 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
12710 not displayed in a different face.
12711
12712 Functions:
12713 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
12714 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
12715 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
12716 buffer with the contents of a file
12717 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
12718 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
12719 various faces
12720
12721 Hook variables:
12722 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
12723 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
12724 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
12725
12726 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12727
12728 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
12729 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12730
12731 \(fn)" t nil)
12732
12733 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
12734 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12735
12736 \(fn)" t nil)
12737
12738 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
12739 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
12740
12741 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
12742 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
12743 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
12744 shown in the last face in the list.
12745
12746 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
12747 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
12748 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
12749
12750 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
12751
12752 \(fn)" t nil)
12753
12754 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
12755 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
12756
12757 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
12758
12759 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
12760 to save the file.
12761
12762 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
12763 written to a temporary file for comparison.
12764
12765 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12766 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12767 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12768
12769 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
12770
12771 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
12772 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
12773
12774 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
12775 this function is called interactively.
12776
12777 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
12778 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
12779 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
12780
12781 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12782 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12783 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12784
12785 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
12786
12787 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
12788 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
12789
12790 When called interactively:
12791 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
12792 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
12793 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
12794 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
12795
12796 When called from a program:
12797 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
12798 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
12799 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
12800 - otherwise just turn it on
12801
12802 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
12803 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
12804 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
12805 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
12806
12807 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12808
12809 ;;;***
12810 \f
12811 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
12812 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
12813 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
12814 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
12815 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17187 59901))
12816 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
12817
12818 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
12819 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
12820 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
12821 or insert functions in this list.")
12822
12823 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp")
12824
12825 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
12826 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
12827
12828 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp")
12829
12830 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
12831 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
12832
12833 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp")
12834
12835 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
12836 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
12837
12838 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp")
12839
12840 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
12841 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
12842
12843 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp")
12844
12845 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
12846 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
12847 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
12848
12849 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp")
12850
12851 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
12852 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
12853 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
12854 \(as atoms)")
12855
12856 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp")
12857
12858 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
12859 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
12860 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
12861 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
12862 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
12863
12864 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp")
12865
12866 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
12867 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
12868 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
12869 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
12870 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
12871 expansions.
12872 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
12873 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
12874 undoes the expansion.
12875
12876 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12877
12878 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
12879 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
12880 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
12881 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
12882
12883 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
12884
12885 ;;;***
12886 \f
12887 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
12888 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
12889 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
12890
12891 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
12892 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
12893 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
12894
12895 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
12896 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
12897 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
12898 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
12899 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
12900
12901 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
12902 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
12903 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
12904 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
12905
12906 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12907
12908 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
12909 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
12910 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12911 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12912 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
12913
12914 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line")
12915
12916 (put (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
12917
12918 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
12919 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
12920 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
12921
12922 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
12923 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
12924
12925 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12926
12927 ;;;***
12928 \f
12929 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
12930 ;;;;;; (17229 28052))
12931 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
12932
12933 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
12934 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
12935 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
12936
12937 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
12938
12939 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12940
12941 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
12942 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
12943
12944 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
12945 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
12946
12947 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
12948
12949 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
12950
12951 ;;;***
12952 \f
12953 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
12954 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (17187 59902))
12955 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
12956
12957 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
12958 This function is obsolete.
12959 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
12960 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
12961
12962 \(fn)" nil nil)
12963
12964 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
12965 This function is obsolete.
12966 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
12967 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
12968
12969 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12970
12971 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
12972 This function is obsolete.
12973 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
12974 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
12975
12976 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12977
12978 ;;;***
12979 \f
12980 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17187
12981 ;;;;;; 59901))
12982 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
12983
12984 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
12985 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
12986
12987 \(fn)" t nil)
12988
12989 ;;;***
12990 \f
12991 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
12992 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers
12993 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers
12994 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp
12995 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
12996 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
12997 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
12998 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
12999 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13000 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13001 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13002 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13003 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13004 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13005 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13006 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13007 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13008 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13009 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13010 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13011 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13012 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17277 60154))
13013 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13014
13015 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13016 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13017 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13018
13019 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13020
13021 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13022 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13023
13024 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13025
13026 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13027 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13028
13029 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13030
13031 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13032 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13033
13034 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13035
13036 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13037 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13038
13039 \(fn)" t nil)
13040
13041 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13042 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13043
13044 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13045
13046 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13047 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13048
13049 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13050 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13051 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13052 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13053 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13054 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13055 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13056 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13057 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13058 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13059 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13060 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13061
13062 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13063 Not documented
13064
13065 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13066
13067 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13068 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13069
13070 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13071
13072 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13073 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13074
13075 \(fn)" t nil)
13076
13077 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13078 Remove the first filter group.
13079
13080 \(fn)" t nil)
13081
13082 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13083 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13084
13085 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13086
13087 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13088 Remove all filter groups.
13089
13090 \(fn)" t nil)
13091
13092 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13093 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13094
13095 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13096
13097 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13098 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13099 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13100
13101 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13102
13103 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
13104 Kill the filter group at point.
13105 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13106
13107 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13108
13109 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
13110 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
13111
13112 \(fn)" t nil)
13113
13114 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13115 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
13116
13117 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13118
13119 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13120 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
13121 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
13122 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13123
13124 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
13125
13126 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13127 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
13128 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
13129
13130 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13131
13132 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13133 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
13134 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
13135 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13136 of replacing the current filters.
13137
13138 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13139
13140 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
13141 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
13142
13143 \(fn)" t nil)
13144
13145 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13146 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
13147
13148 \(fn)" t nil)
13149
13150 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13151 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
13152
13153 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
13154 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
13155 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
13156
13157 \(fn)" t nil)
13158
13159 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13160 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
13161
13162 \(fn)" t nil)
13163
13164 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13165 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
13166
13167 \(fn)" t nil)
13168
13169 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13170 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
13171 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
13172 filter into parts.
13173
13174 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
13175
13176 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13177 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13178 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13179
13180 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
13181
13182 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13183 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13184
13185 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13186
13187 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13188 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
13189
13190 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13191
13192 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13193 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13194 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13195 of replacing the current filters.
13196
13197 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13198 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
13199 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
13200 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
13201 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
13202 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
13203 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
13204 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
13205 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
13206
13207 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13208 Toggle the current sorting mode.
13209 Default sorting modes are:
13210 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
13211 Name - the name of the buffer
13212 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
13213 Size - the size of the buffer
13214
13215 \(fn)" t nil)
13216
13217 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
13218 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
13219
13220 \(fn)" t nil)
13221 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
13222 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
13223 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
13224 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
13225
13226 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13227 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
13228
13229 \(fn)" t nil)
13230
13231 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
13232 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
13233 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
13234 for this Ibuffer session.
13235
13236 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13237
13238 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13239 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
13240 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
13241 for this Ibuffer session.
13242
13243 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13244
13245 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
13246 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
13247
13248 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
13249 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
13250
13251 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
13252 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
13253
13254 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
13255
13256 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
13257 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
13258
13259 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
13260 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
13261
13262 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
13263
13264 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
13265 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
13266
13267 \(fn)" t nil)
13268
13269 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
13270 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
13271
13272 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
13273 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
13274 hidden group filter, open it.
13275
13276 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
13277 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
13278 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
13279
13280 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13281
13282 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
13283 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
13284 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
13285
13286 \(fn)" t nil)
13287
13288 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
13289 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
13290
13291 The names are separated by a space.
13292 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
13293
13294 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
13295 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
13296 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
13297 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
13298
13299 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
13300
13301 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13302
13303 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13304 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
13305
13306 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13307
13308 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13309 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
13310
13311 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13312
13313 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13314 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
13315
13316 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13317
13318 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13319 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
13320
13321 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
13322
13323 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13324 Mark all modified buffers.
13325
13326 \(fn)" t nil)
13327
13328 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13329 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
13330
13331 \(fn)" t nil)
13332
13333 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13334 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
13335
13336 \(fn)" t nil)
13337
13338 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13339 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
13340
13341 \(fn)" t nil)
13342
13343 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13344 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
13345
13346 \(fn)" t nil)
13347
13348 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13349 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
13350
13351 \(fn)" t nil)
13352
13353 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13354 Mark all read-only buffers.
13355
13356 \(fn)" t nil)
13357
13358 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13359 Mark all `dired' buffers.
13360
13361 \(fn)" t nil)
13362
13363 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
13364 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
13365 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
13366 defaults to one.
13367
13368 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
13369
13370 ;;;***
13371 \f
13372 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13373 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17226
13374 ;;;;;; 24576))
13375 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13376
13377 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
13378 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13379
13380 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13381 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13382 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13383
13384 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13385 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13386 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13387 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13388 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13389 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13390
13391 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13392 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13393 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13394 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13395 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13396
13397 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13398
13399 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
13400 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13401 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13402 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13403 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13404
13405 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13406 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13407 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13408
13409 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13410
13411 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
13412 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13413 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13414 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13415 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13416 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13417
13418 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13419 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13420 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13421 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13422 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13423 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13424 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13425 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13426 values are:
13427 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13428 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13429 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13430 buffer's modification flag.
13431 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13432 prompted before performing this operation.
13433 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13434 operation is complete, in the form:
13435 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13436 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13437 confirmation message, in the form:
13438 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13439 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13440 macro for exactly what it does.
13441
13442 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13443
13444 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
13445 Define a filter named NAME.
13446 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13447 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13448 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13449
13450 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13451 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13452 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13453 bound to the current value of the filter.
13454
13455 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13456
13457 ;;;***
13458 \f
13459 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13460 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17263 27852))
13461 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13462
13463 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
13464 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13465 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13466 buffers which are visiting a file.
13467
13468 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13469
13470 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
13471 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13472 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13473 buffers which are visiting a file.
13474
13475 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13476
13477 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
13478 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
13479 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
13480
13481 All arguments are optional.
13482 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
13483 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
13484 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
13485 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
13486 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
13487 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
13488 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
13489 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
13490 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
13491 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
13492 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
13493 that value locally in this buffer.
13494
13495 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
13496
13497 ;;;***
13498 \f
13499 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
13500 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
13501 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17257 22482))
13502 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
13503
13504 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
13505 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
13506 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
13507 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
13508
13509 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13510
13511 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
13512 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
13513 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
13514 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
13515 ICAL-FILENAME.
13516 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
13517 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
13518 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13519
13520 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13521
13522 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
13523 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
13524 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
13525 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
13526 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
13527 non-marking or not.
13528
13529 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13530
13531 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
13532 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
13533
13534 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
13535 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
13536 DIARY-FILE.
13537
13538 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
13539 when DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
13540 DO-NOT-ASK is set to t, so that you are asked fore each event.
13541
13542 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
13543 non-marking.
13544
13545 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
13546 means that an error has occured. Error messages will be in the
13547 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13548
13549 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13550
13551 ;;;***
13552 \f
13553 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17187
13554 ;;;;;; 59901))
13555 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
13556
13557 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
13558 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
13559 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13560 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13561 use either \\[customize] or the function `icomplete-mode'.")
13562
13563 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete")
13564
13565 (put (quote icomplete-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
13566
13567 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
13568 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
13569 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
13570
13571 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13572
13573 ;;;***
13574 \f
13575 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17277 60154))
13576 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
13577
13578 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
13579 Major mode for editing Icon code.
13580 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
13581 Tab indents for Icon code.
13582 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13583 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13584 \\{icon-mode-map}
13585 Variables controlling indentation style:
13586 icon-tab-always-indent
13587 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
13588 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13589 icon-auto-newline
13590 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
13591 inserted in Icon code.
13592 icon-indent-level
13593 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
13594 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13595 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13596 icon-continued-statement-offset
13597 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13598 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13599 icon-continued-brace-offset
13600 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13601 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
13602 icon-brace-offset
13603 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13604 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
13605 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13606 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13607
13608 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
13609 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13610
13611 \(fn)" t nil)
13612
13613 ;;;***
13614 \f
13615 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
13616 ;;;;;; (17226 24577))
13617 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
13618
13619 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
13620 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
13621 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
13622 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
13623
13624 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
13625 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
13626 separate frames.
13627
13628 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
13629 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
13630
13631 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
13632 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
13633 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
13634
13635 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
13636
13637 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
13638
13639 ;;;***
13640 \f
13641 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
13642 ;;;;;; (17277 60154))
13643 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
13644
13645 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
13646 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 5.7_22).
13647
13648 The main features of this mode are
13649
13650 1. Indentation and Formatting
13651 --------------------------
13652 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
13653 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
13654
13655 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
13656 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
13657 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
13658 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
13659
13660 Comments are indented as follows:
13661
13662 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
13663 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
13664 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
13665
13666 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
13667
13668 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
13669 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
13670 relative to the first will be retained. Use
13671 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
13672 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
13673 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
13674
13675 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
13676 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
13677 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
13678 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
13679
13680 2. Routine Info
13681 ------------
13682 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
13683 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
13684 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
13685 source file of a module. These commands know about system
13686 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
13687 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
13688 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
13689 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
13690 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
13691 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
13692
13693 3. Online IDL Help
13694 ---------------
13695 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
13696 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single
13697 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. The
13698 HTML help files package must be installed for this to work -- check
13699 the IDLWAVE webpage for the correct package for your version. See
13700 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
13701
13702 4. Completion
13703 ----------
13704 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
13705 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
13706 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
13707 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
13708 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
13709 upper case.
13710
13711 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
13712 --------------------------------
13713 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
13714 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
13715
13716 \\pr PROCEDURE template
13717 \\fu FUNCTION template
13718 \\c CASE statement template
13719 \\sw SWITCH statement template
13720 \\f FOR loop template
13721 \\r REPEAT Loop template
13722 \\w WHILE loop template
13723 \\i IF statement template
13724 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
13725 \\b BEGIN
13726
13727 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
13728 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
13729
13730 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
13731 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
13732 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
13733 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
13734
13735 6. Automatic Case Conversion
13736 -------------------------
13737 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
13738 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
13739
13740 7. Automatic END completion
13741 ------------------------
13742 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
13743 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
13744
13745 8. Hooks
13746 -----
13747 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
13748 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
13749
13750 9. Documentation and Customization
13751 -------------------------------
13752 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
13753 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
13754 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
13755 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
13756 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
13757
13758 10.Keybindings
13759 -----------
13760 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
13761 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
13762 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
13763
13764 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
13765
13766 \(fn)" t nil)
13767 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
13768
13769 ;;;***
13770 \f
13771 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
13772 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
13773 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
13774 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
13775 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
13776 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
13777 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
13778 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17244
13779 ;;;;;; 4913))
13780 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
13781
13782 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
13783 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
13784 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
13785 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
13786 displaying...)
13787 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
13788 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
13789 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
13790
13791 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13792 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
13793
13794 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido")
13795
13796 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
13797 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
13798 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13799 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
13800 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
13801 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
13802 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
13803 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
13804 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13805
13806 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13807
13808 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
13809 Switch to another buffer.
13810 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
13811 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13812 in another frame.
13813
13814 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
13815 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
13816 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
13817 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
13818 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
13819
13820 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
13821 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
13822
13823 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
13824 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
13825
13826 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13827 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13828 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13829 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
13830 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
13831 in a separate window.
13832 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
13833 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13834 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13835 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13836 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
13837 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
13838 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into ido-find-file.
13839 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
13840 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
13841
13842 \(fn)" t nil)
13843
13844 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
13845 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13846 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13847 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
13848
13849 \(fn)" t nil)
13850
13851 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
13852 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13853 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13854 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
13855
13856 \(fn)" t nil)
13857
13858 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
13859 Kill a buffer.
13860 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13861 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
13862
13863 \(fn)" t nil)
13864
13865 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
13866 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
13867 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13868 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
13869
13870 \(fn)" t nil)
13871
13872 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
13873 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13874 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13875 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
13876
13877 \(fn)" t nil)
13878
13879 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
13880 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
13881
13882 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
13883
13884 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
13885 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
13886 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
13887 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
13888 visible in another frame.
13889
13890 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
13891 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
13892 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
13893 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
13894 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
13895 except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
13896
13897 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
13898 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
13899
13900 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
13901 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
13902
13903 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13904 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13905 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13906 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
13907 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
13908 in a separate window.
13909 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
13910 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
13911 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
13912 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
13913 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
13914 \\[ido-wide-find-file] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
13915 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
13916 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13917 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13918 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13919 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
13920 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
13921 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
13922 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
13923 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
13924
13925 \(fn)" t nil)
13926
13927 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
13928 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13929 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13930 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13931
13932 \(fn)" t nil)
13933
13934 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
13935 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13936 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13937 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13938
13939 \(fn)" t nil)
13940
13941 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
13942 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
13943 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13944 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13945
13946 \(fn)" t nil)
13947
13948 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
13949 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
13950 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13951 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13952
13953 \(fn)" t nil)
13954
13955 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
13956 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
13957 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13958 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13959
13960 \(fn)" t nil)
13961
13962 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
13963 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
13964 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13965 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13966
13967 \(fn)" t nil)
13968
13969 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
13970 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
13971 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13972 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13973
13974 \(fn)" t nil)
13975
13976 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
13977 Write current buffer to a file.
13978 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13979 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13980
13981 \(fn)" t nil)
13982
13983 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
13984 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
13985 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13986 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13987
13988 \(fn)" t nil)
13989
13990 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
13991 Call dired the ido way.
13992 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13993 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13994
13995 \(fn)" t nil)
13996
13997 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
13998 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13999 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14000 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14001 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14002 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14003
14004 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14005
14006 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14007 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14008 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14009 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14010
14011 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14012
14013 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14014 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14015 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14016 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14017
14018 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14019
14020 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14021 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14022 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14023 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14024 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14025 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14026 with `completing-read'.
14027 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14028 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14029 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14030 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14031 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14032 with point positioned at the end.
14033 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14034 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14035
14036 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14037
14038 ;;;***
14039 \f
14040 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17187 59901))
14041 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14042 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14043
14044 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14045 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14046 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14047
14048 \(fn)" t nil)
14049
14050 ;;;***
14051 \f
14052 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14053 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
14054 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14055
14056 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14057 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14058
14059 \(fn)" t nil)
14060
14061 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14062 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14063
14064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14065
14066 ;;;***
14067 \f
14068 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14069 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-available-p
14070 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer
14071 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (17257 22483))
14072 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14073
14074 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
14075 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14076 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14077 be determined.
14078
14079 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14080
14081 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
14082 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14083 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14084 be determined.
14085
14086 \(fn)" nil nil)
14087
14088 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
14089 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14090 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14091 be determined.
14092
14093 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14094
14095 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
14096 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14097 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14098 be determined.
14099
14100 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14101
14102 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
14103 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14104 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14105
14106 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14107
14108 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
14109 Create an image.
14110 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14111 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14112 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14113 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14114 use its file extension as image type.
14115 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14116 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14117 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14118 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14119
14120 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14121
14122 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14123
14124 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
14125 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14126 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14127 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14128 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14129 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14130 POS may be an integer or marker.
14131 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14132 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14133 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14134 means display it in the right marginal area.
14135
14136 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14137
14138 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
14139 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14140 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14141 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14142 defaulted if you omit it.
14143 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14144 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14145 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14146 means display it in the right marginal area.
14147 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14148 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14149 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14150 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14151 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14152
14153 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14154
14155 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
14156 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14157 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14158 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14159 defaulted if you omit it.
14160 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14161 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14162 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14163 means display it in the right marginal area.
14164 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
14165
14166 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14167
14168 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
14169 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14170 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14171 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14172
14173 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14174
14175 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
14176 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14177
14178 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14179
14180 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14181 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14182 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14183 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14184 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14185 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14186 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14187 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14188 satisfied.
14189
14190 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14191
14192 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14193
14194 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14195
14196 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
14197 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14198
14199 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14200 documentation string.
14201
14202 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14203 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14204 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14205 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14206 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14207 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14208 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14209 define SYMBOL.
14210
14211 Example:
14212
14213 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14214 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14215
14216 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14217
14218 ;;;***
14219 \f
14220 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14221 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14222 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17187 59901))
14223 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14224
14225 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
14226 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
14227 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14228 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14229
14230 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14231 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14232 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14233 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14234
14235 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file")
14236
14237 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
14238 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14239 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14240 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14241
14242 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14243 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14244 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14245 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14246
14247 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file")
14248
14249 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
14250 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14251
14252 \(fn)" nil nil)
14253
14254 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
14255 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14256 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14257 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14258
14259 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
14260
14261 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
14262 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14263 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14264 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14265 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14266
14267 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file")
14268
14269 (put (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
14270
14271 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
14272 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
14273 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14274 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14275
14276 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
14277 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14278 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14279
14280 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14281
14282 ;;;***
14283 \f
14284 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
14285 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17226 24576))
14286 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14287 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14288 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14289 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14290 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14291 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14292 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
14293
14294 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
14295 Major mode for image files.
14296 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14297 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14298
14299 \(fn)" t nil)
14300
14301 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
14302 Toggle Image minor mode.
14303 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14304 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
14305
14306 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14307
14308 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
14309 Set major or minor mode for image files.
14310 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
14311 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
14312 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
14313 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
14314
14315 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
14316 information on these modes.
14317
14318 \(fn)" t nil)
14319
14320 ;;;***
14321 \f
14322 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
14323 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17187 59901))
14324 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
14325
14326 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
14327 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
14328
14329 Affects only the mouse index menu.
14330
14331 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
14332 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
14333 in the buffer.
14334
14335 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
14336
14337 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
14338 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
14339 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
14340
14341 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu")
14342
14343 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
14344 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
14345
14346 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
14347 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
14348 pattern's structure.
14349
14350 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
14351 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
14352 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
14353 during matching.")
14354
14355 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
14356
14357 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
14358 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
14359
14360 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
14361 of the current buffer as an alist.
14362
14363 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
14364 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
14365 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
14366 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
14367 if it is a sub-alist.
14368
14369 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.")
14370
14371 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
14372
14373 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
14374 Function for finding the next index position.
14375
14376 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
14377 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
14378 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
14379 file.
14380
14381 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
14382 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
14383
14384 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
14385
14386 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
14387 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
14388
14389 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
14390 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
14391 It should return the name for that index item.")
14392
14393 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
14394
14395 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
14396 Function to compare string with index item.
14397
14398 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
14399 non-nil if they match.
14400
14401 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
14402 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
14403 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
14404 arguments match\".")
14405
14406 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
14407
14408 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
14409 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
14410 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
14411
14412 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
14413
14414 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
14415
14416 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
14417
14418 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
14419 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
14420 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
14421 See the command `imenu' for more information.
14422
14423 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14424
14425 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
14426 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
14427
14428 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
14429
14430 \(fn)" t nil)
14431
14432 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
14433 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
14434 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
14435 for more information.
14436
14437 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
14438
14439 ;;;***
14440 \f
14441 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
14442 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
14443 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17187 59881))
14444 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
14445
14446 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
14447 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
14448
14449 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14450
14451 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
14452 Not documented
14453
14454 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
14455
14456 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
14457 Not documented
14458
14459 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
14460
14461 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
14462 Not documented
14463
14464 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
14465
14466 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
14467 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
14468 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
14469 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
14470 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
14471
14472 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
14473
14474 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
14475 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
14476 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
14477 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
14478 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
14479
14480 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
14481
14482 ;;;***
14483 \f
14484 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
14485 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
14486 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17187 59902))
14487 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
14488
14489 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
14490 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
14491 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
14492 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
14493 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
14494
14495 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp")
14496
14497 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
14498 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
14499
14500 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp")
14501
14502 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
14503 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
14504 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
14505 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
14506 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
14507 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
14508 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
14509 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
14510
14511 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp")
14512
14513 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
14514 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
14515 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
14516 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
14517 Inferior Lisp buffer.
14518
14519 This variable is only used if the variable
14520 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
14521
14522 More precise choices:
14523 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
14524 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
14525 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
14526
14527 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
14528
14529 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp")
14530
14531 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
14532 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
14533
14534 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
14535 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
14536 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
14537 to that buffer.
14538 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
14539 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
14540 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
14541 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
14542
14543 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
14544 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
14545
14546 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
14547
14548 ;;;***
14549 \f
14550 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
14551 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
14552 ;;;;;; Info-directory info-standalone info-emacs-manual info info-other-window)
14553 ;;;;;; "info" "info.el" (17263 27852))
14554 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
14555
14556 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
14557 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
14558
14559 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
14560 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
14561 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
14562
14563 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
14564 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
14565 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
14566 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
14567 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
14568 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
14569 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
14570 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
14571 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
14572 with the top-level Info directory.
14573
14574 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
14575 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
14576 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
14577 appended to the Info buffer name.
14578
14579 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
14580 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
14581 in all the directories in that path.
14582
14583 \(fn &optional FILE BUFFER)" t nil)
14584
14585 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
14586 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
14587
14588 \(fn)" t nil)
14589
14590 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
14591 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
14592 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
14593 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
14594
14595 \(fn)" nil nil)
14596
14597 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
14598 Go to the Info directory node.
14599
14600 \(fn)" t nil)
14601
14602 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
14603 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this file.
14604 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
14605 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
14606 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
14607 Give a blank topic name to go to the Index node itself.
14608
14609 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
14610
14611 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
14612 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
14613 Build a menu of the possible matches.
14614
14615 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
14616
14617 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
14618 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
14619 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
14620 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
14621 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
14622
14623 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
14624 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
14625
14626 Selecting other nodes:
14627 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
14628 Follow a node reference you click on.
14629 This works with menu items, cross references, and
14630 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
14631 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
14632 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
14633 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
14634 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
14635 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
14636 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
14637 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
14638 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
14639 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
14640 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14641 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14642 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
14643 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
14644 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
14645 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
14646 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
14647 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
14648 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
14649
14650 Moving within a node:
14651 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
14652 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
14653 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
14654 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
14655 move up to the parent node.
14656 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
14657 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
14658 if there is none.
14659 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
14660
14661 Advanced commands:
14662 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
14663 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
14664 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
14665 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
14666 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
14667 \\[Info-index] Look up a topic in this file's Index and move to that node.
14668 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
14669 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
14670 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
14671 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
14672 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
14673 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
14674 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
14675 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
14676 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
14677 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
14678
14679 \(fn)" nil nil)
14680 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
14681
14682 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
14683 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
14684 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14685 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14686 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14687 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
14688
14689 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
14690 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
14691
14692 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
14693 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
14694 KEY is a string.
14695 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
14696 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14697 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14698 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14699
14700 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
14701
14702 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
14703 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
14704 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
14705
14706 \(fn)" t nil)
14707
14708 ;;;***
14709 \f
14710 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
14711 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
14712 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
14713 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
14714
14715 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
14716 Throw away all cached data.
14717 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
14718 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
14719 system.
14720
14721 \(fn)" t nil)
14722 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
14723
14724 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
14725 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
14726 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
14727 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
14728 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
14729 The default symbol is the one found at point.
14730
14731 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
14732
14733 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
14734 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
14735
14736 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
14737 Display the documentation of a file.
14738 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
14739 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
14740 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
14741 The default file name is the one found at point.
14742
14743 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
14744
14745 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
14746
14747 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
14748 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
14749
14750 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14751
14752 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
14753 Perform completion on file preceding point.
14754
14755 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14756
14757 ;;;***
14758 \f
14759 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
14760 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17187 59901))
14761 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
14762
14763 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
14764 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
14765
14766 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
14767
14768 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
14769 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
14770 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
14771
14772 \(fn)" t nil)
14773
14774 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
14775 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
14776 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
14777
14778 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
14779 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
14780 quite a while.
14781
14782 \(fn)" t nil)
14783
14784 ;;;***
14785 \f
14786 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
14787 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17187 59901))
14788 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
14789
14790 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
14791 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
14792
14793 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
14794
14795 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
14796 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
14797 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
14798
14799 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
14800 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
14801 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
14802
14803 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
14804 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
14805 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
14806 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
14807
14808 \(fn)" t nil)
14809
14810 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
14811 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
14812 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
14813
14814 \(fn)" t nil)
14815
14816 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
14817 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
14818 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
14819 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
14820 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
14821
14822 \(fn)" nil nil)
14823
14824 ;;;***
14825 \f
14826 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
14827 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
14828 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
14829 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
14830
14831 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
14832 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
14833
14834 \(fn)" t nil)
14835
14836 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
14837 Toggle input method in interactive search.
14838
14839 \(fn)" t nil)
14840
14841 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
14842 Not documented
14843
14844 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
14845
14846 ;;;***
14847 \f
14848 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17187
14849 ;;;;;; 59901))
14850 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
14851
14852 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
14853 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
14854 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
14855 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
14856 accessed via isearchb.
14857
14858 \(fn)" t nil)
14859
14860 ;;;***
14861 \f
14862 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "obsolete/iso-acc.el"
14863 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
14864 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iso-acc.el
14865
14866 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
14867 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
14868 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
14869 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
14870 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
14871 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
14872
14873 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
14874 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
14875
14876 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
14877 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
14878 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
14879 \"s gives German sharp s.
14880 /a gives a with ring.
14881 /e gives an a-e ligature.
14882 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
14883 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
14884 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
14885
14886 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
14887 and a negative argument disables it.
14888
14889 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14890
14891 ;;;***
14892 \f
14893 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
14894 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
14895 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
14896 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17187 59880))
14897 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
14898
14899 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
14900 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
14901 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14902 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14903
14904 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14905
14906 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
14907 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
14908 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14909 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14910
14911 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14912
14913 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
14914 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
14915 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14916 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14917
14918 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14919
14920 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
14921 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14922 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14923 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14924
14925 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14926
14927 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
14928 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14929 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14930 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14931
14932 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14933
14934 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
14935 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
14936 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14937 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14938
14939 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14940
14941 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
14942 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
14943 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14944 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14945
14946 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14947
14948 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
14949 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
14950 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
14951 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14952
14953 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14954
14955 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
14956 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14957 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
14958 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14959
14960 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14961
14962 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
14963 Warn that format is read-only.
14964
14965 \(fn)" t nil)
14966
14967 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
14968 Warn that format is write-only.
14969
14970 \(fn)" t nil)
14971
14972 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
14973 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
14974
14975 \(fn)" t nil)
14976
14977 ;;;***
14978 \f
14979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
14980 ;;;;;; (17187 59894))
14981 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
14982 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
14983 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
14984 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
14985
14986 ;;;***
14987 \f
14988 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
14989 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
14990 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
14991 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
14992 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
14993 ;;;;;; (17263 27852))
14994 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
14995
14996 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
14997 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
14998 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
14999 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
15000
15001 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell")
15002
15003 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
15004 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
15005 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15006
15007 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
15008 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
15009 re-start emacs.")
15010
15011 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
15012
15013 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15014
15015 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
15016
15017 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
15018
15019 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
15020
15021 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "." nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15022
15023 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
15024
15025 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
15026 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
15027
15028 Each element of this list is also a list:
15029
15030 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
15031 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
15032
15033 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
15034 nil means the default dictionary.
15035
15036 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
15037 word.
15038
15039 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
15040
15041 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
15042 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
15043 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
15044 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
15045 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
15046 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
15047 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
15048 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
15049 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
15050
15051 CASECHAS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be a unibyte string
15052 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
15053 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
15054 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
15055 for non-ASCII bytes.
15056
15057 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
15058 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
15059 single word.
15060
15061 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
15062 subprocess.
15063
15064 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
15065 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
15066 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
15067 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
15068 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
15069 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
15070 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
15071 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
15072
15073 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
15074
15075 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
15076 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
15077 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
15078
15079 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15080 Key map for ispell menu.")
15081
15082 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15083 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15084 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15085 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15086
15087 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
15088
15089 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15090
15091 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15092
15093 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
15094
15095 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15096 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15097 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15098 Valid forms include:
15099 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15100 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15101 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15102 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15103
15104 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15105 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15106 First list is used raw.
15107 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15108
15109 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15110 for skipping in latex mode.")
15111
15112 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
15113 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15114 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
15115 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15116 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15117 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15118
15119 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
15120 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15121 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15122 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15123
15124 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15125 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15126 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15127 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15128 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15129
15130 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15131 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15132
15133 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15134 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15135
15136 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15137 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15138
15139 return values:
15140 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15141 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15142 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15143 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15144 quit spell session exited.
15145
15146 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
15147
15148 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
15149 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15150 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15151
15152 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15153
15154 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
15155 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15156
15157 Selections are:
15158
15159 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15160 SPC: Accept word this time.
15161 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15162 `a': Accept word for this session.
15163 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15164 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15165 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15166 `?': Show these commands.
15167 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15168 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15169 the aborted check to be completed later.
15170 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15171 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15172 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15173 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15174 `C-l': redraws screen
15175 `C-r': recursive edit
15176 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame
15177
15178 \(fn)" nil nil)
15179
15180 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
15181 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15182 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15183
15184 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15185
15186 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
15187 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15188 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15189 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15190
15191 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15192
15193 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15194
15195 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
15196 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15197 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15198 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15199
15200 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15201
15202 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
15203 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15204
15205 \(fn)" t nil)
15206
15207 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
15208 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15209
15210 \(fn)" t nil)
15211
15212 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
15213 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15214
15215 \(fn)" t nil)
15216
15217 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
15218 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15219 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15220 sequence inside of a word.
15221
15222 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15223
15224 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15225
15226 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
15227 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15228
15229 \(fn)" t nil)
15230
15231 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
15232 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15233 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15234 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15235
15236 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15237 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15238 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15239 available on the net.
15240
15241 \(fn)" t nil)
15242
15243 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
15244 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15245 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
15246
15247 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15248 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
15249
15250 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
15251 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15252
15253 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15254
15255 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
15256 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15257 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15258 Don't check included messages.
15259
15260 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15261 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15262 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15263
15264 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15265 in your .emacs file:
15266 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15267 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15268 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15269 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15270
15271 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15272 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15273 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15274
15275 \(fn)" t nil)
15276
15277 ;;;***
15278 \f
15279 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17263
15280 ;;;;;; 27852))
15281 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15282
15283 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
15284 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15285 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15286 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15287 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15288
15289 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
15290
15291 (put (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
15292
15293 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
15294 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
15295 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
15296 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
15297 `iswitchb' for details.
15298
15299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15300
15301 ;;;***
15302 \f
15303 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15304 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15305 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15306 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17187 59881))
15307 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15308
15309 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
15310 Not documented
15311
15312 \(fn)" nil nil)
15313
15314 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
15315 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
15316 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15317 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15318 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
15319 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
15320 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
15321 necessary to represent OBJ.
15322
15323 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
15324
15325 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
15326 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
15327 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15328 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15329
15330 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15331
15332 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
15333 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
15334 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15335 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15336 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
15337
15338 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
15339
15340 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
15341 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
15342 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15343 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15344
15345 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15346
15347 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
15348 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
15349 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
15350 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15351
15352 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
15353
15354 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
15355 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
15356
15357 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15358
15359 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
15360 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
15361 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15362 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15363 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
15364
15365 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
15366
15367 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
15368 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
15369 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15370 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15371 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
15372
15373 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
15374
15375 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
15376 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15377 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
15378
15379 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15380
15381 ;;;***
15382 \f
15383 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
15384 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17277 59649))
15385 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
15386
15387 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
15388 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
15389 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
15390 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
15391
15392 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
15393 Not documented
15394
15395 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
15396
15397 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
15398 Uninstall jka-compr.
15399 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
15400 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
15401 by `jka-compr-installed'.
15402
15403 \(fn)" nil nil)
15404
15405 ;;;***
15406 \f
15407 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
15408 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
15409 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
15410 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
15411
15412 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
15413 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15414 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15415 decimal key must be specified.")
15416
15417 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad")
15418
15419 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
15420 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
15421 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15422 decimal key must be specified.")
15423
15424 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad")
15425
15426 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
15427 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15428 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15429 decimal key must be specified.")
15430
15431 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad")
15432
15433 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
15434 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15435 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15436 decimal key must be specified.")
15437
15438 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad")
15439
15440 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
15441 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
15442 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
15443 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
15444 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
15445 keys are bound.
15446
15447 Setup Binding
15448 -------------------------------------------------------------
15449 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
15450 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
15451 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
15452 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
15453 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
15454 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
15455 in the global and local keymaps.
15456
15457 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
15458 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
15459
15460 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
15461
15462 ;;;***
15463 \f
15464 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
15465 ;;;;;; (17187 59880))
15466 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
15467
15468 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
15469 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
15470 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
15471
15472 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
15473 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
15474 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
15475 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
15476 shorter.
15477
15478 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
15479 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
15480 the context of text formatting.
15481
15482 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
15483
15484 ;;;***
15485 \f
15486 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17187
15487 ;;;;;; 59880))
15488 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
15489
15490 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
15491 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
15492 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
15493 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
15494 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
15495 positions that contains the current selection.")
15496
15497 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
15498 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
15499 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
15500 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15501 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
15502 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
15503 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
15504
15505 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15506
15507 ;;;***
15508 \f
15509 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
15510 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
15511 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
15512 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17187 59901))
15513 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
15514 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
15515 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
15516 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
15517 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
15518 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
15519 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
15520 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
15521
15522 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
15523 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15524 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15525 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
15526 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
15527
15528 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
15529
15530 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
15531 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
15532 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
15533
15534 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
15535 defining the macro.
15536
15537 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
15538 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15539 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15540
15541 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
15542 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
15543
15544 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15545
15546 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
15547 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
15548 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15549 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
15550 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
15551 under that name.
15552
15553 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
15554 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
15555 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
15556
15557 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15558
15559 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
15560 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15561 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
15562
15563 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
15564 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
15565 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
15566 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
15567
15568 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
15569 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15570
15571 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
15572
15573 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
15574 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15575 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15576
15577 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
15578 macro.
15579
15580 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
15581 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
15582
15583 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
15584 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
15585 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
15586
15587 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15588 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15589
15590 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15591
15592 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
15593 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
15594 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15595 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
15596
15597 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15598
15599 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
15600 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
15601 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15602 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
15603
15604 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
15605 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15606
15607 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15608
15609 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
15610 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
15611 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
15612
15613 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
15614
15615 ;;;***
15616 \f
15617 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
15618 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
15619 ;;;;;; (17187 59881))
15620 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
15621
15622 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
15623
15624 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
15625 Not documented
15626
15627 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15628
15629 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
15630 Not documented
15631
15632 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15633
15634 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
15635 Not documented
15636
15637 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15638
15639 ;;;***
15640 \f
15641 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
15642 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17187 59881))
15643 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
15644
15645 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
15646 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
15647 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
15648
15649 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
15650 Not documented
15651
15652 \(fn)" nil nil)
15653
15654 ;;;***
15655 \f
15656 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
15657 ;;;;;; (17226 24576))
15658 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
15659
15660 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
15661
15662 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
15663 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
15664
15665 \(fn)" t nil)
15666
15667 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
15668
15669 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
15670 Start or resume an Lm game.
15671 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
15672 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
15673
15674 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
15675 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15676 none / 1 | yes | no
15677 2 | yes | yes
15678 3 | no | yes
15679 4 | no | no
15680
15681 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
15682 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
15683 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
15684
15685 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
15686
15687 ;;;***
15688 \f
15689 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
15690 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
15691 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17187
15692 ;;;;;; 59881))
15693 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
15694
15695 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
15696 Not documented
15697
15698 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15699
15700 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
15701 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
15702 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
15703 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
15704 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
15705 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
15706
15707 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
15708 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
15709
15710 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
15711
15712 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
15713 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
15714
15715 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15716
15717 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
15718 Not documented
15719
15720 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15721
15722 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
15723 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
15724 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
15725 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
15726 to compose.
15727
15728 The return value is number of composed characters.
15729
15730 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
15731
15732 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
15733 Not documented
15734
15735 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15736
15737 ;;;***
15738 \f
15739 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
15740 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
15741 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17187 59880))
15742 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
15743
15744 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
15745 Mapping from encoding names used by LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
15746 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
15747
15748 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc")
15749
15750 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
15751 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
15752 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
15753
15754 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
15755
15756 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
15757 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
15758 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
15759
15760 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
15761
15762 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
15763 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
15764 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
15765 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
15766
15767 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
15768
15769 ;;;***
15770 \f
15771 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
15772 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17187 59880))
15773 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
15774
15775 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
15776 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
15777 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
15778 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
15779 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
15780 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
15781 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
15782 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
15783
15784 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
15785 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
15786
15787 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15788 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15789
15790 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp")
15791
15792 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
15793 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
15794 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
15795 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
15796 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
15797 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
15798 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
15799 a Unicode font with which to display them.
15800
15801 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
15802
15803 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
15804 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
15805 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
15806 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
15807
15808 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15809 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15810
15811 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp")
15812
15813 ;;;***
15814 \f
15815 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
15816 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" (17187 59902))
15817 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/lazy-lock.el
15818
15819 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
15820 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
15821 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
15822 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
15823
15824 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
15825
15826 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
15827 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
15828 JIT Lock's favor.
15829
15830 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
15831
15832 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
15833 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
15834 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
15835 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
15836 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
15837 for large buffers.
15838
15839 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
15840 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
15841 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
15842 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
15843 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
15844
15845 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
15846 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
15847 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
15848 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
15849 slow to keep up with your typing.
15850
15851 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
15852 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
15853 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
15854 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
15855 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
15856 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
15857
15858 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
15859 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
15860 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
15861 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
15862
15863 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behavior fontifies modified
15864 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
15865 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
15866 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
15867
15868 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
15869 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
15870 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
15871 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
15872 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
15873
15874 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15875
15876 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
15877 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
15878
15879 \(fn)" nil nil)
15880
15881 ;;;***
15882 \f
15883 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
15884 ;;;;;; (17263 27852))
15885 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
15886
15887 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[s]?\\(\\.in\\)?$" . ld-script-mode)))
15888
15889 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
15890 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
15891
15892 \(fn)" t nil)
15893
15894 ;;;***
15895 \f
15896 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
15897 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
15898 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
15899
15900 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
15901 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
15902
15903 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
15904 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
15905
15906 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
15907 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
15908
15909 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
15910 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
15911 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
15912 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
15913 for later transmission to Lisp job.
15914 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
15915 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
15916 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
15917 and transmit saved text.
15918 \\{ledit-mode-map}
15919 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
15920 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
15921
15922 \(fn)" t nil)
15923
15924 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
15925 Not documented
15926
15927 \(fn)" nil nil)
15928
15929 ;;;***
15930 \f
15931 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17187 59902))
15932 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
15933
15934 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
15935 Run Conway's Life simulation.
15936 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
15937 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
15938 generations (this defaults to 1).
15939
15940 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
15941
15942 ;;;***
15943 \f
15944 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17244
15945 ;;;;;; 4913))
15946 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
15947
15948 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
15949 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
15950 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
15951 is nil, raise an error.
15952
15953 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
15954 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
15955 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
15956 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
15957 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
15958 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
15959 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
15960 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
15961 such as redefining an Emacs function.
15962
15963 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
15964
15965 ;;;***
15966 \f
15967 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
15968 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17257 22483))
15969 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
15970
15971 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
15972 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
15973 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
15974
15975 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate")
15976
15977 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
15978 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
15979 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run.
15980
15981 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
15982
15983 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
15984 Run the locate command with a filter.
15985
15986 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
15987 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search.
15988
15989 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
15990
15991 ;;;***
15992 \f
15993 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17226 24576))
15994 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
15995
15996 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
15997 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
15998 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
15999 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16000 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
16001 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16002 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16003 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16004 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
16005 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
16006 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16007 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16008 uses the current buffer.
16009
16010 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16011
16012 ;;;***
16013 \f
16014 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17187
16015 ;;;;;; 59901))
16016 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16017
16018 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
16019 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16020
16021 \(fn)" t nil)
16022
16023 ;;;***
16024 \f
16025 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17257
16026 ;;;;;; 22483))
16027 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16028
16029 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
16030 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16031 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16032 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16033 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16034
16035 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16036 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16037 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16038
16039 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16040 are indicated with a symbol.
16041
16042 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16043
16044 ;;;***
16045 \f
16046 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16047 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17187
16048 ;;;;;; 59901))
16049 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16050
16051 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
16052
16053 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
16054
16055 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
16056 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16057 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16058
16059 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16060 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16061
16062 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16063 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16064 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16065 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16066 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16067 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16068 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16069
16070 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr")
16071
16072 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16073 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16074 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16075 switch on this list.
16076 See `lpr-command'.")
16077
16078 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr")
16079
16080 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
16081 *Name of program for printing a file.
16082
16083 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16084 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16085 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16086 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16087 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16088 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16089 argument.")
16090
16091 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr")
16092
16093 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
16094 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16095 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16096 for customization of the printer command.
16097
16098 \(fn)" t nil)
16099
16100 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
16101 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16102
16103 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16104 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16105 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16106 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16107
16108 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16109 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16110
16111 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16112 for further customization of the printer command.
16113
16114 \(fn)" t nil)
16115
16116 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
16117 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16118 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16119 for customization of the printer command.
16120
16121 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16122
16123 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
16124 Paginate and print the region contents.
16125
16126 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16127 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16128 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16129 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16130
16131 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16132 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16133
16134 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16135 for further customization of the printer command.
16136
16137 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16138
16139 ;;;***
16140 \f
16141 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16142 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
16143 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16144
16145 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16146 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16147 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16148
16149 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp")
16150
16151 ;;;***
16152 \f
16153 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17187
16154 ;;;;;; 59901))
16155 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16156
16157 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
16158 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16159 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
16160
16161 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16162
16163 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16164
16165 ;;;***
16166 \f
16167 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17277
16168 ;;;;;; 60154))
16169 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16170
16171 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
16172 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16173 \\{m4-mode-map}
16174
16175 \(fn)" t nil)
16176
16177 ;;;***
16178 \f
16179 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16180 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
16181 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16182
16183 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
16184 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16185 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16186 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16187 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16188
16189 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16190
16191 ;;;***
16192 \f
16193 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16194 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17187 59901))
16195 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16196
16197 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16198 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16199 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16200 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16201 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16202
16203 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16204
16205 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16206 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16207 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16208 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16209
16210 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16211 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16212 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16213 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16214 bindings.
16215
16216 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16217 use this command, and then save the file.
16218
16219 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16220
16221 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
16222 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16223 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16224 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16225 each time the macro executes.
16226 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16227 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16228 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16229 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16230 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16231 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16232 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16233
16234 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
16235
16236 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
16237 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16238 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16239 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16240
16241 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16242 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16243 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16244 execute.
16245
16246 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16247 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16248
16249 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16250 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16251 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16252 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16253 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16254
16255 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16256 looked like this:
16257
16258 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16259 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16260 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16261
16262 You could enter the names in this format:
16263
16264 foo
16265 bar
16266 baz
16267
16268 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16269
16270 \\C-x (
16271 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16272 \\C-x )
16273
16274 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16275 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16276
16277 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16278 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16279
16280 ;;;***
16281 \f
16282 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16283 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17187 59901))
16284 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16285
16286 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
16287 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16288 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
16289 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16290 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16291
16292 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16293 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16294 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16295 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16296 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16297
16298 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
16299 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16300 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16301 consing a string.)
16302
16303 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16304
16305 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
16306 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
16307
16308 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
16309
16310 ;;;***
16311 \f
16312 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
16313 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
16314 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
16315 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
16316
16317 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
16318 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
16319
16320 \(fn)" nil nil)
16321
16322 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
16323 Not documented
16324
16325 \(fn)" nil nil)
16326
16327 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
16328 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
16329
16330 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist")
16331
16332 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
16333 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
16334 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
16335 message.
16336
16337 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
16338
16339 \(fn)" nil nil)
16340
16341 ;;;***
16342 \f
16343 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
16344 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
16345 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17187
16346 ;;;;;; 59902))
16347 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
16348
16349 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
16350 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
16351 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
16352 often correct parser.")
16353
16354 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils")
16355
16356 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
16357 Not documented
16358
16359 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
16360
16361 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
16362 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16363 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16364 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16365
16366 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16367
16368 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
16369 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
16370 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16371 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16372
16373 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16374
16375 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
16376 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
16377 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16378 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16379 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
16380 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
16381 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
16382 as Rmail does.
16383
16384 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
16385
16386 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
16387 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
16388 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
16389 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
16390 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
16391 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
16392
16393 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
16394
16395 ;;;***
16396 \f
16397 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
16398 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17238 21257))
16399 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
16400
16401 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
16402 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
16403
16404 \(fn)" nil nil)
16405
16406 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
16407 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
16408 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
16409
16410 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
16411
16412 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
16413 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
16414 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
16415
16416 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16417
16418 ;;;***
16419 \f
16420 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
16421 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17187
16422 ;;;;;; 59902))
16423 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
16424
16425 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
16426 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
16427 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
16428 king@grassland.com
16429 If `parens', they look like:
16430 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16431 If `angles', they look like:
16432 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
16433
16434 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias")
16435
16436 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
16437 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
16438 If interactive, expand in header fields.
16439 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
16440 their `Resent-' variants.
16441
16442 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
16443 removed from alias expansions.
16444
16445 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
16446
16447 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
16448 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
16449 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
16450
16451 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
16452 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
16453 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
16454 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
16455
16456 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16457
16458 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
16459 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
16460 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
16461 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
16462
16463 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16464
16465 ;;;***
16466 \f
16467 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
16468 ;;;;;; (17226 24564))
16469 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
16470
16471 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
16472 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
16473 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
16474 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
16475
16476 \(fn)" nil nil)
16477
16478 ;;;***
16479 \f
16480 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode makefile-gmake-mode
16481 ;;;;;; makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
16482 ;;;;;; (17277 60154))
16483 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
16484
16485 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
16486 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
16487
16488 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
16489 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
16490 `makefile-makepp-mode' or `makefile-bsdmake-mode'. All but the
16491 last should be correctly chosen based on the file name, except if
16492 it is *.mk. This function ends by invoking the function(s)
16493 `makefile-mode-hook'.
16494
16495 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
16496 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
16497 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
16498 dependency, despite the colon.
16499
16500 \\{makefile-mode-map}
16501
16502 In the browser, use the following keys:
16503
16504 \\{makefile-browser-map}
16505
16506 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
16507
16508 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
16509 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
16510
16511 `makefile-target-colon':
16512 The string that gets appended to all target names
16513 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
16514 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
16515
16516 `makefile-macro-assign':
16517 The string that gets appended to all macro names
16518 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
16519 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
16520 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
16521 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
16522 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
16523
16524 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
16525 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
16526 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
16527
16528 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
16529 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
16530
16531 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
16532 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
16533 up or down in the browser.
16534
16535 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
16536 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
16537
16538 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
16539 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
16540
16541 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
16542 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
16543 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
16544 has been selected in the browser.
16545
16546 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
16547 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
16548 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
16549 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
16550 filenames are omitted.
16551
16552 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
16553 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
16554 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
16555 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
16556 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
16557 the backslash itself intact.
16558 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
16559 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
16560
16561 `makefile-browser-hook':
16562 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
16563 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
16564
16565 `makefile-special-targets-list':
16566 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
16567 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
16568 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
16569
16570 \(fn)" t nil)
16571
16572 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
16573 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
16574
16575 \(fn)" t nil)
16576
16577 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
16578 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
16579
16580 \(fn)" t nil)
16581
16582 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
16583 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
16584
16585 \(fn)" t nil)
16586
16587 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
16588 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
16589
16590 \(fn)" t nil)
16591
16592 ;;;***
16593 \f
16594 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17187
16595 ;;;;;; 59902))
16596 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
16597
16598 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
16599 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
16600 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
16601
16602 \(fn)" t nil)
16603
16604 ;;;***
16605 \f
16606 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17277 59650))
16607 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
16608
16609 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
16610
16611 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
16612 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
16613 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
16614 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
16615 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
16616 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
16617 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
16618
16619 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
16620 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
16621 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
16622 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
16623
16624 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16625
16626 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
16627 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
16628
16629 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16630
16631 ;;;***
16632 \f
16633 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17187 59902))
16634 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
16635
16636 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
16637 Toggle Master mode.
16638 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
16639 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
16640 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
16641
16642 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
16643 following commands:
16644
16645 \\{master-mode-map}
16646
16647 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
16648 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
16649 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
16650
16651 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16652
16653 ;;;***
16654 \f
16655 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17277
16656 ;;;;;; 59650))
16657 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
16658
16659 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
16660
16661 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
16662 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
16663 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16664 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16665 use either \\[customize] or the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
16666
16667 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar")
16668
16669 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
16670
16671 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
16672 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
16673 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
16674 created in the future.
16675 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
16676 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
16677
16678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16679
16680 ;;;***
16681 \f
16682 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
16683 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
16684 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
16685 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
16686 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
16687 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
16688 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
16689 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
16690 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
16691 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
16692 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (17277 60154))
16693 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
16694
16695 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
16696 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
16697
16698 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
16699 king@grassland.com
16700 If `parens', they look like:
16701 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16702 If `angles', they look like:
16703 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
16704
16705 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
16706 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
16707
16708 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message")
16709
16710 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
16711 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
16712
16713 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message")
16714
16715 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
16716 *Local news organization file.")
16717
16718 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message")
16719
16720 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
16721 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
16722 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
16723 variable `mail-header-separator'.
16724
16725 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
16726 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
16727 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
16728
16729 See also `send-mail-function'.")
16730
16731 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message")
16732
16733 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
16734 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
16735
16736 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
16737 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
16738 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
16739 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
16740
16741 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message")
16742
16743 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
16744 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
16745 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
16746 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
16747
16748 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message")
16749
16750 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
16751 *Function for citing an original message.
16752 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
16753 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
16754 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
16755
16756 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message")
16757
16758 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
16759 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
16760 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
16761 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
16762 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
16763
16764 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message")
16765
16766 (defvar message-signature t "\
16767 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
16768 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
16769 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
16770 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
16771
16772 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message")
16773
16774 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
16775 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
16776 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
16777 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
16778
16779 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message")
16780
16781 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
16782 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
16783
16784 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message")
16785
16786 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
16787
16788 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
16789 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
16790 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
16791 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
16792 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
16793 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
16794 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
16795 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
16796 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
16797 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
16798 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
16799 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
16800 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
16801 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
16802 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
16803 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
16804 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
16805 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
16806 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
16807 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
16808 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
16809 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
16810 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
16811 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
16812 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
16813 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
16814 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
16815 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
16816 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
16817 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
16818 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
16819 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
16820 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
16821 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
16822 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
16823 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
16824 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
16825
16826 \(fn)" t nil)
16827
16828 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
16829 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
16830 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
16831
16832 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
16833
16834 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
16835 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16836
16837 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16838
16839 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
16840 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
16841
16842 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
16843
16844 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
16845 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
16846
16847 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
16848
16849 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
16850 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
16851 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
16852
16853 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
16854
16855 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
16856 Cancel an article you posted.
16857 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
16858
16859 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16860
16861 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
16862 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
16863 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
16864 header line with the old Message-ID.
16865
16866 \(fn)" t nil)
16867
16868 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
16869 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
16870
16871 \(fn)" t nil)
16872
16873 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
16874 Forward the current message via mail.
16875 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
16876 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
16877
16878 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
16879
16880 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
16881 Not documented
16882
16883 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
16884
16885 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
16886 Not documented
16887
16888 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
16889
16890 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
16891 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
16892
16893 \(fn)" t nil)
16894
16895 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
16896 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
16897
16898 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
16899
16900 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
16901 Re-mail the current message.
16902 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
16903 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
16904 you.
16905
16906 \(fn)" t nil)
16907
16908 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
16909 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
16910
16911 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16912
16913 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
16914 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
16915
16916 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16917
16918 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
16919 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16920
16921 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16922
16923 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
16924 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16925
16926 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16927
16928 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
16929 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
16930 Works by overstriking characters.
16931 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16932 which specify the range to operate on.
16933
16934 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16935
16936 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
16937 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
16938 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16939 which specify the range to operate on.
16940
16941 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16942
16943 ;;;***
16944 \f
16945 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
16946 ;;;;;; (17277 60154))
16947 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
16948
16949 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
16950 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
16951 Special commands:
16952 \\{meta-mode-map}
16953
16954 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
16955 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16956
16957 \(fn)" t nil)
16958
16959 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
16960 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
16961 Special commands:
16962 \\{meta-mode-map}
16963
16964 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
16965 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16966
16967 \(fn)" t nil)
16968
16969 ;;;***
16970 \f
16971 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
16972 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
16973 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
16974 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
16975
16976 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
16977 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16978 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
16979
16980 \(fn)" t nil)
16981
16982 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
16983 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16984 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16985 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16986 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16987 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16988 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
16989
16990 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16991
16992 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
16993 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
16994 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16995 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16996 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16997 means current).
16998 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16999 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17000
17001 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17002
17003 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
17004 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17005 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17006 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17007 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17008 means current).
17009 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17010 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17011
17012 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17013
17014 ;;;***
17015 \f
17016 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-user-agent-compose mh-smail-batch
17017 ;;;;;; mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el"
17018 ;;;;;; (17263 27852))
17019 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17020
17021 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
17022 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17023 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17024
17025 \(fn)" t nil)
17026
17027 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
17028 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17029 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17030
17031 \(fn)" t nil)
17032
17033 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
17034 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17035
17036 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and thus
17037 is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail buffer. Users
17038 should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17039
17040 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO, SUBJECT, and
17041 OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17042
17043 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17044
17045 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
17046 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17047 This is `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E.
17048
17049 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17050 initial Subject field, respectively.
17051
17052 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional
17053 header fields. Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both
17054 HEADER and VALUE are strings.
17055
17056 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are ignored.
17057
17058 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17059
17060 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
17061 Mode for composing letters in MH-E.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
17062
17063 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
17064 using the MH mail handling system.
17065
17066 There are two types of tags used by MH-E when composing MIME messages: MML and
17067 MH. The option `mh-compose-insertion' controls what type of tags are inserted
17068 by MH-E commands. These tags can be converted to MIME body parts by running
17069 \\[mh-mh-to-mime] for MH-style directives or \\[mh-mml-to-mime] for MML tags.
17070
17071 Options that control this mode can be changed with \\[customize-group];
17072 specify the \"mh-compose\" group.
17073
17074 When a message is composed, the hooks `text-mode-hook' and
17075 `mh-letter-mode-hook' are run.
17076
17077 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
17078
17079 \(fn)" t nil)
17080
17081 ;;;***
17082 \f
17083 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-version mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-e"
17084 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17263 27852))
17085 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17086
17087 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
17088 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH.
17089 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
17090 the Emacs interface to the MH mail system.
17091
17092 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17093
17094 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-e" "\
17095 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17096 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
17097 the Emacs interface to the MH mail system.
17098
17099 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17100
17101 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
17102 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17103
17104 \(fn)" t nil)
17105
17106 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-e" "\
17107 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17108
17109 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through the
17110 messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into another
17111 folder; these commands are executed all at once with a separate command.
17112
17113 Options that control this mode can be changed with \\[customize-group];
17114 specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please see the `mh-scan-format-file'
17115 option if you wish to modify scan's format.
17116
17117 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17118
17119 Ranges
17120 ======
17121 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as `mh-forward' or
17122 `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument can be used in several
17123 ways.
17124
17125 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to these commands,
17126 then you will be prompted for the message range. This can be any valid MH
17127 range which can include messages, sequences, and the abbreviations (described
17128 in the mh(1) man page):
17129
17130 <num1>-<num2>
17131 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive. The range
17132 must be nonempty.
17133
17134 `<num>:N'
17135 `<num>:+N'
17136 `<num>:-N'
17137 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num may be
17138 any of the pre-defined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or last.
17139
17140 `first:N'
17141 `prev:N'
17142 `next:N'
17143 `last:N'
17144 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17145
17146 `all'
17147 All of the messages.
17148
17149 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3 5-10 last:5
17150 unseen'.
17151
17152 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a region in the
17153 MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will perform the operation on all
17154 messages in that region.
17155
17156 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17157
17158 \(fn)" t nil)
17159
17160 ;;;***
17161 \f
17162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-init" "mh-e/mh-init.el" (17263 27852))
17163 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-init.el
17164
17165 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17166
17167 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17168
17169 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17170
17171 ;;;***
17172 \f
17173 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17174 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17187 59902))
17175 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17176
17177 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
17178 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17179 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17180 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17181 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17182 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17183 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17184 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17185 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17186 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17187 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17188
17189 \(fn)" t nil)
17190
17191 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
17192 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17193 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17194 to its second argument TM.
17195
17196 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17197
17198 ;;;***
17199 \f
17200 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17201 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17187 59902))
17202 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17203
17204 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17205 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17206 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17207 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17208 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17209
17210 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
17211
17212 (put (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
17213
17214 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
17215 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17216 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17217 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17218 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17219 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17220 default indication.
17221
17222 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17223 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17224
17225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17226
17227 ;;;***
17228 \f
17229 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17230 ;;;;;; (17238 21095))
17231 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17232
17233 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
17234 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17235 \\{mixal-mode-map}
17236
17237 \(fn)" t nil)
17238
17239 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
17240
17241 ;;;***
17242 \f
17243 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
17244 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
17245 ;;;;;; (17187 59881))
17246 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
17247
17248 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
17249 Not documented
17250
17251 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17252
17253 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
17254 Not documented
17255
17256 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
17257
17258 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
17259 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
17260 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
17261 PATTERN regexp.
17262
17263 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
17264
17265 ;;;***
17266 \f
17267 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el"
17268 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
17269 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
17270
17271 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
17272 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
17273 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17274 the entire message.
17275 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17276
17277 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17278
17279 ;;;***
17280 \f
17281 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
17282 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
17283 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
17284
17285 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
17286 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
17287 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17288 the entire message.
17289 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17290
17291 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17292
17293 ;;;***
17294 \f
17295 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
17296 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17226 24575))
17297 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
17298
17299 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
17300 Insert file contents of URL.
17301 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
17302
17303 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17304
17305 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
17306 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
17307
17308 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17309
17310 ;;;***
17311 \f
17312 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17226
17313 ;;;;;; 24575))
17314 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
17315
17316 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
17317 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
17318
17319 \(fn)" nil nil)
17320
17321 ;;;***
17322 \f
17323 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
17324 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
17325 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
17326
17327 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
17328 Not documented
17329
17330 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17331
17332 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
17333 Not documented
17334
17335 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17336
17337 ;;;***
17338 \f
17339 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
17340 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
17341 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17187 59901))
17342 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
17343
17344 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
17345 Not documented
17346
17347 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17348
17349 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
17350 Not documented
17351
17352 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17353
17354 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
17355 Not documented
17356
17357 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17358
17359 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
17360 Not documented
17361
17362 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17363
17364 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
17365 Not documented
17366
17367 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17368
17369 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
17370 Not documented
17371
17372 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17373
17374 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
17375 Not documented
17376
17377 \(fn)" nil nil)
17378
17379 ;;;***
17380 \f
17381 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
17382 ;;;;;; (17277 60154))
17383 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
17384
17385 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
17386 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
17387 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
17388 followed by the first character of the construct.
17389 \\<m2-mode-map>
17390 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
17391 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
17392 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
17393 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
17394 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
17395 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
17396 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
17397 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
17398 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
17399 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
17400 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
17401 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
17402 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
17403 \\[m2-link] link
17404
17405 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
17406 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
17407 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
17408
17409 \(fn)" t nil)
17410
17411 ;;;***
17412 \f
17413 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
17414 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
17415 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
17416
17417 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
17418 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
17419
17420 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17421
17422 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
17423 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
17424
17425 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17426
17427 ;;;***
17428 \f
17429 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17187
17430 ;;;;;; 59902))
17431 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
17432
17433 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
17434 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
17435 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17436 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17437 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
17438
17439 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel")
17440
17441 (put (quote mouse-sel-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
17442
17443 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
17444 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
17445 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
17446 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
17447
17448 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
17449
17450 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
17451
17452 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
17453
17454 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
17455 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
17456 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
17457 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
17458 Triple-clicking selects lines.
17459 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
17460
17461 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
17462 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
17463 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
17464 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
17465 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
17466
17467 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
17468 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
17469
17470 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
17471 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
17472
17473 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
17474
17475 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
17476 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
17477 primary selection and region.
17478
17479 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17480
17481 ;;;***
17482 \f
17483 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17226 24576))
17484 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
17485
17486 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
17487 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
17488
17489 \(fn)" t nil)
17490
17491 ;;;***
17492 \f
17493 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (17187 59914))
17494 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
17495
17496 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
17497 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
17498 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17499 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17500 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
17501
17502 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
17503
17504 (put (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
17505
17506 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
17507 Toggle Msb mode.
17508 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
17509 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
17510 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
17511
17512 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17513
17514 ;;;***
17515 \f
17516 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
17517 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
17518 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
17519 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
17520 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
17521 ;;;;;; (17226 24576))
17522 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
17523
17524 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
17525 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
17526 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
17527 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
17528 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
17529 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
17530 set of ISO charsets.
17531
17532 Each element has the following format:
17533 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
17534
17535 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
17536
17537 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
17538 CHARSET are mapped.
17539
17540 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
17541 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
17542 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
17543 character code in CHARSET.
17544
17545 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
17546 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
17547 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
17548 or
17549 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
17550 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
17551 TO2, or...
17552 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
17553 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
17554
17555 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
17556 Display a list of all character sets.
17557
17558 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
17559 internal Emacs use.
17560
17561 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
17562 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
17563 hexadecimal digits.
17564 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
17565 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
17566
17567 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
17568 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
17569 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
17570 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
17571
17572 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
17573 but still shows the full information.
17574
17575 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17576
17577 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
17578 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
17579 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
17580 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
17581 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
17582
17583 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
17584 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
17585 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
17586 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
17587 detailed meanings of these arguments.
17588
17589 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
17590
17591 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
17592 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
17593 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
17594 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
17595 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
17596
17597 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17598
17599 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
17600 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
17601
17602 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17603
17604 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
17605 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
17606
17607 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
17608
17609 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
17610 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
17611
17612 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
17613 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
17614 in place of `..':
17615 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17616 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17617 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
17618 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
17619 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
17620 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
17621 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17622 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17623 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17624 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17625 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
17626 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
17627 `default-process-coding-system' for read
17628 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
17629 `default-process-coding-system' for write
17630 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
17631
17632 \(fn)" t nil)
17633
17634 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
17635 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
17636
17637 \(fn)" t nil)
17638
17639 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
17640 Display a list of all coding systems.
17641 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
17642
17643 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
17644 but still contains full information about each coding system.
17645
17646 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17647
17648 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
17649 Display a list of all coding categories.
17650
17651 \(fn)" nil nil)
17652
17653 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
17654 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME.
17655
17656 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
17657
17658 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
17659 Display information about FONTSET.
17660 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
17661
17662 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
17663
17664 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
17665 Display a list of all fontsets.
17666 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
17667 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
17668 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
17669
17670 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17671
17672 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
17673 Display information about all input methods.
17674
17675 \(fn)" t nil)
17676
17677 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
17678 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
17679
17680 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
17681 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
17682 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
17683 system which uses fontsets).
17684
17685 \(fn)" t nil)
17686
17687 ;;;***
17688 \f
17689 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
17690 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
17691 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
17692 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
17693 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
17694 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17187 59880))
17695 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
17696
17697 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
17698 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
17699 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
17700
17701 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
17702
17703 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
17704
17705 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
17706 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
17707
17708 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
17709 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
17710
17711 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
17712 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
17713
17714 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
17715
17716 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
17717 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
17718 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
17719 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
17720 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
17721 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
17722 buffer; see also `char-width'.
17723
17724 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
17725 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
17726 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
17727 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
17728 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
17729 middle of a character in STR.
17730
17731 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
17732 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
17733
17734 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
17735 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
17736 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
17737 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
17738 defaults to \"...\".
17739
17740 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
17741
17742 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
17743 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
17744
17745 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
17746 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
17747 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
17748
17749 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
17750 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
17751 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
17752
17753 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
17754 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
17755 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
17756 is considered.
17757 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
17758 longer than KEYSEQ.
17759 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
17760
17761 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
17762
17763 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
17764 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
17765 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
17766 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
17767 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
17768 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
17769 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
17770 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
17771 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
17772 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
17773 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
17774
17775 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
17776
17777 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
17778 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
17779
17780 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17781
17782 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
17783 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
17784
17785 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17786
17787 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
17788 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
17789
17790 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17791
17792 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
17793 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
17794
17795 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17796
17797 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
17798 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
17799 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
17800 coding systems ordered by priority.
17801
17802 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
17803
17804 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
17805 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
17806 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
17807 language environment LANG-ENV.
17808
17809 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
17810
17811 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
17812 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
17813 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
17814 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
17815 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
17816 basis, this may not be accurate.
17817
17818 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
17819
17820 ;;;***
17821 \f
17822 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
17823 ;;;;;; (17263 27079))
17824 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
17825
17826 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
17827 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
17828 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17829 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17830 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
17831
17832 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
17833
17834 (put (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
17835
17836 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
17837 Toggle mouse wheel support.
17838 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17839 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17840
17841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17842
17843 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
17844 Enable mouse wheel support.
17845
17846 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
17847
17848 ;;;***
17849 \f
17850 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
17851 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
17852 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
17853 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17187 59902))
17854 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
17855
17856 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
17857 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
17858
17859 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
17860
17861 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
17862 Ping HOST.
17863 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
17864 `ping-program-options'.
17865
17866 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17867
17868 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
17869 Run ipconfig program.
17870
17871 \(fn)" t nil)
17872
17873 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
17874
17875 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
17876 Run netstat program.
17877
17878 \(fn)" t nil)
17879
17880 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
17881 Run the arp program.
17882
17883 \(fn)" t nil)
17884
17885 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
17886 Run the route program.
17887
17888 \(fn)" t nil)
17889
17890 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
17891 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
17892
17893 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17894
17895 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
17896 Run nslookup program.
17897
17898 \(fn)" t nil)
17899
17900 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
17901 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
17902
17903 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17904
17905 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
17906 Run dig program.
17907
17908 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17909
17910 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
17911 Run ftp program.
17912
17913 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17914
17915 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
17916 Finger USER on HOST.
17917
17918 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
17919
17920 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
17921 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
17922 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
17923 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
17924
17925 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
17926
17927 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
17928 Not documented
17929
17930 \(fn)" t nil)
17931
17932 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
17933 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
17934
17935 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
17936
17937 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
17938 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
17939
17940 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
17941
17942 ;;;***
17943 \f
17944 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
17945 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-region uncomment-region
17946 ;;;;;; comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent comment-indent-default
17947 ;;;;;; comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line comment-padding
17948 ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el"
17949 ;;;;;; (17263 27852))
17950 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
17951
17952 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
17953
17954 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
17955
17956 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
17957
17958 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
17959
17960 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
17961 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
17962 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
17963 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
17964 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
17965 Major modes should set this variable.")
17966
17967 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
17968 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
17969 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
17970 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
17971 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
17972 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
17973
17974 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment")
17975
17976 (defvar comment-start nil "\
17977 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
17978
17979 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
17980 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
17981 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
17982 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
17983
17984 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
17985 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
17986
17987 (defvar comment-end "" "\
17988 *String to insert to end a new comment.
17989 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
17990
17991 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
17992 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
17993 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
17994 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
17995 column indentation or nil.
17996 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
17997
17998 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
17999 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18000 The function has no args.
18001
18002 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18003 comments always start in column zero.")
18004
18005 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
18006 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18007 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18008
18009 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment")
18010
18011 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
18012 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18013 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18014 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18015
18016 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18017 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18018
18019 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment")
18020
18021 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18022 *Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18023 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18024 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18025 customize this variable.
18026
18027 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18028 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18029
18030 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment")
18031
18032 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
18033 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18034 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18035 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18036 the variables are properly set.
18037
18038 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18039
18040 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
18041 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18042
18043 \(fn)" nil nil)
18044
18045 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
18046 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18047 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18048
18049 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18050
18051 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
18052 Set the comment column based on point.
18053 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18054 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18055 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18056 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18057
18058 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18059
18060 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
18061 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
18062 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18063
18064 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18065
18066 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18067 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18068 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18069 comment markers.
18070
18071 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18072
18073 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
18074 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18075 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18076 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18077 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18078 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
18079 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
18080 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
18081
18082 The strings used as comment starts are built from
18083 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
18084
18085 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18086
18087 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18088 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18089 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18090 is passed on to the respective function.
18091
18092 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18093
18094 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
18095 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18096 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18097 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18098 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18099 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
18100 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18101 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18102
18103 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18104
18105 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18106 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18107 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18108
18109 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment")
18110
18111 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
18112 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18113 This indents the body of the continued comment
18114 under the previous comment line.
18115
18116 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18117 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18118 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18119
18120 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18121 or comment indentation.
18122
18123 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18124 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18125
18126 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18127
18128 ;;;***
18129 \f
18130 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p
18131 ;;;;;; newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start)
18132 ;;;;;; "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (17263 27852))
18133 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
18134
18135 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
18136 Start the newsticker.
18137 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18138 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18139 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18140 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18141
18142 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18143
18144 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
18145 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18146 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18147 running already.
18148
18149 \(fn)" t nil)
18150
18151 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
18152 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
18153
18154 \(fn)" t nil)
18155
18156 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18157 Check whether newsticker is running.
18158 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18159 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18160
18161 \(fn)" nil nil)
18162
18163 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18164 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18165 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18166 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18167 empty.
18168
18169 \(fn)" nil nil)
18170
18171 ;;;***
18172 \f
18173 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18174 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
18175 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18176
18177 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
18178 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18179
18180 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18181
18182 ;;;***
18183 \f
18184 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17187
18185 ;;;;;; 59901))
18186 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18187
18188 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
18189 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18190 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18191 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18192 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18193 symbol in the alist.
18194
18195 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18196
18197 ;;;***
18198 \f
18199 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18200 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
18201 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18202
18203 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
18204 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18205 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18206
18207 \(fn)" t nil)
18208
18209 ;;;***
18210 \f
18211 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
18212 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
18213 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
18214
18215 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
18216 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
18217 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
18218
18219 \(fn)" t nil)
18220
18221 ;;;***
18222 \f
18223 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18224 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
18225 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18226
18227 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
18228 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18229
18230 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18231
18232 ;;;***
18233 \f
18234 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
18235 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17187 59901))
18236 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
18237
18238 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
18239 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
18240
18241 \(fn)" t nil)
18242
18243 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
18244 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
18245
18246 \(fn)" t nil)
18247
18248 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
18249 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
18250
18251 \(fn)" t nil)
18252
18253 ;;;***
18254 \f
18255 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
18256 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17187 59902))
18257 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
18258
18259 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
18260 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
18261 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
18262
18263 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
18264
18265 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
18266 Not documented
18267
18268 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
18269
18270 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
18271 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
18272 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18273 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18274 to future sessions.
18275
18276 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18277
18278 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
18279 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
18280 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18281 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18282 to future sessions.
18283
18284 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18285
18286 ;;;***
18287 \f
18288 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
18289 ;;;;;; (17277 60154))
18290 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
18291
18292 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
18293 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
18294 \\{nroff-mode-map}
18295 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
18296 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
18297 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
18298
18299 \(fn)" t nil)
18300
18301 ;;;***
18302 \f
18303 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
18304 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
18305 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
18306
18307 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
18308 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
18309 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
18310 specified by `octave-help-files'.
18311 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
18312
18313 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
18314
18315 ;;;***
18316 \f
18317 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
18318 ;;;;;; (17187 59926))
18319 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
18320
18321 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
18322 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
18323 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
18324
18325 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
18326
18327 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
18328 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
18329
18330 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
18331 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
18332 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
18333
18334 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18335
18336 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
18337
18338 ;;;***
18339 \f
18340 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
18341 ;;;;;; (17277 60154))
18342 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
18343
18344 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
18345 Major mode for editing Octave code.
18346
18347 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
18348 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
18349 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
18350 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
18351
18352 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
18353 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
18354 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
18355 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
18356 is why you need this mode!).
18357
18358 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
18359 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
18360 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
18361
18362 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
18363
18364 Keybindings
18365 ===========
18366
18367 \\{octave-mode-map}
18368
18369 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
18370 ==============================================
18371
18372 octave-auto-indent
18373 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
18374 Default is nil.
18375
18376 octave-auto-newline
18377 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
18378 Default is nil.
18379
18380 octave-blink-matching-block
18381 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
18382 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
18383
18384 octave-block-offset
18385 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
18386 Default is 2.
18387
18388 octave-continuation-offset
18389 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
18390 Default is 4.
18391
18392 octave-continuation-string
18393 String used for Octave continuation lines.
18394 Default is a backslash.
18395
18396 octave-mode-startup-message
18397 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
18398 Default is t.
18399
18400 octave-send-echo-input
18401 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
18402 command to the inferior Octave process.
18403
18404 octave-send-line-auto-forward
18405 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
18406 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
18407
18408 octave-send-echo-input
18409 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
18410
18411 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
18412
18413 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
18414 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
18415
18416 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
18417 (setq auto-mode-alist
18418 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
18419
18420 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
18421 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
18422
18423 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
18424 (lambda ()
18425 (abbrev-mode 1)
18426 (auto-fill-mode 1)
18427 (if (eq window-system 'x)
18428 (font-lock-mode 1))))
18429
18430 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
18431 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
18432 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
18433 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
18434
18435 \(fn)" t nil)
18436
18437 ;;;***
18438 \f
18439 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
18440 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
18441 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
18442
18443 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
18444 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
18445 It is now better to use Customize instead.
18446
18447 \(fn)" t nil)
18448
18449 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
18450 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
18451 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
18452 in which there are commands to set the option values.
18453 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
18454
18455 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
18456
18457 \(fn)" t nil)
18458
18459 ;;;***
18460 \f
18461 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
18462 ;;;;;; orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl org-remember-handler org-remember-annotation
18463 ;;;;;; org-store-link org-diary org-agenda org-agenda-mode org-mode)
18464 ;;;;;; "org" "textmodes/org.el" (17277 59650))
18465 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
18466
18467 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
18468 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
18469 \"Carstens outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
18470
18471 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
18472 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
18473 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
18474 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
18475 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
18476 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
18477 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
18478 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
18479 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
18480 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
18481
18482 The following commands are available:
18483
18484 \\{org-mode-map}
18485
18486 \(fn)" t nil)
18487
18488 (autoload (quote org-agenda-mode) "org" "\
18489 Mode for time-sorted view on action items in Org-mode files.
18490
18491 The following commands are available:
18492
18493 \\{org-agenda-mode-map}
18494
18495 \(fn)" t nil)
18496
18497 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
18498 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
18499 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
18500 will be able to go to other weeks.
18501 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
18502 also be shown, under the current date.
18503 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
18504 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
18505 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
18506
18507 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
18508
18509 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
18510 Return diary information from org-files.
18511 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
18512 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
18513 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
18514 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
18515
18516 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
18517 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
18518 also be listed, on the expiration day.
18519
18520 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
18521 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
18522 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
18523 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
18524
18525 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
18526 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
18527 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
18528
18529 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
18530 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
18531 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
18532 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
18533
18534 The call in the diary file should look like this:
18535
18536 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
18537
18538 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
18539 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
18540
18541 &%%(org-diary)
18542
18543 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
18544 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
18545 also be written as
18546
18547 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
18548
18549 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
18550 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
18551 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
18552
18553 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
18554
18555 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
18556 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
18557 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
18558 \\[org-insert-link].
18559 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
18560 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
18561 For file links, arg negates `org-line-numbers-in-file-links'.
18562
18563 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18564
18565 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
18566 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
18567 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
18568 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
18569 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
18570
18571 \(fn)" nil nil)
18572
18573 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
18574 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
18575 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
18576 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
18577 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
18578 file the text at a specific location.
18579 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
18580 file. Or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
18581 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
18582
18583 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
18584 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
18585 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
18586 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
18587 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
18588 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
18589 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
18590 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
18591
18592 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
18593 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
18594 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
18595 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
18596
18597 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
18598 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
18599 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
18600
18601 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
18602 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
18603 \(i.e. after the stars).
18604
18605 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
18606
18607 \(fn)" nil nil)
18608
18609 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
18610 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
18611
18612 \(fn)" nil nil)
18613
18614 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
18615 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
18616
18617 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18618
18619 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
18620 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
18621 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
18622 file, but with extension `.ics'.
18623
18624 \(fn)" t nil)
18625
18626 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
18627 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
18628 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
18629
18630 \(fn)" t nil)
18631
18632 ;;;***
18633 \f
18634 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
18635 ;;;;;; (17226 24576))
18636 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
18637
18638 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
18639 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
18640 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
18641 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
18642
18643 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
18644 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
18645 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
18646 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
18647
18648 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
18649 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
18650 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
18651 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
18652 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
18653 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
18654
18655 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
18656 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
18657 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
18658
18659 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
18660 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
18661 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
18662 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
18663 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
18664 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
18665 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
18666 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
18667 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
18668 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
18669 The subheadings remain visible.
18670 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
18671
18672 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
18673 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
18674 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
18675
18676 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
18677 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
18678
18679 \(fn)" t nil)
18680
18681 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
18682 Toggle Outline minor mode.
18683 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
18684 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
18685
18686 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18687
18688 ;;;***
18689 \f
18690 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17187 59902))
18691 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
18692
18693 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
18694 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
18695 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18696 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18697 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
18698
18699 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren")
18700
18701 (put (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18702
18703 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
18704 Toggle Show Paren mode.
18705 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18706 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
18707
18708 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
18709 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
18710
18711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18712
18713 ;;;***
18714 \f
18715 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
18716 ;;;;;; (17187 59880))
18717 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
18718
18719 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
18720 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
18721 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
18722 unknown are returned as nil.
18723
18724 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
18725
18726 ;;;***
18727 \f
18728 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17277
18729 ;;;;;; 60154))
18730 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
18731
18732 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
18733 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
18734 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
18735
18736 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
18737 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
18738
18739 Other useful functions are:
18740
18741 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
18742 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
18743 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
18744 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
18745 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
18746 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
18747 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
18748 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
18749 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
18750
18751 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
18752
18753 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
18754 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
18755 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
18756 Indentation for case statements.
18757 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
18758 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
18759 mark after an end.
18760 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
18761 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
18762 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
18763 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
18764 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
18765 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
18766 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
18767 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
18768 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
18769 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
18770
18771 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
18772 pascal-separator-keywords.
18773
18774 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
18775 no args, if that value is non-nil.
18776
18777 \(fn)" t nil)
18778
18779 ;;;***
18780 \f
18781 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
18782 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
18783 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
18784
18785 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
18786 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
18787 The keys affected are:
18788 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
18789 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
18790 M-Backspace does undo.
18791 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
18792 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
18793 C-Escape does list-buffers.
18794
18795 \(fn)" t nil)
18796
18797 ;;;***
18798 \f
18799 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
18800 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17187 59901))
18801 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
18802
18803 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
18804 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
18805 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18806 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18807 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
18808
18809 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
18810
18811 (put (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18812
18813 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
18814 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
18815
18816 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
18817
18818 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
18819 which modify the status of the mark.
18820
18821 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
18822 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
18823
18824 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
18825 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
18826
18827 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
18828 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
18829 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
18830 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
18831 turning PC Selection mode on.
18832
18833 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
18834 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
18835
18836 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
18837 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
18838 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
18839
18840 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
18841 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
18842 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
18843
18844 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
18845 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
18846
18847 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
18848 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
18849 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
18850
18851 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
18852 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
18853 but before calling PC Selection mode):
18854
18855 F6 other-window
18856 DELETE delete-char
18857 C-DELETE kill-line
18858 M-DELETE kill-word
18859 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
18860 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
18861 M-BACKSPACE undo
18862
18863 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18864
18865 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
18866 Toggle PC Selection mode.
18867 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
18868 and cursor movement commands.
18869 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
18870 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18871 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
18872
18873 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
18874
18875 ;;;***
18876 \f
18877 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17187
18878 ;;;;;; 59902))
18879 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
18880
18881 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
18882 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
18883
18884 \(fn)" nil nil)
18885
18886 ;;;***
18887 \f
18888 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
18889 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17187 59902))
18890 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
18891
18892 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
18893 Completion for `gzip'.
18894
18895 \(fn)" nil nil)
18896
18897 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
18898 Completion for `bzip2'.
18899
18900 \(fn)" nil nil)
18901
18902 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
18903 Completion for GNU `make'.
18904
18905 \(fn)" nil nil)
18906
18907 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
18908 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
18909
18910 \(fn)" nil nil)
18911
18912 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
18913
18914 ;;;***
18915 \f
18916 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
18917 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17187 59902))
18918 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
18919
18920 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
18921 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
18922
18923 \(fn)" nil nil)
18924
18925 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
18926 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
18927
18928 \(fn)" nil nil)
18929
18930 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
18931 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
18932
18933 \(fn)" nil nil)
18934
18935 ;;;***
18936 \f
18937 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17187
18938 ;;;;;; 59902))
18939 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
18940
18941 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
18942 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
18943 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
18944 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
18945 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
18946 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
18947
18948 \(fn)" nil nil)
18949
18950 ;;;***
18951 \f
18952 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
18953 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
18954 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17187 59902))
18955 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
18956
18957 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18958 Completion for `cd'.
18959
18960 \(fn)" nil nil)
18961
18962 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
18963
18964 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18965 Completion for `rmdir'.
18966
18967 \(fn)" nil nil)
18968
18969 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18970 Completion for `rm'.
18971
18972 \(fn)" nil nil)
18973
18974 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18975 Completion for `xargs'.
18976
18977 \(fn)" nil nil)
18978
18979 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
18980
18981 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18982 Completion for `which'.
18983
18984 \(fn)" nil nil)
18985
18986 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18987 Completion for the `chown' command.
18988
18989 \(fn)" nil nil)
18990
18991 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18992 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
18993
18994 \(fn)" nil nil)
18995
18996 ;;;***
18997 \f
18998 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
18999 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
19000 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17226
19001 ;;;;;; 24576))
19002 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
19003
19004 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
19005 Support extensible programmable completion.
19006 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
19007 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
19008
19009 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
19010
19011 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
19012 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
19013
19014 \(fn)" t nil)
19015
19016 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
19017 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19018 This will modify the current buffer.
19019
19020 \(fn)" t nil)
19021
19022 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
19023 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
19024
19025 \(fn)" t nil)
19026
19027 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
19028 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19029 This will modify the current buffer.
19030
19031 \(fn)" t nil)
19032
19033 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
19034 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
19035
19036 \(fn)" t nil)
19037
19038 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
19039 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
19040
19041 \(fn)" t nil)
19042
19043 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19044 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
19045 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
19046 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
19047 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
19048
19049 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
19050
19051 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19052 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
19053
19054 \(fn)" nil nil)
19055
19056 ;;;***
19057 \f
19058 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
19059 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
19060 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (17238 21257))
19061 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
19062
19063 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
19064 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
19065 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
19066 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19067
19068 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
19069
19070 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
19071
19072 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
19073 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
19074 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
19075 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19076 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19077 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19078 FLAGS is ignored.
19079
19080 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
19081
19082 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
19083 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
19084 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
19085 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19086 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
19087 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19088 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19089 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19090
19091 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
19092
19093 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
19094 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
19095 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19096 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
19097 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19098 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19099 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
19100 passed to cvs.
19101
19102 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
19103
19104 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
19105 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
19106 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19107 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
19108 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19109 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19110 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19111
19112 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
19113
19114 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
19115
19116 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
19117 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
19118 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
19119
19120 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs")
19121
19122 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
19123 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
19124 nil means never do it.
19125 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
19126 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
19127 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
19128
19129 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs")
19130
19131 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
19132 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
19133 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
19134
19135 ;;;***
19136 \f
19137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17196 27217))
19138 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
19139
19140 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
19141
19142 ;;;***
19143 \f
19144 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
19145 ;;;;;; (17277 60154))
19146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
19147
19148 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
19149 Major mode for editing Perl code.
19150 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
19151 Tab indents for Perl code.
19152 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
19153 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
19154 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19155 \\{perl-mode-map}
19156 Variables controlling indentation style:
19157 `perl-tab-always-indent'
19158 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
19159 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19160 `perl-tab-to-comment'
19161 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
19162 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
19163 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
19164 `perl-nochange'
19165 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
19166 `perl-indent-level'
19167 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
19168 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
19169 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
19170 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
19171 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
19172 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
19173 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
19174 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
19175 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
19176 `perl-brace-offset'
19177 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
19178 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
19179 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
19180 this far to the right of the start of its line.
19181 `perl-label-offset'
19182 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
19183 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
19184 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
19185
19186 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
19187 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
19188 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
19189 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
19190 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
19191 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
19192 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
19193
19194 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
19195
19196 \(fn)" t nil)
19197
19198 ;;;***
19199 \f
19200 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
19201 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
19202 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
19203 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (17263 27852))
19204 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
19205
19206 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
19207 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
19208
19209 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
19210
19211 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19212 passphrase cache or user.
19213
19214 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19215
19216 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
19217 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
19218
19219 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19220 cache or user.
19221
19222 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19223
19224 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
19225 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
19226
19227 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
19228 the region.
19229
19230 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19231 passphrase cache or user.
19232
19233 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19234
19235 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
19236 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
19237
19238 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
19239
19240 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
19241 the region.
19242
19243 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19244 passphrase cache or user.
19245
19246 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19247
19248 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
19249 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
19250
19251 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19252 passphrase cache or user.
19253
19254 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19255
19256 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
19257 Decrypt the current buffer.
19258
19259 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
19260 the region.
19261
19262 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19263 passphrase cache or user.
19264
19265 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19266
19267 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
19268 Make the signature from text between START and END.
19269
19270 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
19271 a detached signature.
19272
19273 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
19274 and the the output is displayed.
19275
19276 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19277 passphrase cache or user.
19278
19279 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19280
19281 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
19282 Sign the current buffer.
19283
19284 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
19285 detached signature.
19286
19287 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
19288 within the region.
19289
19290 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
19291 and the the output is displayed.
19292
19293 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
19294 passphrase cache or user.
19295
19296 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
19297
19298 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
19299 Verify the current region between START and END.
19300 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
19301 the detached signature of the current region.
19302
19303 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
19304 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
19305
19306 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
19307
19308 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
19309 Verify the current buffer.
19310 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
19311 the detached signature of the current region.
19312 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
19313 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
19314 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
19315 within the region.
19316
19317 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
19318
19319 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
19320 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
19321
19322 \(fn)" t nil)
19323
19324 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
19325 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
19326
19327 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19328
19329 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
19330 Import public keys in the current buffer.
19331
19332 \(fn)" t nil)
19333
19334 ;;;***
19335 \f
19336 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
19337 ;;;;;; (17263 27852))
19338 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
19339
19340 (autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
19341 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
19342
19343 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
19344
19345 ;;;***
19346 \f
19347 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
19348 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
19349 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
19350
19351 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
19352 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
19353 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
19354 afterwards settable by these commands:
19355 C-c < Move left after insertion.
19356 C-c > Move right after insertion.
19357 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
19358 C-c . Move down after insertion.
19359 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
19360 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
19361 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
19362 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
19363 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
19364 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
19365 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
19366 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
19367 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
19368 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
19369 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
19370 with these commands:
19371 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
19372 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
19373 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
19374 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
19375 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
19376 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
19377 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
19378 Return Move to beginning of next line.
19379 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
19380 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
19381 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
19382 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
19383 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
19384 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
19385 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
19386 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
19387 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
19388 You can manipulate text with these commands:
19389 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
19390 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
19391 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
19392 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
19393 text is saved in the kill ring.
19394 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
19395 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
19396 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
19397 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
19398 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
19399 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
19400 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
19401 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
19402 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
19403 if invoked soon enough.
19404 You can return to the previous mode with:
19405 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
19406 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
19407
19408 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
19409
19410 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
19411 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
19412
19413 \(fn)" t nil)
19414
19415 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
19416
19417 ;;;***
19418 \f
19419 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
19420 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
19421 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
19422
19423 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
19424 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
19425 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
19426
19427 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
19428
19429 ;;;***
19430 \f
19431 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17187 59902))
19432 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
19433
19434 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
19435 Play pong and waste time.
19436 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
19437 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
19438
19439 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
19440
19441 \\{pong-mode-map}
19442
19443 \(fn)" t nil)
19444
19445 ;;;***
19446 \f
19447 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
19448 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17187 59901))
19449 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
19450
19451 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
19452 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
19453 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
19454 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
19455
19456 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
19457
19458 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
19459 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
19460
19461 \(fn)" nil nil)
19462
19463 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
19464 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
19465 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
19466 can handle, whenever this is possible.
19467 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
19468
19469 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
19470
19471 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
19472 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
19473 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
19474 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
19475 in the variable `values'.
19476
19477 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
19478
19479 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
19480 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
19481 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
19482 Ignores leading comment characters.
19483
19484 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19485
19486 ;;;***
19487 \f
19488 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
19489 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
19490 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
19491 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
19492 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
19493 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
19494 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
19495 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
19496 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
19497 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
19498 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
19499 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
19500 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
19501 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
19502 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
19503 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
19504 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
19505 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
19506 ;;;;;; (17277 59650))
19507 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
19508
19509 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
19510 Activate the printing interface buffer.
19511
19512 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
19513
19514 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
19515
19516 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
19517
19518 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
19519 Preview directory using ghostview.
19520
19521 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
19522 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
19523 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
19524 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19525
19526 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
19527 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
19528 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
19529 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
19530 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
19531 file name.
19532
19533 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19534
19535 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19536
19537 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19538 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
19539
19540 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
19541 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
19542 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
19543 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19544
19545 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
19546 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
19547 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
19548 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
19549 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
19550 file name.
19551
19552 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19553
19554 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19555
19556 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
19557 Print directory using PostScript printer.
19558
19559 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
19560 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
19561 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
19562 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19563
19564 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
19565 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
19566 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
19567 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
19568 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
19569 file name.
19570
19571 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19572
19573 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19574
19575 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
19576 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
19577
19578 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
19579
19580 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
19581 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
19582 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
19583 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19584
19585 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
19586 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
19587 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
19588 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
19589 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
19590 file name.
19591
19592 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19593
19594 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19595
19596 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
19597 Preview buffer using ghostview.
19598
19599 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
19600 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
19601 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19602
19603 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
19604 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
19605 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
19606 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
19607
19608 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19609
19610 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19611 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
19612
19613 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
19614 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
19615 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
19616
19617 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
19618 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
19619 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
19620 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
19621
19622 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19623
19624 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
19625 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
19626
19627 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
19628 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
19629 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
19630
19631 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
19632 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
19633 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
19634 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
19635
19636 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19637
19638 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
19639 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
19640
19641 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
19642
19643 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
19644 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
19645 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
19646
19647 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
19648 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
19649 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
19650 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
19651
19652 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19653
19654 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
19655 Preview region using ghostview.
19656
19657 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
19658
19659 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19660
19661 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19662 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
19663
19664 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
19665
19666 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19667
19668 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
19669 Print region using PostScript printer.
19670
19671 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
19672
19673 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19674
19675 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
19676 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
19677
19678 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
19679
19680 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19681
19682 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
19683 Preview major mode using ghostview.
19684
19685 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
19686
19687 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19688
19689 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19690 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
19691
19692 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
19693
19694 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19695
19696 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
19697 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
19698
19699 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
19700
19701 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19702
19703 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
19704 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
19705
19706 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
19707
19708 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19709
19710 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
19711 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
19712 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
19713 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
19714
19715 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
19716 matching.
19717
19718 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
19719 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
19720
19721 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19722
19723 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
19724
19725 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
19726 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
19727 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
19728 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
19729
19730 \(fn)" t nil)
19731
19732 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
19733 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
19734 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
19735 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
19736
19737 \(fn)" t nil)
19738
19739 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
19740 Print directory using text printer.
19741
19742 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
19743 matching.
19744
19745 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
19746 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
19747
19748 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19749
19750 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
19751
19752 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
19753 Print buffer using text printer.
19754
19755 \(fn)" t nil)
19756
19757 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
19758 Print region using text printer.
19759
19760 \(fn)" t nil)
19761
19762 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
19763 Print major mode using text printer.
19764
19765 \(fn)" t nil)
19766
19767 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
19768 Preview spooled PostScript.
19769
19770 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
19771 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
19772 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19773
19774 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
19775 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
19776 PostScript image in a file with that name.
19777
19778 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19779
19780 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19781 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
19782
19783 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
19784 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
19785 instead of sending it to the printer.
19786
19787 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
19788 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
19789 image in a file with that name.
19790
19791 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19792
19793 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
19794 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
19795
19796 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
19797 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
19798 instead of sending it to the printer.
19799
19800 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
19801 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
19802 image in a file with that name.
19803
19804 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19805
19806 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
19807 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
19808
19809 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
19810 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
19811 instead of sending it to the printer.
19812
19813 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
19814 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
19815 image in a file with that name.
19816
19817 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19818
19819 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
19820 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
19821
19822 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
19823
19824 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
19825 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
19826
19827 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
19828
19829 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19830 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
19831
19832 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
19833
19834 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
19835 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
19836
19837 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
19838
19839 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
19840 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
19841
19842 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
19843
19844 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
19845 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
19846
19847 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
19848 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
19849 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
19850 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
19851
19852 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
19853 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
19854 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
19855 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
19856 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
19857 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
19858 file name.
19859
19860 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
19861
19862 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
19863 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
19864
19865 \(fn)" t nil)
19866
19867 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
19868 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
19869
19870 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
19871 right.
19872 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
19873 bottom.
19874
19875 \(fn)" t nil)
19876
19877 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
19878 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
19879
19880 \(fn)" t nil)
19881
19882 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19883 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
19884
19885 \(fn)" t nil)
19886
19887 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
19888 Toggle printing with faces.
19889
19890 \(fn)" t nil)
19891
19892 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
19893 Toggle spooling.
19894
19895 \(fn)" t nil)
19896
19897 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
19898 Toggle duplex.
19899
19900 \(fn)" t nil)
19901
19902 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
19903 Toggle tumble.
19904
19905 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
19906 right.
19907 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
19908 bottom.
19909
19910 \(fn)" t nil)
19911
19912 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
19913 Toggle landscape.
19914
19915 \(fn)" t nil)
19916
19917 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
19918 Toggle upside-down.
19919
19920 \(fn)" t nil)
19921
19922 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
19923 Toggle line number.
19924
19925 \(fn)" t nil)
19926
19927 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
19928 Toggle zebra stripes.
19929
19930 \(fn)" t nil)
19931
19932 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
19933 Toggle printing header.
19934
19935 \(fn)" t nil)
19936
19937 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
19938 Toggle printing header frame.
19939
19940 \(fn)" t nil)
19941
19942 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
19943 Toggle menu lock.
19944
19945 \(fn)" t nil)
19946
19947 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
19948 Toggle auto region.
19949
19950 \(fn)" t nil)
19951
19952 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
19953 Toggle auto mode.
19954
19955 \(fn)" t nil)
19956
19957 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
19958 Customization of the `printing' group.
19959
19960 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19961
19962 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
19963 Customization of the `lpr' group.
19964
19965 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19966
19967 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
19968 Help for the printing package.
19969
19970 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19971
19972 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
19973 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
19974
19975 \(fn)" t nil)
19976
19977 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
19978 Interactively select a text printer.
19979
19980 \(fn)" t nil)
19981
19982 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
19983 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
19984
19985 \(fn)" t nil)
19986
19987 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
19988 Show current ps-print settings.
19989
19990 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19991
19992 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
19993 Show current printing settings.
19994
19995 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19996
19997 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
19998 Show current lpr settings.
19999
20000 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20001
20002 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20003 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
20004
20005 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20006 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20007 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20008 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
20009
20010
20011 Interactively, you have the following situations:
20012
20013 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20014 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
20015 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
20016
20017 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20018 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20019 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
20020 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
20021 current active printer.
20022
20023 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20024 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
20025 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20026 printer.
20027
20028 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20029 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
20030 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
20031 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
20032 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20033
20034
20035 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
20036 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
20037
20038 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
20039
20040 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
20041 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
20042 be done using the new current active printer.
20043
20044 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
20045 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20046 printer.
20047
20048 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
20049 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
20050 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
20051 instead of sending it to the printer.
20052
20053 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
20054 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
20055 printer.
20056
20057 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
20058
20059
20060 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
20061 are both set to t.
20062
20063 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
20064
20065 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20066 Fast fire function for text printing.
20067
20068 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20069 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20070 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20071 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
20072
20073 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20074 user for a new active text printer.
20075
20076 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
20077
20078 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
20079
20080 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
20081 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
20082 printer.
20083
20084 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
20085
20086 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
20087 are both set to t.
20088
20089 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
20090
20091 ;;;***
20092 \f
20093 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
20094 ;;;;;; (17277 60154))
20095 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
20096
20097 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
20098 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
20099 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
20100 Commands:
20101 \\{prolog-mode-map}
20102 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
20103 if that value is non-nil.
20104
20105 \(fn)" t nil)
20106
20107 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
20108 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
20109
20110 \(fn)" t nil)
20111
20112 ;;;***
20113 \f
20114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17187 59902))
20115 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
20116
20117 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
20118 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
20119 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
20120
20121 ;;;***
20122 \f
20123 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17277
20124 ;;;;;; 60154))
20125 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
20126
20127 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
20128 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
20129
20130 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
20131
20132 The following variables hold user options, and can
20133 be set through the `customize' command:
20134
20135 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
20136 `ps-mode-tab'
20137 `ps-mode-paper-size'
20138 `ps-mode-print-function'
20139 `ps-run-prompt'
20140 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
20141 `ps-run-x'
20142 `ps-run-dumb'
20143 `ps-run-init'
20144 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
20145 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
20146
20147 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
20148
20149
20150 \\{ps-mode-map}
20151
20152
20153 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
20154 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
20155 The keymap for this second window is:
20156
20157 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
20158
20159
20160 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
20161 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
20162 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
20163 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
20164 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
20165
20166 \(fn)" t nil)
20167
20168 ;;;***
20169 \f
20170 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
20171 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
20172 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
20173 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17226 24577))
20174 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
20175
20176 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
20177 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
20178
20179 Valid values are:
20180
20181 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
20182 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
20183 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
20184 changed by setting the variable
20185 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
20186 The initial value of this variable is
20187 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
20188 documentation).
20189
20190 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
20191 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
20192 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
20193 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
20194 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
20195 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
20196 test it.
20197
20198 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
20199 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
20200 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
20201 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
20202 source file. BDF fonts are included in
20203 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
20204 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
20205 use this value, be sure to have installed
20206 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
20207 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
20208 documentation of this variable).
20209
20210 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
20211 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
20212 characters. This is convenient when you want or
20213 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
20214 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
20215 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
20216
20217 Any other value is treated as nil.")
20218
20219 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule")
20220
20221 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
20222 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
20223 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
20224
20225 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20226
20227 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
20228 Not documented
20229
20230 \(fn)" nil nil)
20231
20232 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
20233 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
20234
20235 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
20236
20237 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
20238
20239 Returns the value:
20240
20241 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
20242
20243 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
20244 the sequence.
20245
20246 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
20247
20248 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
20249 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
20250
20251 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
20252 composition.
20253
20254 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
20255
20256 Returns the value:
20257
20258 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
20259
20260 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
20261 the sequence.
20262
20263 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
20264
20265 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
20266 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
20267
20268 \(fn)" nil nil)
20269
20270 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
20271 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
20272 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
20273
20274 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
20275
20276 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
20277 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
20278 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
20279
20280 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
20281
20282 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
20283 Not documented
20284
20285 \(fn)" nil nil)
20286
20287 ;;;***
20288 \f
20289 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
20290 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
20291 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
20292 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
20293 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
20294 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (17226
20295 ;;;;;; 24577))
20296 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
20297
20298 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
20299 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
20300 See `ps-paper-type'.")
20301
20302 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print")
20303
20304 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
20305 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
20306 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
20307 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
20308
20309 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print")
20310
20311 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
20312 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
20313
20314 Valid values are:
20315
20316 nil Do not print colors.
20317
20318 t Print colors.
20319
20320 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
20321 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
20322
20323 Any other value is treated as t.")
20324
20325 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print")
20326
20327 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
20328 Customization of ps-print group.
20329
20330 \(fn)" t nil)
20331
20332 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
20333 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
20334
20335 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
20336 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
20337 sending it to the printer.
20338
20339 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20340 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20341 image in a file with that name.
20342
20343 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20344
20345 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20346 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
20347 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20348 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20349 so it has a way to determine color values.
20350
20351 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20352
20353 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
20354 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
20355 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
20356
20357 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20358
20359 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20360 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
20361 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20362 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20363 so it has a way to determine color values.
20364
20365 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20366
20367 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
20368 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
20369 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
20370 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
20371
20372 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
20373
20374 \(fn)" t nil)
20375
20376 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20377 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
20378 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20379 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20380 so it has a way to determine color values.
20381
20382 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
20383
20384 \(fn)" t nil)
20385
20386 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
20387 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
20388 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
20389
20390 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
20391
20392 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
20393
20394 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20395 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
20396 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20397 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20398 so it has a way to determine color values.
20399
20400 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
20401
20402 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
20403
20404 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
20405 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20406
20407 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
20408 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20409 instead of sending it to the printer.
20410
20411 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20412 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20413 image in a file with that name.
20414
20415 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20416
20417 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
20418 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
20419 Done using the current ps-print setup.
20420 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
20421 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
20422
20423 \(fn)" t nil)
20424
20425 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
20426 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
20427 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
20428
20429 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
20430
20431 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
20432 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
20433 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
20434
20435 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
20436
20437 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
20438 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
20439
20440 \(fn)" nil nil)
20441
20442 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
20443 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
20444
20445 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
20446 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
20447
20448 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
20449 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
20450
20451 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
20452
20453 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
20454
20455 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
20456
20457 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
20458 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
20459
20460 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
20461 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
20462
20463 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
20464 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
20465
20466 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
20467
20468 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
20469
20470 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
20471
20472 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
20473 foreground and background colors respectively.
20474
20475 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
20476 bold - use bold font.
20477 italic - use italic font.
20478 underline - put a line under text.
20479 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
20480 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
20481 shadow - text will have a shadow.
20482 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
20483 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
20484
20485 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
20486
20487 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
20488
20489 ;;;***
20490 \f
20491 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
20492 ;;;;;; (17238 21257))
20493 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
20494
20495 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
20496
20497 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
20498
20499 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
20500
20501 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
20502 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
20503 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
20504 buffer automatically.
20505 If there is a process already running in `*Python*', switch to
20506 that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit the initial
20507 command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args will be added
20508 to this as appropriate. Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook'
20509 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
20510 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
20511
20512 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW)" t nil)
20513
20514 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
20515 Major mode for editing Python files.
20516 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is required for correct
20517 parsing of the source.
20518 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
20519 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
20520 commands for running Python under Emacs.
20521
20522 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
20523 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
20524 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
20525 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
20526 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
20527 \\<python-mode-map>
20528 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
20529 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
20530 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
20531 deletes a charcter backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
20532 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
20533 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
20534
20535 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multiline strings appropriately, but has no
20536 effect outside them.
20537
20538 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
20539 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
20540 lines count as headers.
20541
20542 \\{python-mode-map}
20543
20544 \(fn)" t nil)
20545
20546 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
20547 Major mode for editing Jython files.
20548 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
20549 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
20550
20551 \(fn)" t nil)
20552
20553 ;;;***
20554 \f
20555 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
20556 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
20557 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
20558
20559 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
20560 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
20561 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
20562 coding-system.
20563
20564 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
20565 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
20566
20567 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
20568 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
20569 them into characters should be done separately.
20570
20571 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
20572
20573 ;;;***
20574 \f
20575 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
20576 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
20577 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
20578 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
20579 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17257 22483))
20580 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
20581
20582 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
20583 Return the title of the current Quail package.
20584
20585 \(fn)" nil nil)
20586
20587 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
20588 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
20589 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
20590
20591 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
20592 `quail-activate', which see.
20593
20594 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
20595
20596 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
20597 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
20598 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
20599 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
20600 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
20601 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
20602 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
20603
20604 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
20605 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
20606 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
20607 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
20608 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
20609 shown.
20610 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
20611
20612 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
20613 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
20614 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
20615 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
20616 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
20617 list of candidates.
20618
20619 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
20620 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
20621 command to be called.
20622
20623 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
20624 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
20625 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
20626 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
20627
20628 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
20629 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
20630 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
20631 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
20632 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
20633 to t.
20634
20635 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
20636 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
20637 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
20638 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
20639
20640 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
20641 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
20642 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
20643 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
20644
20645 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
20646 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
20647 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
20648 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
20649 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
20650 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
20651
20652 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
20653 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
20654 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
20655 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
20656 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
20657 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
20658
20659 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
20660 covers Quail translation region.
20661
20662 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
20663 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
20664 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
20665 for it) is inserted.
20666
20667 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
20668 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
20669 vs. corresponding command to be called.
20670
20671 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
20672 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
20673 non-Quail commands.
20674
20675 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
20676
20677 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
20678 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
20679
20680 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
20681 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
20682 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
20683 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
20684 you type is correctly handled.
20685
20686 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
20687
20688 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
20689 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
20690
20691 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
20692 keyboard type.
20693
20694 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
20695
20696 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
20697 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
20698 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
20699 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
20700 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
20701 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
20702 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
20703 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
20704 for the translation.
20705 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
20706
20707 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
20708 it is used to handle KEY.
20709
20710 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
20711 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
20712 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
20713 the following annotation types are supported.
20714
20715 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
20716 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
20717
20718 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
20719 candidate list.
20720
20721 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
20722 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
20723 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
20724 inserted.
20725
20726 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
20727 generated for the following translations.
20728
20729 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
20730
20731 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
20732 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
20733
20734 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
20735 which to install MAP.
20736
20737 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
20738
20739 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
20740
20741 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
20742 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
20743
20744 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
20745 which to install MAP.
20746
20747 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
20748
20749 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
20750
20751 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
20752 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
20753 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
20754 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
20755 a function, or a cons.
20756 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
20757 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
20758 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
20759 for the translation.
20760 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
20761 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
20762 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
20763 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
20764 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
20765
20766 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
20767 it is used to handle KEY.
20768
20769 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
20770 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
20771 current Quail package.
20772
20773 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
20774 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
20775
20776 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
20777
20778 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
20779 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
20780
20781 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
20782 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
20783
20784 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
20785
20786 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
20787 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
20788
20789 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
20790
20791 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
20792 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
20793 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
20794 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
20795 of the Emacs source tree.
20796
20797 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
20798 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
20799
20800 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
20801 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
20802 of each directory.
20803
20804 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
20805
20806 ;;;***
20807 \f
20808 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
20809 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
20810 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17187
20811 ;;;;;; 59902))
20812 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
20813
20814 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
20815 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
20816 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
20817 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
20818
20819 To make use of this do something like:
20820
20821 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
20822
20823 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
20824
20825 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
20826 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
20827
20828 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
20829 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
20830 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
20831
20832 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
20833
20834 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
20835 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
20836
20837 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
20838
20839 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
20840 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
20841
20842 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
20843 is decided.
20844
20845 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
20846
20847 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
20848 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
20849
20850 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
20851 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
20852 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
20853
20854 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
20855
20856 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
20857 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
20858
20859 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
20860
20861 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
20862 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
20863
20864 \(fn)" t nil)
20865
20866 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
20867 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
20868
20869 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
20870
20871 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
20872
20873 \(fn)" t nil)
20874
20875 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
20876 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
20877
20878 \(fn)" t nil)
20879
20880 ;;;***
20881 \f
20882 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc) "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (17263 27852))
20883 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
20884
20885 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
20886 Connect to IRC.
20887
20888 If any of the the optional SERVER, PORT, NICK or CHANNELS are not
20889 supplied, they are taken from the variables `rcirc-server',
20890 `rcirc-port', `rcirc-nick', and `rcirc-startup-channels-alist',
20891 respectively.
20892
20893 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK CHANNELS)" t nil)
20894
20895 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
20896
20897 ;;;***
20898 \f
20899 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17226
20900 ;;;;;; 24576))
20901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
20902
20903 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
20904 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
20905 See \\[compile].
20906
20907 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
20908
20909 ;;;***
20910 \f
20911 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
20912 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
20913 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
20914
20915 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
20916
20917 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
20918 Construct a regexp interactively.
20919
20920 \(fn)" t nil)
20921
20922 ;;;***
20923 \f
20924 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17238 21257))
20925 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
20926
20927 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
20928 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
20929 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
20930 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20931 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
20932
20933 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf")
20934
20935 (put (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
20936
20937 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
20938 Toggle recentf mode.
20939 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
20940 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
20941
20942 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
20943 that were operated on recently.
20944
20945 \\{recentf-mode-map}
20946
20947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20948
20949 ;;;***
20950 \f
20951 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
20952 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
20953 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
20954 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17226
20955 ;;;;;; 24577))
20956 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
20957
20958 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
20959 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
20960 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
20961 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
20962
20963 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
20964
20965 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
20966
20967 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
20968 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
20969 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
20970 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
20971 ends.
20972
20973 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20974 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
20975 to be deleted.
20976
20977 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
20978
20979 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
20980 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
20981 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
20982
20983 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20984 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
20985 deleted.
20986
20987 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
20988
20989 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
20990 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
20991 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
20992
20993 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
20994
20995 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
20996 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
20997
20998 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20999 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
21000
21001 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21002 deleted.
21003
21004 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21005
21006 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
21007 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
21008
21009 \(fn)" t nil)
21010
21011 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
21012 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
21013 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
21014 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
21015 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
21016 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
21017 and point is at the lower right corner.
21018
21019 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
21020
21021 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
21022 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
21023
21024 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
21025 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
21026
21027 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21028 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
21029 on the right side of the rectangle.
21030
21031 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21032
21033 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
21034
21035 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
21036 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
21037 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
21038 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
21039 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
21040
21041 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21042 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
21043
21044 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21045
21046 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
21047 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
21048 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
21049
21050 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
21051
21052 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
21053
21054 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
21055
21056 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
21057 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
21058
21059 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21060 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
21061 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
21062
21063 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
21064
21065 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
21066 Blank out the region-rectangle.
21067 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
21068
21069 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21070 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
21071 rectangle which were empty.
21072
21073 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21074
21075 ;;;***
21076 \f
21077 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17187
21078 ;;;;;; 59902))
21079 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
21080
21081 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
21082 Toggle Refill minor mode.
21083 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
21084
21085 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
21086 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
21087 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
21088
21089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21090
21091 ;;;***
21092 \f
21093 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
21094 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17277 59650))
21095 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
21096
21097 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
21098 Turn on RefTeX mode.
21099
21100 \(fn)" nil nil)
21101
21102 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
21103 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
21104
21105 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
21106 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
21107
21108 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
21109 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
21110 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
21111 \\ref macro.
21112
21113 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
21114 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
21115 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
21116
21117 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
21118 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
21119 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
21120
21121 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
21122 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
21123
21124 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
21125 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
21126
21127 \\{reftex-mode-map}
21128 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
21129 on the menu bar.
21130
21131 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
21132
21133 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21134
21135 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
21136 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
21137 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
21138
21139 \(fn)" nil nil)
21140
21141 ;;;***
21142 \f
21143 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
21144 ;;;;;; (17226 24577))
21145 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
21146
21147 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
21148 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
21149 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
21150 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
21151 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
21152 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
21153
21154 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
21155
21156 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
21157
21158 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
21159 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
21160 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
21161 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
21162 `reftex-cite-format'.
21163
21164 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
21165 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
21166 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
21167 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
21168
21169 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
21170
21171 ;;;***
21172 \f
21173 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
21174 ;;;;;; (17226 24577))
21175 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
21176
21177 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
21178 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
21179 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
21180 the current TeX document.
21181
21182 With no argument, this command toggles
21183 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
21184 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
21185
21186 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21187
21188 ;;;***
21189 \f
21190 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
21191 ;;;;;; (17226 24577))
21192 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
21193
21194 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
21195 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
21196 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
21197
21198 To insert new phrases, use
21199 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
21200 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
21201
21202 To index phrases use one of:
21203
21204 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
21205 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
21206 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
21207 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
21208 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
21209
21210 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
21211 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
21212
21213 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
21214
21215 Here are all local bindings.
21216
21217 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
21218
21219 \(fn)" t nil)
21220
21221 ;;;***
21222 \f
21223 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
21224 ;;;;;; (17226 24578))
21225 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
21226
21227 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
21228 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
21229 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
21230 of master file.
21231
21232 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
21233
21234 ;;;***
21235 \f
21236 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
21237 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
21238 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
21239
21240 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
21241 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
21242 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
21243 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
21244 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
21245 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
21246
21247 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
21248 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
21249
21250 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
21251 by \\=\\< and \\>.
21252
21253 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
21254
21255 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
21256 Return the depth of REGEXP.
21257 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
21258 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
21259
21260 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
21261
21262 ;;;***
21263 \f
21264 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17187 59902))
21265 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
21266
21267 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
21268 Repeat most recently executed command.
21269 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
21270 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
21271 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
21272
21273 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
21274 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
21275 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
21276
21277 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
21278
21279 ;;;***
21280 \f
21281 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
21282 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
21283 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
21284
21285 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
21286 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
21287
21288 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
21289 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
21290 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
21291 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
21292 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
21293 and point is left after the salutation.
21294
21295 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
21296 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
21297 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
21298 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
21299 left after that text.
21300
21301 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
21302 is non-nil.
21303
21304 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
21305 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
21306 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
21307 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
21308
21309 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
21310
21311 ;;;***
21312 \f
21313 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
21314 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
21315 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
21316
21317 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
21318 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
21319 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
21320 visibility of comments that precede it.
21321 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
21322 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
21323 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
21324 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
21325 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
21326 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
21327 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
21328 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
21329 the comment lines.
21330 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
21331 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
21332 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
21333 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
21334 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
21335
21336 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21337 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
21338
21339 ;;;***
21340 \f
21341 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17187
21342 ;;;;;; 59902))
21343 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
21344
21345 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
21346 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
21347
21348 \(fn)" nil nil)
21349
21350 ;;;***
21351 \f
21352 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
21353 ;;;;;; (17277 59650))
21354 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
21355
21356 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
21357 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
21358 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
21359
21360 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
21361 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
21362 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
21363
21364 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21365
21366 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
21367 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
21368 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21369 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21370 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
21371
21372 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
21373
21374 (put (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
21375
21376 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
21377 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
21378 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
21379
21380 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
21381 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
21382 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
21383
21384 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21385
21386 ;;;***
21387 \f
21388 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
21389 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
21390 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
21391
21392 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
21393 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
21394
21395 \(fn X)" nil nil)
21396
21397 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
21398 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
21399
21400 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
21401
21402 ;;;***
21403 \f
21404 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17187 59902))
21405 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
21406 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
21407
21408 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
21409 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
21410 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
21411 other arguments for `rlogin'.
21412
21413 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
21414
21415 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
21416 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
21417 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
21418 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
21419
21420 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
21421 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
21422
21423 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
21424 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
21425
21426 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
21427 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
21428 INPUT-ARGS.
21429
21430 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
21431 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
21432 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
21433 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
21434 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
21435
21436 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
21437 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
21438 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
21439 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
21440
21441 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
21442 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
21443 variable.
21444
21445 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21446
21447 ;;;***
21448 \f
21449 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
21450 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
21451 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
21452 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
21453 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
21454 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
21455 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (17226
21456 ;;;;;; 24576))
21457 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
21458
21459 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
21460 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
21461 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
21462
21463 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
21464
21465 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
21466 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
21467 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
21468 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
21469
21470 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail")
21471
21472 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
21473 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
21474 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
21475 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
21476 value is the user's email address and name.)
21477 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
21478
21479 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
21480 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
21481 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
21482 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
21483 which normally happens once for each message,
21484 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
21485 To make a change in this variable take effect
21486 for a message that you have already viewed,
21487 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
21488
21489 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail")
21490
21491 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
21492 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
21493 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
21494 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
21495
21496 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail")
21497
21498 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
21499 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
21500
21501 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail")
21502
21503 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
21504 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
21505 A value of nil means don't highlight.
21506 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
21507
21508 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail")
21509
21510 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
21511 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
21512
21513 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail")
21514
21515 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
21516 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
21517
21518 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail")
21519
21520 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
21521 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
21522 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
21523 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
21524 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
21525
21526 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail")
21527
21528 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
21529 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
21530 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
21531 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
21532
21533 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail")
21534
21535 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
21536 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
21537
21538 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail")
21539
21540 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
21541 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
21542
21543 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail")
21544
21545 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
21546 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
21547
21548 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail")
21549
21550 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
21551 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
21552
21553 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
21554 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
21555
21556 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
21557 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
21558
21559 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail")
21560
21561 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
21562 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
21563
21564 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
21565 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
21566 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
21567 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
21568
21569 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
21570 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
21571
21572 This is set to nil by default.")
21573
21574 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
21575 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
21576 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
21577 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
21578 until a user explicitly requires it.")
21579
21580 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail")
21581
21582 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
21583 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
21584 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
21585 It is called with no argument.")
21586
21587 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
21588 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
21589 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
21590 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
21591 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
21592 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
21593 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
21594
21595 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
21596 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
21597 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
21598 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
21599 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
21600 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
21601
21602 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
21603 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
21604 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
21605 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
21606 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
21607
21608 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
21609 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
21610 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
21611 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
21612 MSG is the message number,
21613 REGEXP is the regular expression,
21614 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
21615
21616 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
21617 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
21618 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
21619 this feature is required with `require'.")
21620
21621 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
21622 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
21623 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
21624 the message is decoded as normal way.
21625
21626 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
21627 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
21628 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
21629
21630 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?" "\
21631 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
21632 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
21633
21634 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
21635 Read and edit incoming mail.
21636 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
21637 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
21638 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
21639
21640 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
21641 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
21642 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
21643 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
21644
21645 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
21646
21647 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
21648
21649 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
21650 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
21651 All normal editing commands are turned off.
21652 Instead, these commands are available:
21653
21654 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
21655 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
21656 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
21657 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
21658 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
21659 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
21660 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
21661 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
21662 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
21663 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
21664 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
21665 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
21666 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
21667 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
21668 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
21669 till a deleted message is found.
21670 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
21671 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
21672 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
21673 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
21674 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
21675 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
21676 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
21677 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
21678 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
21679 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
21680 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
21681 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
21682 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
21683 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
21684 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
21685 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
21686 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
21687 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
21688 (label defaults to last one specified).
21689 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
21690 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
21691 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
21692 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
21693 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
21694 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
21695 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
21696 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
21697 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
21698
21699 \(fn)" t nil)
21700
21701 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
21702 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
21703
21704 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21705
21706 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
21707 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
21708
21709 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
21710
21711 ;;;***
21712 \f
21713 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
21714 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
21715 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
21716
21717 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
21718 Edit the contents of this message.
21719
21720 \(fn)" t nil)
21721
21722 ;;;***
21723 \f
21724 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
21725 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
21726 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17187 59902))
21727 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
21728
21729 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
21730 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
21731 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
21732
21733 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
21734
21735 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
21736 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
21737 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
21738
21739 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
21740
21741 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
21742 Not documented
21743
21744 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
21745
21746 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
21747 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
21748 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
21749 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
21750 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
21751
21752 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
21753
21754 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
21755 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
21756 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
21757 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
21758 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
21759
21760 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
21761
21762 ;;;***
21763 \f
21764 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
21765 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
21766 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
21767
21768 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
21769 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
21770 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
21771 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
21772
21773 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
21774
21775 ;;;***
21776 \f
21777 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
21778 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
21779 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17263 27852))
21780 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
21781
21782 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
21783 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
21784 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
21785 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
21786 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
21787 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
21788 a file name as a string.")
21789
21790 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout")
21791
21792 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
21793 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
21794 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
21795 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
21796 buffer visiting that file.
21797 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
21798 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
21799
21800 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
21801 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
21802
21803 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
21804 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
21805
21806 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
21807 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
21808
21809 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
21810
21811 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
21812 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
21813
21814 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout")
21815
21816 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
21817 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
21818 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
21819 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
21820 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
21821
21822 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
21823 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
21824 will be appended with their original headers.
21825
21826 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
21827 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
21828
21829 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
21830 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
21831
21832 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
21833
21834 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
21835
21836 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
21837 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
21838 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
21839
21840 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
21841
21842 ;;;***
21843 \f
21844 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
21845 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
21846 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17187
21847 ;;;;;; 59902))
21848 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
21849
21850 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
21851 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
21852 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21853
21854 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21855
21856 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
21857 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
21858 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21859
21860 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21861
21862 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
21863 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
21864 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21865
21866 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21867
21868 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
21869 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
21870 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21871
21872 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21873
21874 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
21875 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
21876 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21877
21878 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21879
21880 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
21881 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
21882 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21883
21884 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21885
21886 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
21887 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
21888 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21889 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
21890
21891 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
21892
21893 ;;;***
21894 \f
21895 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
21896 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
21897 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
21898 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
21899 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17226 24576))
21900 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
21901
21902 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
21903 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
21904
21905 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
21906
21907 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
21908 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
21909
21910 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
21911
21912 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
21913 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
21914
21915 \(fn)" t nil)
21916
21917 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
21918 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
21919 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
21920
21921 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
21922
21923 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
21924 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
21925 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
21926 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
21927 only look in the To and From fields.
21928 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
21929
21930 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
21931
21932 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
21933 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
21934 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
21935 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
21936 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
21937
21938 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
21939
21940 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
21941 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
21942 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
21943 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
21944 look in the whole message.
21945 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
21946
21947 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
21948
21949 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
21950 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
21951 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
21952
21953 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
21954
21955 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
21956 *Function to decode summary-line.
21957
21958 By default, `identity' is set.")
21959
21960 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum")
21961
21962 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
21963 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
21964 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
21965 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
21966 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
21967 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
21968 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
21969
21970 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
21971 sent by you under different user names.
21972 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
21973
21974 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
21975
21976 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
21977
21978 ;;;***
21979 \f
21980 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
21981 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
21982 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
21983
21984 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
21985 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
21986 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
21987 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
21988
21989 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
21990
21991 ;;;***
21992 \f
21993 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
21994 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17187 59902))
21995 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
21996
21997 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
21998 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
21999
22000 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
22001
22002 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
22003 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
22004
22005 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
22006
22007 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
22008 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
22009
22010 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22011
22012 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
22013 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
22014 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
22015
22016 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
22017 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
22018 in rot 13.
22019
22020 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
22021
22022 \(fn)" t nil)
22023
22024 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
22025 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
22026
22027 \(fn)" t nil)
22028
22029 ;;;***
22030 \f
22031 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
22032 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
22033 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
22034 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
22035 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
22036 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
22037
22038 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
22039 *This variable is obsolete.")
22040
22041 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini")
22042
22043 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
22044 *This variable is obsolete.")
22045
22046 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini")
22047
22048 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
22049 *This variable is obsolete.")
22050
22051 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini")
22052
22053 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
22054 *This variable is obsolete.")
22055
22056 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini")
22057
22058 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
22059 *This variable is obsolete.")
22060
22061 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini")
22062
22063 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
22064 *This variable is obsolete.")
22065
22066 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini")
22067
22068 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
22069 This function is obsolete.
22070
22071 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
22072
22073 ;;;***
22074 \f
22075 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17187
22076 ;;;;;; 59902))
22077 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
22078
22079 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
22080 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
22081
22082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22083
22084 ;;;***
22085 \f
22086 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17187
22087 ;;;;;; 59901))
22088 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
22089
22090 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
22091 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
22092 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
22093 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
22094
22095 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
22096
22097 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
22098 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
22099 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
22100 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
22101
22102 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
22103 notation.
22104
22105 STRING
22106 matches string STRING literally.
22107
22108 CHAR
22109 matches character CHAR literally.
22110
22111 `not-newline', `nonl'
22112 matches any character except a newline.
22113 .
22114 `anything'
22115 matches any character
22116
22117 `(any SET ...)'
22118 `(in SET ...)'
22119 `(char SET ...)'
22120 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
22121 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
22122 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
22123
22124 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
22125 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
22126 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
22127 `word', or one of their synonyms.
22128
22129 `(not (any SET ...))'
22130 matches any character not in SET ...
22131
22132 `line-start', `bol'
22133 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
22134 in the text being matched
22135
22136 `line-end', `eol'
22137 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
22138
22139 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
22140 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
22141 string being matched against.
22142
22143 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
22144 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
22145 string being matched against.
22146
22147 `buffer-start'
22148 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
22149 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
22150
22151 `buffer-end'
22152 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
22153 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
22154
22155 `point'
22156 matches the empty string, but only at point.
22157
22158 `word-start', `bow'
22159 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
22160 word.
22161
22162 `word-end', `eow'
22163 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
22164
22165 `word-boundary'
22166 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
22167 word.
22168
22169 `(not word-boundary)'
22170 `not-word-boundary'
22171 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
22172 word.
22173
22174 `digit', `numeric', `num'
22175 matches 0 through 9.
22176
22177 `control', `cntrl'
22178 matches ASCII control characters.
22179
22180 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
22181 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
22182
22183 `blank'
22184 matches space and tab only.
22185
22186 `graphic', `graph'
22187 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
22188 space, and DEL.
22189
22190 `printing', `print'
22191 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
22192 and DEL.
22193
22194 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
22195 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
22196 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
22197
22198 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
22199 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
22200 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
22201
22202 `ascii'
22203 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
22204
22205 `nonascii'
22206 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
22207
22208 `lower', `lower-case'
22209 matches anything lower-case.
22210
22211 `upper', `upper-case'
22212 matches anything upper-case.
22213
22214 `punctuation', `punct'
22215 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
22216 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
22217
22218 `space', `whitespace', `white'
22219 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
22220
22221 `word', `wordchar'
22222 matches anything that has word syntax.
22223
22224 `not-wordchar'
22225 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
22226
22227 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
22228 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
22229 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
22230 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
22231
22232 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
22233 `punctuation' (\\s.)
22234 `word' (\\sw)
22235 `symbol' (\\s_)
22236 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
22237 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
22238 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
22239 `string-quote' (\\s\")
22240 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
22241 `escape' (\\s\\)
22242 `character-quote' (\\s/)
22243 `comment-start' (\\s<)
22244 `comment-end' (\\s>)
22245 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
22246 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
22247
22248 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
22249 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
22250
22251 `(category CATEGORY)'
22252 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
22253 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
22254
22255 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
22256 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
22257 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
22258 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
22259 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
22260 `symbol' (\\c5)
22261 `digit' (\\c6)
22262 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
22263 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
22264 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
22265 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
22266 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
22267 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
22268 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
22269 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
22270 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
22271 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
22272 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
22273 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
22274 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
22275 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
22276 `ascii' (\\ca)
22277 `arabic' (\\cb)
22278 `chinese' (\\cc)
22279 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
22280 `greek' (\\cg)
22281 `korean' (\\ch)
22282 `indian' (\\ci)
22283 `japanese' (\\cj)
22284 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
22285 `latin' (\\cl)
22286 `lao' (\\co)
22287 `tibetan' (\\cq)
22288 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
22289 `thai' (\\ct)
22290 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
22291 `hebrew' (\\cw)
22292 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
22293 `can-break' (\\c|)
22294
22295 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
22296 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
22297
22298 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22299 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22300 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22301 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22302 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
22303
22304 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22305 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22306 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
22307 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
22308
22309 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22310 another name for `submatch'.
22311
22312 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22313 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22314 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
22315 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
22316 regular expression.
22317
22318 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
22319 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
22320 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
22321 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
22322 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
22323
22324 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
22325 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
22326
22327 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
22328 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
22329
22330 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
22331 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
22332 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
22333
22334 `(* SEXP ...)'
22335 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
22336 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
22337
22338 `(*? SEXP ...)'
22339 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
22340 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
22341
22342 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
22343 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
22344 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
22345
22346 `(+ SEXP ...)'
22347 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
22348
22349 `(+? SEXP ...)'
22350 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
22351
22352 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
22353 `(optional SEXP ...)'
22354 `(opt SEXP ...)'
22355 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
22356
22357 `(? SEXP ...)'
22358 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
22359
22360 `(?? SEXP ...)'
22361 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
22362
22363 `(repeat N SEXP)'
22364 `(= N SEXP ...)'
22365 matches N occurrences.
22366
22367 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
22368 matches N or more occurrences.
22369
22370 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
22371 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
22372 matches N to M occurrences.
22373
22374 `(backref N)'
22375 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
22376
22377 `(backref N)'
22378 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
22379
22380 `(backref N)'
22381 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
22382
22383 `(eval FORM)'
22384 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
22385 `regexp-quote' it.
22386
22387 `(regexp REGEXP)'
22388 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
22389
22390 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
22391
22392 ;;;***
22393 \f
22394 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
22395 ;;;;;; (17277 59650))
22396 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
22397
22398 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
22399 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
22400 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
22401 interface.")
22402
22403 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist")
22404
22405 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
22406 Toggle savehist-mode.
22407 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
22408 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
22409 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
22410 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
22411
22412 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
22413 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
22414 which is probably undesirable.
22415
22416 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22417
22418 ;;;***
22419 \f
22420 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
22421 ;;;;;; (17277 60154))
22422 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
22423
22424 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
22425 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
22426 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
22427
22428 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
22429 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
22430 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
22431 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
22432 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
22433 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
22434 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
22435 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
22436
22437 Commands:
22438 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
22439 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
22440 \\{scheme-mode-map}
22441 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
22442 if that value is non-nil.
22443
22444 \(fn)" t nil)
22445
22446 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
22447 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
22448 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
22449
22450 Commands:
22451 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
22452 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
22453 \\{scheme-mode-map}
22454 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
22455 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
22456 that variable's value is a string.
22457
22458 \(fn)" t nil)
22459
22460 ;;;***
22461 \f
22462 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
22463 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
22464 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
22465
22466 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
22467 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
22468 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
22469
22470 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
22471
22472 \(fn)" t nil)
22473
22474 ;;;***
22475 \f
22476 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (17187
22477 ;;;;;; 59902))
22478 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
22479
22480 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
22481 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
22482 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
22483 \\{scribe-mode-map}
22484
22485 Interesting variables:
22486
22487 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
22488 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
22489
22490 `scribe-electric-quote'
22491 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
22492
22493 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
22494 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
22495 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
22496
22497 \(fn)" t nil)
22498
22499 ;;;***
22500 \f
22501 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
22502 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
22503 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
22504
22505 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
22506 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
22507 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22508 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22509 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
22510
22511 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all")
22512
22513 (put (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
22514
22515 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
22516 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
22517 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
22518 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
22519 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
22520
22521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22522
22523 ;;;***
22524 \f
22525 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
22526 ;;;;;; (17187 59900))
22527 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
22528
22529 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
22530 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
22531 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
22532 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
22533 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
22534 during scrolling.
22535
22536 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22537
22538 ;;;***
22539 \f
22540 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
22541 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
22542 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
22543 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
22544 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
22545 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
22546 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-yank-ignored-headers
22547 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
22548 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17277 60154))
22549 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
22550
22551 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
22552 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
22553
22554 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
22555 king@grassland.com
22556 If `parens', they look like:
22557 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
22558 If `angles', they look like:
22559 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
22560 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
22561 derived from the envelope-from address.
22562
22563 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
22564 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
22565 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
22566 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
22567
22568 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail")
22569
22570 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
22571 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
22572 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
22573 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
22574
22575 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
22576 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
22577 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
22578 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
22579
22580 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail")
22581
22582 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
22583 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
22584 This is done when the message is initialized,
22585 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
22586
22587 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail")
22588
22589 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
22590 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
22591 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
22592
22593 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail")
22594
22595 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:\\|^mail-reply-to:\\|^mail-followup-to:" "\
22596 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
22597
22598 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-ignored-headers) "sendmail")
22599
22600 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
22601 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
22602 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
22603 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
22604 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
22605 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
22606 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
22607
22608 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail")
22609
22610 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
22611 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
22612
22613 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail")
22614
22615 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
22616 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
22617 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
22618
22619 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail")
22620
22621 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
22622 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
22623 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
22624 when you first send mail.")
22625
22626 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail")
22627
22628 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
22629 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
22630 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
22631 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
22632 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
22633
22634 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail")
22635
22636 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
22637 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
22638 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
22639 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
22640 This file need not actually exist.")
22641
22642 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail")
22643
22644 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
22645 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
22646 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
22647
22648 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail")
22649
22650 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
22651 Alist of mail address aliases,
22652 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
22653 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
22654 can specify a different file name.)
22655 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
22656 alias ALIAS MEANING")
22657
22658 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
22659 *Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
22660 nil means use indentation.")
22661
22662 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail")
22663
22664 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
22665 *Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
22666 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
22667
22668 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail")
22669
22670 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
22671 *Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
22672 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
22673 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
22674 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
22675 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
22676 in the cited portion of the message.
22677
22678 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
22679 instead of no action.")
22680
22681 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail")
22682
22683 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
22684 *Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
22685 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
22686 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
22687 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
22688
22689 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail")
22690
22691 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
22692 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
22693 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
22694 If a string, that string is inserted.
22695 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
22696 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
22697 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
22698 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
22699
22700 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail")
22701
22702 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
22703 *File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
22704
22705 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail")
22706
22707 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
22708 *Directory for mail buffers.
22709 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
22710 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
22711
22712 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail")
22713
22714 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
22715 *A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
22716 It is inserted before you edit the message,
22717 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
22718
22719 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail")
22720
22721 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
22722 *If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
22723 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
22724 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
22725 is non-nil.")
22726
22727 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail")
22728
22729 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
22730 *Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
22731 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
22732 `query' means ask the user each time.
22733 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
22734 The default is `mime'.
22735 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
22736 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
22737
22738 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail")
22739
22740 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
22741 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
22742 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
22743 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
22744 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
22745 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
22746 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
22747 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
22748 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
22749 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
22750 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
22751 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
22752 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
22753 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
22754 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
22755 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
22756 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
22757
22758 \(fn)" t nil)
22759
22760 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
22761 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
22762
22763 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
22764 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
22765
22766 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail")
22767
22768 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
22769 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
22770 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
22771 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
22772 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
22773 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
22774
22775 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
22776 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
22777 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
22778
22779 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
22780 User should not set this variable manually,
22781 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
22782 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
22783 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
22784 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
22785
22786 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
22787 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
22788 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
22789 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
22790
22791 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
22792 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
22793
22794 \\<mail-mode-map>
22795 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
22796
22797 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
22798 to move to message header fields:
22799 \\{mail-mode-map}
22800
22801 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
22802 when the message is initialized.
22803
22804 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
22805 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
22806
22807 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
22808 is inserted.
22809
22810 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
22811 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
22812
22813 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
22814 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
22815 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
22816 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
22817 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
22818 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
22819 buffer without erasing the contents.
22820
22821 The second through fifth arguments,
22822 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
22823 the initial contents of those header fields.
22824 These arguments should not have final newlines.
22825 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
22826 original message being replied to, or else an action
22827 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
22828 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
22829 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
22830 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
22831 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
22832 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
22833
22834 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
22835
22836 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
22837 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
22838
22839 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
22840
22841 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
22842 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
22843
22844 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
22845
22846 ;;;***
22847 \f
22848 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
22849 ;;;;;; (17279 19612))
22850 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
22851
22852 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
22853 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
22854 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
22855 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
22856 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
22857 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
22858
22859 Prefix arg LEAVE-DEAD means just kill any existing server
22860 communications subprocess.
22861
22862 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
22863
22864 (defvar server-mode nil "\
22865 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
22866 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22867 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22868 use either \\[customize] or the function `server-mode'.")
22869
22870 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server")
22871
22872 (put (quote server-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
22873
22874 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
22875 Toggle Server mode.
22876 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
22877 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
22878 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
22879
22880 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22881
22882 ;;;***
22883 \f
22884 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17226 24577))
22885 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
22886
22887 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
22888 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
22889 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info.
22890
22891 Key definitions:
22892 \\{ses-mode-map}
22893 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
22894 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
22895 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
22896 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
22897
22898 \(fn)" t nil)
22899
22900 ;;;***
22901 \f
22902 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
22903 ;;;;;; (17277 60154))
22904 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
22905
22906 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
22907 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
22908 Makes > match <.
22909 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
22910 `sgml-quick-keys'.
22911
22912 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
22913 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
22914 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
22915
22916 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
22917 your `.emacs' file.
22918
22919 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
22920
22921 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
22922 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
22923 \\{sgml-mode-map}
22924
22925 \(fn)" t nil)
22926
22927 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
22928
22929 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
22930 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
22931 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
22932 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
22933 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
22934 which this is based.
22935
22936 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
22937
22938 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
22939 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
22940 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
22941 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
22942
22943 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
22944 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
22945 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
22946
22947 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
22948 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
22949 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
22950 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
22951
22952 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
22953 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
22954 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
22955 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
22956
22957 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
22958
22959 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
22960 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
22961 To work around that, do:
22962 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
22963
22964 \\{html-mode-map}
22965
22966 \(fn)" t nil)
22967
22968 ;;;***
22969 \f
22970 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
22971 ;;;;;; (17277 60154))
22972 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
22973
22974 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
22975 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
22976 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
22977 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
22978 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
22979 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
22980
22981 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
22982 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
22983 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
22984 shell-specific features.
22985
22986 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
22987 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
22988 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
22989
22990 \\[sh-case] case statement
22991 \\[sh-for] for loop
22992 \\[sh-function] function definition
22993 \\[sh-if] if statement
22994 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
22995 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
22996 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
22997 \\[sh-select] select loop
22998 \\[sh-until] until loop
22999 \\[sh-while] while loop
23000
23001 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
23002 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
23003 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
23004 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
23005 would indent to the way it currently is.
23006 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
23007 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
23008
23009
23010 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
23011 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
23012 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
23013 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
23014 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
23015 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
23016
23017 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
23018 {, (, [, ', \", `
23019 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
23020
23021 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
23022 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
23023 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
23024
23025 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
23026 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
23027
23028 \(fn)" t nil)
23029
23030 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
23031
23032 ;;;***
23033 \f
23034 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17187 59901))
23035 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
23036
23037 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
23038 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
23039 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
23040 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
23041 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
23042 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
23043
23044 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
23045
23046 ;;;***
23047 \f
23048 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
23049 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
23050 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
23051
23052 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
23053 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
23054
23055 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
23056 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
23057 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
23058 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
23059 the earlier.
23060
23061 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
23062
23063 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
23064
23065 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
23066 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
23067 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
23068
23069 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
23070 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
23071
23072 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
23073 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
23074 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
23075 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
23076 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
23077 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
23078 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
23079 emacs version).
23080
23081 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
23082 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
23083 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
23084 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
23085 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
23086
23087 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
23088 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
23089 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
23090
23091 \(fn)" t nil)
23092
23093 ;;;***
23094 \f
23095 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
23096 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17226
23097 ;;;;;; 24577))
23098 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
23099
23100 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
23101 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
23102 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
23103 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
23104 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
23105 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
23106 in the cluster.
23107
23108 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
23109
23110 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
23111 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
23112 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
23113 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
23114 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
23115
23116 \(fn)" t nil)
23117
23118 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
23119 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
23120 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
23121 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
23122 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
23123 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
23124 `shadow-define-cluster').
23125
23126 \(fn)" t nil)
23127
23128 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
23129 Set up file shadowing.
23130
23131 \(fn)" t nil)
23132
23133 ;;;***
23134 \f
23135 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
23136 ;;;;;; (17226 24577))
23137 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
23138
23139 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
23140 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
23141 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
23142 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
23143 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
23144 arguments.")
23145
23146 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell")
23147
23148 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
23149 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
23150 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
23151 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
23152 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
23153 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
23154 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
23155 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
23156 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
23157 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
23158 discards input when it starts up.)
23159 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
23160 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
23161 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
23162
23163 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23164 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23165 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23166 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
23167 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23168 `default-process-coding-system'.
23169
23170 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
23171 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
23172 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
23173 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
23174
23175 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
23176
23177 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23178 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
23179
23180 ;;;***
23181 \f
23182 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
23183 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17226 24575))
23184 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
23185
23186 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
23187 Not documented
23188
23189 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
23190
23191 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
23192 Not documented
23193
23194 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
23195
23196 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
23197 Not documented
23198
23199 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
23200
23201 ;;;***
23202 \f
23203 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
23204 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
23205 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
23206
23207 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
23208 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
23209 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
23210 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
23211 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
23212
23213 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
23214
23215 \(fn)" t nil)
23216
23217 ;;;***
23218 \f
23219 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17277
23220 ;;;;;; 60154))
23221 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
23222
23223 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
23224 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
23225 \\{simula-mode-map}
23226 Variables controlling indentation style:
23227 `simula-tab-always-indent'
23228 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
23229 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
23230 `simula-indent-level'
23231 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
23232 `simula-substatement-offset'
23233 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
23234 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
23235 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
23236 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
23237 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
23238 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
23239 `simula-label-offset' -4711
23240 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
23241 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
23242 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
23243 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
23244 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
23245 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
23246 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
23247 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
23248 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
23249 `simula-electric-indent' nil
23250 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
23251 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
23252 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
23253 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
23254 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
23255 or nil if they should not be changed.
23256 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
23257 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
23258 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
23259 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
23260
23261 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
23262 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
23263
23264 \(fn)" t nil)
23265
23266 ;;;***
23267 \f
23268 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
23269 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17187 59902))
23270 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
23271
23272 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
23273 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
23274
23275 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
23276 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
23277 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
23278 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
23279
23280 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
23281
23282 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
23283 Insert SKELETON.
23284 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
23285 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
23286 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
23287 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
23288 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
23289
23290 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
23291 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
23292
23293 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
23294
23295 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
23296 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
23297
23298 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
23299 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
23300 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
23301 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
23302
23303 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
23304 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
23305 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
23306 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
23307
23308 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
23309 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
23310 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
23311
23312 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
23313 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
23314
23315 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
23316 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
23317
23318 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
23319 _ interesting point, interregion here
23320 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
23321 interesting point set by _
23322 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
23323 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
23324 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
23325 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
23326 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
23327 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
23328 nil skipped
23329
23330 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
23331 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
23332
23333 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
23334 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
23335 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
23336 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
23337 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
23338 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
23339 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
23340 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
23341
23342 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
23343 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
23344 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
23345 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
23346 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
23347 available:
23348
23349 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
23350 then: insert previously read string once more
23351 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
23352 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
23353 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
23354
23355 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
23356 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
23357
23358 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
23359
23360 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
23361 Insert the character you type ARG times.
23362
23363 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
23364 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
23365 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
23366 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
23367 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
23368 such as backslash.
23369
23370 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
23371 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
23372 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
23373
23374 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23375
23376 ;;;***
23377 \f
23378 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
23379 ;;;;;; (17257 22483))
23380 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
23381
23382 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
23383 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
23384 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
23385 buffer names.
23386
23387 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
23388
23389 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
23390 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
23391 \\{smerge-mode-map}
23392
23393 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23394
23395 ;;;***
23396 \f
23397 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
23398 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
23399 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
23400
23401 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
23402 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
23403 A list of images is returned.
23404
23405 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23406
23407 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
23408 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
23409 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
23410
23411 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23412
23413 ;;;***
23414 \f
23415 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
23416 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17277 59650))
23417 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
23418
23419 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
23420 Not documented
23421
23422 \(fn)" nil nil)
23423
23424 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
23425 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
23426
23427 \(fn)" t nil)
23428
23429 ;;;***
23430 \f
23431 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17187 59902))
23432 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
23433
23434 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
23435 Play the Snake game.
23436 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
23437
23438 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
23439
23440 Snake mode keybindings:
23441 \\<snake-mode-map>
23442 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
23443 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
23444 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
23445 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
23446 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
23447 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
23448 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
23449
23450 \(fn)" t nil)
23451
23452 ;;;***
23453 \f
23454 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
23455 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
23456 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
23457
23458 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
23459 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
23460 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
23461 Tab indents for C code.
23462 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
23463 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23464 \\{snmp-mode-map}
23465 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
23466 `snmp-mode-hook'.
23467
23468 \(fn)" t nil)
23469
23470 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
23471 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
23472 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
23473 Tab indents for C code.
23474 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
23475 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23476 \\{snmp-mode-map}
23477 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
23478 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
23479
23480 \(fn)" t nil)
23481
23482 ;;;***
23483 \f
23484 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
23485 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
23486 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17229 28052))
23487 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
23488
23489 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
23490 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
23491
23492 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
23493 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
23494 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
23495
23496 For example, the form
23497
23498 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
23499 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
23500
23501 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
23502
23503 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar")
23504
23505 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
23506 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
23507
23508 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
23509 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
23510 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
23511 York City.
23512
23513 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
23514
23515 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar")
23516
23517 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
23518 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
23519
23520 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
23521 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
23522 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
23523 York City.
23524
23525 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
23526
23527 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar")
23528
23529 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
23530 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
23531 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
23532 pair.
23533
23534 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
23535
23536 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar")
23537
23538 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
23539 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
23540 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
23541
23542 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
23543 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
23544
23545 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
23546
23547 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23548
23549 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
23550 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
23551 Requires floating point.
23552
23553 \(fn)" nil nil)
23554
23555 ;;;***
23556 \f
23557 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17187
23558 ;;;;;; 59902))
23559 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
23560
23561 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
23562 Play Solitaire.
23563
23564 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
23565 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
23566 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
23567 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
23568 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
23569 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
23570 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
23571 check after each move or undo)
23572
23573 What is Solitaire?
23574
23575 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
23576 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
23577 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
23578
23579 Le Solitaire
23580 ============
23581
23582 o o o
23583
23584 o o o
23585
23586 o o o o o o o
23587
23588 o o o . o o o
23589
23590 o o o o o o o
23591
23592 o o o
23593
23594 o o o
23595
23596 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
23597 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
23598 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
23599 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
23600
23601 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
23602 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
23603 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
23604 this: o o .
23605
23606 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
23607 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
23608
23609 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
23610
23611 o o o
23612
23613 . o o
23614
23615 o o . o o o o
23616
23617 o . o o o o o
23618
23619 o o o o o o o
23620
23621 o o o
23622
23623 o o o
23624
23625 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
23626
23627 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
23628
23629 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23630
23631 ;;;***
23632 \f
23633 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
23634 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
23635 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17187 59902))
23636 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
23637
23638 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
23639 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
23640
23641 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
23642 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
23643 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
23644 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
23645 contiguous.
23646
23647 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
23648 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
23649 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23650 the sort order.
23651
23652 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
23653 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
23654
23655 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
23656 It moves point to the start of the next record.
23657 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
23658 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
23659 is called.
23660
23661 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
23662 It should move point to the end of the record.
23663
23664 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
23665 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
23666 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
23667 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
23668 starts at the beginning of the record.
23669
23670 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
23671 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
23672 same as ENDRECFUN.
23673
23674 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
23675 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
23676
23677 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
23678
23679 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
23680 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
23681 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
23682 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
23683 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23684 the sort order.
23685
23686 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
23687
23688 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
23689 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
23690 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
23691 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
23692 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23693 the sort order.
23694
23695 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
23696
23697 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
23698 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
23699 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
23700 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
23701 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23702 the sort order.
23703
23704 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
23705
23706 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
23707 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
23708 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
23709 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
23710 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
23711 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
23712 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
23713 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
23714 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
23715
23716 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
23717
23718 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
23719 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
23720 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
23721 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
23722 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
23723 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
23724 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23725 the sort order.
23726
23727 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
23728
23729 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
23730 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
23731 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
23732 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
23733 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
23734 is to be used for sorting.
23735 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
23736 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
23737 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
23738 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
23739 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
23740
23741 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
23742
23743 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23744 the sort order.
23745
23746 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
23747 starting with the letter \"f\",
23748 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
23749
23750 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
23751
23752 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
23753 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
23754 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
23755 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
23756 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
23757 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
23758 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23759 the sort order.
23760
23761 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
23762 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
23763 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
23764 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
23765 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
23766
23767 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
23768
23769 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
23770 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
23771 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
23772
23773 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
23774
23775 ;;;***
23776 \f
23777 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17187
23778 ;;;;;; 59901))
23779 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
23780
23781 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
23782 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
23783
23784 \(fn)" t nil)
23785
23786 ;;;***
23787 \f
23788 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
23789 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
23790 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17226 24576))
23791 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
23792
23793 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
23794 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
23795
23796 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
23797 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
23798 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
23799
23800 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
23801
23802 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
23803 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
23804 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
23805 server.
23806
23807 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
23808
23809 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
23810 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
23811 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
23812
23813 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
23814
23815 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
23816 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
23817 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
23818 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
23819 Agent is plugged.
23820
23821 \(fn)" t nil)
23822
23823 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
23824 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
23825 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
23826 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
23827
23828 \(fn)" t nil)
23829
23830 ;;;***
23831 \f
23832 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
23833 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17238 21257))
23834 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
23835
23836 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
23837
23838 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
23839 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
23840 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
23841 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
23842 supported at a time.
23843 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
23844 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
23845
23846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23847
23848 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
23849 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
23850 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
23851 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
23852
23853 \(fn)" t nil)
23854
23855 ;;;***
23856 \f
23857 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
23858 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17187 59902))
23859 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
23860
23861 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
23862
23863 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
23864 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
23865 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
23866 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
23867 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
23868 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
23869
23870 \(fn)" t nil)
23871
23872 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
23873 Check spelling of word at or before point.
23874 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
23875 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
23876
23877 \(fn)" t nil)
23878
23879 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
23880 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
23881 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
23882 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
23883 for example, \"word\".
23884
23885 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
23886
23887 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
23888 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
23889
23890 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23891
23892 ;;;***
23893 \f
23894 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17187
23895 ;;;;;; 59902))
23896 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
23897
23898 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
23899 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
23900
23901 \(fn)" t nil)
23902
23903 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
23904 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
23905
23906 \(fn)" nil nil)
23907
23908 ;;;***
23909 \f
23910 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
23911 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
23912 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
23913 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17187
23914 ;;;;;; 59902))
23915 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
23916
23917 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
23918 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
23919
23920 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
23921 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
23922 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
23923 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
23924 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
23925 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
23926 of the current highlighting list.
23927
23928 For example:
23929
23930 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
23931 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
23932
23933 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
23934 `_t' as data types.
23935
23936 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
23937
23938 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
23939 Show short help for the SQL modes.
23940
23941 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
23942 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
23943
23944 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
23945
23946 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
23947 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
23948 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
23949
23950 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
23951
23952 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
23953 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
23954 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
23955 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
23956 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
23957 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
23958 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
23959 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
23960 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
23961
23962 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
23963
23964 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
23965 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
23966 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
23967 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
23968
23969 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
23970 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
23971 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
23972 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
23973
23974 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
23975 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
23976 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
23977
23978 \(fn)" t nil)
23979
23980 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
23981 Major mode to edit SQL.
23982
23983 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
23984 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
23985 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
23986
23987 \\{sql-mode-map}
23988 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
23989
23990 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
23991 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
23992 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
23993 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
23994 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
23995 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
23996
23997 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
23998 `sql-interactive-mode'.
23999
24000 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
24001 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
24002 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
24003
24004 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
24005 (lambda ()
24006 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
24007
24008 \(fn)" t nil)
24009
24010 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
24011 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
24012
24013 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24014 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24015 `*SQL*'.
24016
24017 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24018
24019 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
24020
24021 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
24022 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
24023
24024 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24025 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24026 `*SQL*'.
24027
24028 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
24029 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
24030 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
24031 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
24032
24033 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24034 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24035
24036 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24037 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24038 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24039 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24040 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24041 `default-process-coding-system'.
24042
24043 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24044
24045 \(fn)" t nil)
24046
24047 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
24048 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
24049
24050 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24051 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24052 `*SQL*'.
24053
24054 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
24055 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
24056 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24057 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
24058
24059 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24060 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24061
24062 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24063 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24064 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24065 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24066 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24067 `default-process-coding-system'.
24068
24069 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24070
24071 \(fn)" t nil)
24072
24073 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
24074 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
24075
24076 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24077 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24078 `*SQL*'.
24079
24080 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
24081 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
24082
24083 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24084 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24085
24086 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24087 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24088 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24089 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24090 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24091 `default-process-coding-system'.
24092
24093 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24094
24095 \(fn)" t nil)
24096
24097 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
24098 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
24099
24100 SQLite is free software.
24101
24102 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24103 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24104 `*SQL*'.
24105
24106 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
24107 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
24108 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24109 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
24110
24111 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24112 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24113
24114 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24115 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24116 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24117 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24118 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24119 `default-process-coding-system'.
24120
24121 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24122
24123 \(fn)" t nil)
24124
24125 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
24126 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
24127
24128 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
24129
24130 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24131 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24132 `*SQL*'.
24133
24134 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
24135 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
24136 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24137 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
24138
24139 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24140 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24141
24142 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24143 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24144 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24145 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24146 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24147 `default-process-coding-system'.
24148
24149 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24150
24151 \(fn)" t nil)
24152
24153 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
24154 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
24155
24156 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24157 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24158 `*SQL*'.
24159
24160 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
24161 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
24162 defaults, if set.
24163
24164 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24165 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24166
24167 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24168 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24169 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24170 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24171 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24172 `default-process-coding-system'.
24173
24174 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24175
24176 \(fn)" t nil)
24177
24178 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
24179 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
24180
24181 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24182 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24183 `*SQL*'.
24184
24185 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
24186 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
24187
24188 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24189 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24190
24191 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24192 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24193 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24194 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24195 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24196 `default-process-coding-system'.
24197
24198 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24199
24200 \(fn)" t nil)
24201
24202 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
24203 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
24204
24205 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24206 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24207 `*SQL*'.
24208
24209 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
24210 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
24211 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
24212 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
24213
24214 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24215 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24216
24217 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24218 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24219 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24220 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24221 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24222 `default-process-coding-system'.
24223
24224 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24225
24226 \(fn)" t nil)
24227
24228 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
24229 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
24230
24231 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24232 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24233 `*SQL*'.
24234
24235 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
24236 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
24237 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
24238 `sql-postgres-options'.
24239
24240 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24241 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24242
24243 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24244 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24245 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24246 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24247 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24248 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
24249 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
24250 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
24251
24252 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
24253 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
24254
24255 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24256
24257 \(fn)" t nil)
24258
24259 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
24260 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
24261
24262 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24263 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24264 `*SQL*'.
24265
24266 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
24267 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
24268 defaults, if set.
24269
24270 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24271 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24272
24273 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24274 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24275 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24276 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24277 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24278 `default-process-coding-system'.
24279
24280 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24281
24282 \(fn)" t nil)
24283
24284 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
24285 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
24286
24287 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24288 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24289 `*SQL*'.
24290
24291 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
24292 automatic login.
24293
24294 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24295 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24296
24297 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
24298 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
24299 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
24300 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
24301
24302 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24303 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24304 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24305 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24306 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24307 `default-process-coding-system'.
24308
24309 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24310
24311 \(fn)" t nil)
24312
24313 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
24314 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
24315
24316 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24317 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24318 `*SQL*'.
24319
24320 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
24321 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
24322 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24323 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
24324 parameters.
24325
24326 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
24327 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
24328 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
24329 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
24330 an empty password.
24331
24332 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24333 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24334
24335 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24336
24337 \(fn)" t nil)
24338
24339 ;;;***
24340 \f
24341 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
24342 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
24343 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
24344 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
24345 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17226
24346 ;;;;;; 24577))
24347 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
24348
24349 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
24350 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
24351 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
24352 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
24353 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
24354 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
24355
24356 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
24357
24358 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
24359
24360 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
24361 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
24362 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
24363 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
24364 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
24365 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
24366 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
24367
24368 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
24369
24370 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
24371 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
24372 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
24373 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
24374 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
24375 then complete the stroke with button 3.
24376 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
24377
24378 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
24379
24380 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
24381 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
24382 This must be bound to a mouse event.
24383
24384 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
24385
24386 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
24387 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
24388 This must be bound to a mouse event.
24389
24390 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
24391
24392 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
24393 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
24394
24395 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
24396
24397 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
24398 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
24399
24400 \(fn)" t nil)
24401
24402 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
24403 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
24404
24405 \(fn)" t nil)
24406
24407 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
24408 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
24409 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
24410 chronologically by command name.
24411 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
24412
24413 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
24414
24415 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
24416 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
24417 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
24418 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24419 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
24420
24421 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes")
24422
24423 (put (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
24424
24425 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
24426 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
24427 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
24428 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
24429 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
24430 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
24431 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
24432
24433 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
24434 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
24435 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
24436 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
24437
24438 \\{strokes-mode-map}
24439
24440 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24441
24442 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
24443 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
24444 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
24445 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
24446
24447 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
24448
24449 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
24450 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
24451
24452 \(fn)" t nil)
24453
24454 ;;;***
24455 \f
24456 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
24457 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (17187 59879))
24458 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
24459
24460 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
24461 Studlify-case the region.
24462
24463 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
24464
24465 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
24466 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
24467
24468 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
24469
24470 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
24471 Studlify-case the current buffer.
24472
24473 \(fn)" t nil)
24474
24475 ;;;***
24476 \f
24477 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17263 27852))
24478 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
24479
24480 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
24481 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
24482 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
24483 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
24484 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
24485 to the specified name LIBRARY.
24486
24487 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
24488 is used instead of `load-path'.
24489
24490 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
24491 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
24492 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
24493
24494 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
24495
24496 ;;;***
24497 \f
24498 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
24499 ;;;;;; (17229 28053))
24500 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
24501
24502 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
24503 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
24504 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
24505 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
24506 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
24507 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
24508 original message but it does require a few things:
24509
24510 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
24511
24512 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
24513 reply buffer.
24514
24515 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
24516 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
24517 original message.
24518
24519 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
24520
24521 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
24522
24523 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
24524 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
24525 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
24526
24527 \(fn)" nil nil)
24528
24529 ;;;***
24530 \f
24531 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17187 59902))
24532 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
24533
24534 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
24535 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
24536 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
24537 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
24538 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
24539
24540 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24541
24542 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
24543 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
24544 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
24545 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
24546 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
24547 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
24548 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
24549
24550 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24551
24552 ;;;***
24553 \f
24554 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
24555 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
24556 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
24557 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
24558 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
24559 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
24560 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
24561 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
24562 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
24563 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
24564 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
24565 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
24566 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17187 59902))
24567 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
24568
24569 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
24570 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
24571 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
24572
24573 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table")
24574
24575 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
24576 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
24577
24578 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table")
24579
24580 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
24581 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
24582
24583 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table")
24584
24585 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
24586 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
24587
24588 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table")
24589
24590 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
24591 Insert an editable text table.
24592 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
24593 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
24594 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
24595 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
24596 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
24597 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
24598 delimiting them.
24599
24600 Examples:
24601
24602 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
24603
24604 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
24605 location of point.
24606
24607 -!-
24608
24609 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
24610 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
24611 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
24612 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
24613 first cell.
24614
24615 +-----+-----+-----+
24616 |-!- | | |
24617 +-----+-----+-----+
24618
24619 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
24620
24621 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
24622 width, which results as
24623
24624 +--------------+-----+-----+
24625 |-!- | | |
24626 +--------------+-----+-----+
24627
24628 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
24629 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
24630
24631 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24632 | | |-!- |
24633 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24634
24635 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
24636 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
24637 width information to `table-insert'.
24638
24639 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
24640
24641 instead of
24642
24643 Cell width(s): 5
24644
24645 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
24646 work all together.
24647
24648 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
24649 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
24650
24651 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24652 |-!- | | |
24653 | | | |
24654 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24655
24656 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
24657
24658 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24659 |-!- | | |
24660 | | | |
24661 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24662 | | | |
24663 | | | |
24664 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24665
24666 Move the point under the table as shown below.
24667
24668 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24669 | | | |
24670 | | | |
24671 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24672 | | | |
24673 | | | |
24674 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24675 -!-
24676
24677 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
24678 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
24679 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
24680
24681 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24682 | | | |
24683 | | | |
24684 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24685 | | | |
24686 | | | |
24687 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24688 |-!- | | |
24689 | | | |
24690 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24691
24692 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
24693 results.
24694
24695 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24696 | | | |
24697 | | | |
24698 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24699 | | |Text editing inside the table |
24700 | | |cell produces reasonably |
24701 | | |expected results.-!- |
24702 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24703 | | | |
24704 | | | |
24705 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24706
24707 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
24708
24709 \\{table-cell-map}
24710
24711 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
24712
24713 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
24714 Insert N table row(s).
24715 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
24716 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
24717 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
24718 are appended at the bottom of the table.
24719
24720 \(fn N)" t nil)
24721
24722 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
24723 Insert N table column(s).
24724 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
24725 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
24726 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
24727 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
24728
24729 \(fn N)" t nil)
24730
24731 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
24732 Insert row(s) or column(s).
24733 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
24734
24735 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
24736
24737 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
24738 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
24739 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
24740 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
24741 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
24742 all the table specific features.
24743
24744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24745
24746 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
24747 Not documented
24748
24749 \(fn)" t nil)
24750
24751 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
24752 Recognize all tables within region.
24753 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
24754 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
24755 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
24756 specific features.
24757
24758 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
24759
24760 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
24761 Not documented
24762
24763 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24764
24765 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
24766 Recognize a table at point.
24767 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
24768 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
24769 the table specific features.
24770
24771 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24772
24773 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
24774 Not documented
24775
24776 \(fn)" t nil)
24777
24778 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
24779 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
24780 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
24781 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
24782 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
24783 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
24784 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
24785
24786 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
24787
24788 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
24789 Not documented
24790
24791 \(fn)" t nil)
24792
24793 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
24794 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
24795 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
24796 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
24797 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
24798 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
24799 specified.
24800
24801 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
24802
24803 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
24804 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
24805 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
24806 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
24807 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
24808 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
24809 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
24810 table structure.
24811
24812 \(fn N)" t nil)
24813
24814 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
24815 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
24816 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
24817 table's rectangle structure.
24818
24819 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
24820
24821 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
24822 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
24823 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
24824 table's rectangle structure.
24825
24826 \(fn N)" t nil)
24827
24828 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
24829 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
24830 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
24831 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
24832 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
24833
24834 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
24835
24836 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
24837 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
24838 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
24839
24840 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
24841 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
24842 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
24843 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
24844 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
24845 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
24846 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
24847
24848 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
24849 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
24850 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
24851 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
24852 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
24853 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
24854 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
24855
24856 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
24857 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
24858 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
24859 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
24860 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
24861 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
24862 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
24863 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
24864
24865 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
24866
24867 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
24868 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
24869 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
24870 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
24871
24872 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24873
24874 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
24875 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
24876 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
24877
24878 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
24879
24880 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
24881 Split current cell vertically.
24882 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
24883
24884 \(fn)" t nil)
24885
24886 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
24887 Split current cell horizontally.
24888 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
24889
24890 \(fn)" t nil)
24891
24892 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
24893 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
24894 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
24895
24896 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
24897
24898 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
24899 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
24900 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
24901 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
24902
24903 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
24904
24905 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
24906 Justify cell contents.
24907 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
24908 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
24909 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
24910 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
24911
24912 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
24913
24914 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
24915 Justify cells of a row.
24916 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
24917 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
24918
24919 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
24920
24921 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
24922 Justify cells of a column.
24923 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
24924 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
24925
24926 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
24927
24928 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
24929 Toggle fixing width mode.
24930 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
24931 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
24932 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
24933
24934 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24935
24936 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
24937 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
24938 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
24939 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
24940 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
24941 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
24942 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
24943 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
24944 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
24945 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
24946 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
24947
24948 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
24949
24950 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
24951 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
24952 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
24953 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
24954 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
24955 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
24956 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
24957 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
24958 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
24959 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
24960 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
24961 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
24962 untouched.
24963
24964 References used for this implementation:
24965
24966 HTML:
24967 http://www.w3.org
24968
24969 LaTeX:
24970 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
24971
24972 CALS (DocBook DTD):
24973 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
24974 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
24975
24976 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
24977
24978 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
24979 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
24980 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
24981 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
24982 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
24983 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
24984 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
24985 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
24986 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
24987 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
24988 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
24989 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
24990 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
24991 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
24992 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
24993 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
24994 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
24995
24996 Example:
24997
24998 (progn
24999 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
25000 (table-forward-cell 15)
25001 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
25002 (table-forward-cell 16)
25003 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
25004 (table-forward-cell 1)
25005 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
25006
25007 (progn
25008 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
25009 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
25010 (table-forward-cell 1)
25011 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
25012
25013 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25014
25015 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
25016 Delete N row(s) of cells.
25017 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
25018 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
25019 consists from cells of same height.
25020
25021 \(fn N)" t nil)
25022
25023 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
25024 Delete N column(s) of cells.
25025 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
25026 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
25027 column must consists from cells of same width.
25028
25029 \(fn N)" t nil)
25030
25031 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
25032 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
25033 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
25034 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
25035 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
25036 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
25037 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
25038 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
25039 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
25040 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
25041 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
25042 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
25043 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
25044 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
25045 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
25046
25047
25048 Example 1:
25049
25050 1, 2, 3, 4
25051 5, 6, 7, 8
25052 , 9, 10
25053
25054 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
25055 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
25056 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
25057 specified as 5.
25058
25059 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25060 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
25061 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25062 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
25063 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25064 | | 9 | 10 | |
25065 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25066
25067 Note:
25068
25069 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
25070 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
25071 of each row is optional.
25072
25073
25074 Example 2:
25075
25076 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
25077 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
25078 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
25079 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
25080 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
25081
25082 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
25083 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
25084
25085 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
25086 expression and raw delimiter regular
25087 expression, it parses the specified text
25088 area and extracts cell items from
25089 non-table text and then forms a table out
25090 of them.
25091
25092 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
25093 creates a single cell table. The text in
25094 the specified region is placed in that
25095 cell.-*-
25096
25097 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
25098 like this.
25099
25100 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25101 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
25102 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
25103 | |
25104 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
25105 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
25106 | expression, it parses the specified text |
25107 | area and extracts cell items from |
25108 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
25109 | of them. |
25110 | |
25111 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
25112 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
25113 | the specified region is placed in that |
25114 | cell. |
25115 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25116
25117 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
25118 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
25119 independently.
25120
25121 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25122 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
25123 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
25124 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25125 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
25126 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
25127 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
25128 | |area and extracts cell items from |
25129 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
25130 | |of them. |
25131 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25132 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
25133 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
25134 | |the specified region is placed in that |
25135 | |cell. |
25136 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25137
25138 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
25139 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
25140 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
25141
25142 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
25143
25144 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
25145 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
25146 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
25147 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
25148 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
25149
25150 \(fn)" t nil)
25151
25152 ;;;***
25153 \f
25154 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17187 59902))
25155 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
25156
25157 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
25158 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
25159
25160 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
25161
25162 (autoload (quote talk) "talk" "\
25163 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
25164
25165 \(fn)" t nil)
25166
25167 ;;;***
25168 \f
25169 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17277 59650))
25170 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
25171
25172 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
25173 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
25174 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
25175 Letters no longer insert themselves.
25176 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
25177 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
25178 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
25179
25180 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
25181 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
25182 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
25183 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
25184
25185 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
25186 \\{tar-mode-map}
25187
25188 \(fn)" t nil)
25189
25190 ;;;***
25191 \f
25192 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
25193 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17277 60154))
25194 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
25195
25196 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
25197 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
25198 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
25199 Tab indents for Tcl code.
25200 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
25201 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25202
25203 Variables controlling indentation style:
25204 `tcl-indent-level'
25205 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
25206 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
25207 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
25208
25209 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
25210 documentation for details):
25211 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
25212 Controls action of TAB key.
25213 `tcl-auto-newline'
25214 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
25215 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
25216 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
25217 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
25218 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
25219
25220 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
25221 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
25222 already exist.
25223
25224 Commands:
25225 \\{tcl-mode-map}
25226
25227 \(fn)" t nil)
25228
25229 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
25230 Run inferior Tcl process.
25231 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
25232 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
25233
25234 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
25235
25236 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
25237 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
25238 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
25239
25240 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
25241
25242 ;;;***
25243 \f
25244 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17187 59902))
25245 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
25246 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
25247
25248 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
25249 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
25250 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
25251 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
25252
25253 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
25254 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
25255 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
25256 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
25257 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
25258
25259 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
25260 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
25261
25262 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
25263 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
25264 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
25265 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
25266
25267 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
25268
25269 ;;;***
25270 \f
25271 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17277
25272 ;;;;;; 59650))
25273 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
25274
25275 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
25276 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
25277 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
25278 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
25279 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
25280 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
25281
25282 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
25283
25284 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
25285 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
25286 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
25287 commands to use in that buffer.
25288
25289 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
25290
25291 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
25292
25293 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
25294 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
25295
25296 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
25297
25298 ;;;***
25299 \f
25300 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17226
25301 ;;;;;; 24577))
25302 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
25303
25304 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
25305 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
25306 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
25307 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
25308 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
25309 program as keyboard input.
25310
25311 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
25312 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
25313 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
25314 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
25315
25316 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
25317 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
25318 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
25319 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
25320 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
25321
25322 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
25323
25324 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
25325 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
25326 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
25327 terminal-redisplay-interval.
25328
25329 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
25330 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
25331 subprocess started.
25332
25333 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
25334
25335 ;;;***
25336 \f
25337 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
25338 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
25339 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
25340
25341 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
25342 Start coverage on function under point.
25343
25344 \(fn)" t nil)
25345
25346 ;;;***
25347 \f
25348 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17187 59902))
25349 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
25350
25351 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
25352 Play the Tetris game.
25353 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
25354 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
25355 as to form complete rows.
25356
25357 tetris-mode keybindings:
25358 \\<tetris-mode-map>
25359 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
25360 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
25361 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25362 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
25363 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
25364 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
25365 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
25366 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
25367
25368 \(fn)" t nil)
25369
25370 ;;;***
25371 \f
25372 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
25373 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
25374 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
25375 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
25376 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
25377 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
25378 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
25379 ;;;;;; (17238 21257))
25380 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
25381
25382 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
25383 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
25384
25385 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode")
25386
25387 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
25388 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
25389 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
25390 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
25391 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
25392
25393 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode")
25394
25395 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
25396 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
25397 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
25398 if it matches the first line of the file,
25399 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
25400
25401 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode")
25402
25403 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
25404 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
25405 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
25406 if the variable is non-nil.")
25407
25408 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode")
25409
25410 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
25411 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
25412
25413 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode")
25414
25415 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
25416 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
25417 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
25418 See the documentation of that variable.")
25419
25420 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode")
25421
25422 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
25423 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
25424 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
25425 See the documentation of that variable.")
25426
25427 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode")
25428
25429 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
25430 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
25431 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
25432 See the documentation of that variable.")
25433
25434 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode")
25435
25436 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
25437 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
25438 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
25439 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
25440 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
25441
25442 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode")
25443
25444 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
25445 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
25446 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
25447 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
25448
25449 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode")
25450
25451 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
25452 *User defined LaTeX block names.
25453 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
25454
25455 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode")
25456
25457 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
25458 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
25459 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
25460 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
25461
25462 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode")
25463
25464 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
25465 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
25466 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
25467 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
25468
25469 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
25470
25471 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
25472 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
25473 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
25474 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
25475
25476 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
25477 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
25478 for example,
25479
25480 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
25481 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
25482
25483 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
25484 use.")
25485
25486 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
25487
25488 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
25489 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
25490 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
25491 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
25492 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
25493
25494 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
25495
25496 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode")
25497
25498 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
25499 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
25500 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
25501
25502 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode")
25503
25504 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
25505 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
25506 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
25507 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
25508 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
25509
25510 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode")
25511
25512 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
25513 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
25514
25515 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode")
25516
25517 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
25518 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
25519
25520 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode")
25521
25522 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
25523 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
25524 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
25525 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
25526 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
25527 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
25528 says which mode to use.
25529
25530 \(fn)" t nil)
25531
25532 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
25533
25534 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
25535
25536 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
25537
25538 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
25539 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
25540 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
25541 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
25542 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
25543
25544 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
25545 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
25546 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
25547 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
25548 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
25549 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
25550 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
25551
25552 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
25553 mismatched $'s or braces.
25554
25555 Special commands:
25556 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
25557
25558 Mode variables:
25559 tex-run-command
25560 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25561 tex-directory
25562 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
25563 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25564 tex-dvi-print-command
25565 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
25566 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
25567 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
25568 argument) to print a .dvi file.
25569 tex-dvi-view-command
25570 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
25571 tex-show-queue-command
25572 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
25573 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
25574
25575 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
25576 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
25577 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
25578
25579 \(fn)" t nil)
25580
25581 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
25582 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
25583 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
25584 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
25585 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
25586
25587 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
25588 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
25589 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
25590 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
25591 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
25592 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
25593 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
25594
25595 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
25596 mismatched $'s or braces.
25597
25598 Special commands:
25599 \\{latex-mode-map}
25600
25601 Mode variables:
25602 latex-run-command
25603 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25604 tex-directory
25605 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
25606 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25607 tex-dvi-print-command
25608 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
25609 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
25610 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
25611 argument) to print a .dvi file.
25612 tex-dvi-view-command
25613 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
25614 tex-show-queue-command
25615 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
25616 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
25617
25618 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
25619 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
25620 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
25621
25622 \(fn)" t nil)
25623
25624 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
25625 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
25626 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
25627 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
25628 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
25629
25630 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
25631 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
25632 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
25633 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
25634 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
25635 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
25636 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
25637
25638 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
25639 mismatched $'s or braces.
25640
25641 Special commands:
25642 \\{slitex-mode-map}
25643
25644 Mode variables:
25645 slitex-run-command
25646 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25647 tex-directory
25648 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
25649 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25650 tex-dvi-print-command
25651 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
25652 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
25653 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
25654 argument) to print a .dvi file.
25655 tex-dvi-view-command
25656 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
25657 tex-show-queue-command
25658 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
25659 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
25660
25661 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
25662 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
25663 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
25664 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
25665
25666 \(fn)" t nil)
25667
25668 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
25669 Not documented
25670
25671 \(fn)" nil nil)
25672
25673 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
25674 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
25675
25676 \(fn)" t nil)
25677
25678 ;;;***
25679 \f
25680 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
25681 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17187 59902))
25682 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
25683
25684 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
25685 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
25686 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
25687 name specified in the @setfilename command.
25688
25689 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
25690 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
25691 Info-split to do these manually.
25692
25693 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
25694
25695 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
25696 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
25697 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
25698 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
25699 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
25700
25701 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
25702
25703 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
25704 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
25705 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
25706 names specified in the @setfilename command.
25707
25708 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
25709 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
25710 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
25711 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
25712
25713 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
25714 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
25715
25716 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
25717
25718 ;;;***
25719 \f
25720 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
25721 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17277 60154))
25722 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
25723
25724 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
25725 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
25726
25727 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
25728
25729 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
25730 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
25731
25732 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
25733
25734 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
25735 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
25736
25737 It has these extra commands:
25738 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
25739
25740 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
25741 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
25742 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
25743 modified version of TeX input format.
25744
25745 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
25746 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
25747 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
25748 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
25749
25750 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
25751 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
25752 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
25753 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
25754 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
25755 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
25756 in the Texinfo file.
25757
25758 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
25759 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
25760 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
25761 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
25762 move forward past the closing brace.
25763
25764 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
25765 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
25766
25767 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
25768 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
25769 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
25770
25771 Here are the functions:
25772
25773 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
25774 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
25775 texinfo-sequential-node-update
25776
25777 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
25778 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
25779 texinfo-master-menu
25780
25781 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
25782
25783 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
25784 which menu descriptions are indented.
25785
25786 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
25787 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
25788 in the region.
25789
25790 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
25791 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
25792 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
25793 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
25794
25795 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
25796 be the first node in the file.
25797
25798 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
25799 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
25800
25801 \(fn)" t nil)
25802
25803 ;;;***
25804 \f
25805 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
25806 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
25807 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
25808 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
25809 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
25810
25811 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
25812 Compose Thai characters in the region.
25813 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
25814 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
25815
25816 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25817
25818 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
25819 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
25820
25821 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
25822
25823 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
25824 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
25825
25826 \(fn)" t nil)
25827
25828 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
25829 Not documented
25830
25831 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
25832
25833 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
25834 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
25835 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
25836 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
25837 to compose.
25838
25839 The return value is number of composed characters.
25840
25841 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
25842
25843 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
25844 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
25845
25846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25847
25848 ;;;***
25849 \f
25850 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
25851 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
25852 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17187 59902))
25853 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
25854
25855 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
25856 Move forward to the end of the next THING.
25857
25858 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
25859
25860 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
25861 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
25862 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
25863 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
25864 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
25865
25866 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
25867 a symbol as a valid THING.
25868
25869 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
25870 of the textual entity that was found.
25871
25872 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
25873
25874 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
25875 Return the THING at point.
25876 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
25877 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
25878 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
25879
25880 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
25881 a symbol as a valid THING.
25882
25883 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
25884
25885 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
25886 Not documented
25887
25888 \(fn)" nil nil)
25889
25890 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
25891 Not documented
25892
25893 \(fn)" nil nil)
25894
25895 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
25896 Not documented
25897
25898 \(fn)" nil nil)
25899
25900 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
25901 Not documented
25902
25903 \(fn)" nil nil)
25904
25905 ;;;***
25906 \f
25907 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show-all thumbs-dired-show-marked
25908 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-all-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
25909 ;;;;;; (17263 27852))
25910 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
25911
25912 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
25913 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
25914
25915 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
25916
25917 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-all-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
25918 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
25919 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
25920 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
25921
25922 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
25923
25924 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
25925 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all marked files.
25926
25927 \(fn)" t nil)
25928
25929 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-all) "thumbs" "\
25930 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
25931
25932 \(fn)" t nil)
25933
25934 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-all-from-dir))
25935
25936 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
25937 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
25938
25939 \(fn)" t nil)
25940
25941 ;;;***
25942 \f
25943 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
25944 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
25945 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
25946 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
25947 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
25948 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17187 59881))
25949 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
25950
25951 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
25952 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
25953 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
25954
25955 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
25956
25957 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
25958 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
25959
25960 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
25961
25962 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
25963 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
25964 The returned string has no composition information.
25965
25966 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
25967
25968 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
25969 Compose Tibetan string STR.
25970
25971 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
25972
25973 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
25974 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
25975
25976 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25977
25978 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
25979 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
25980 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
25981 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
25982
25983 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
25984
25985 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
25986 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
25987 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
25988 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
25989
25990 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
25991
25992 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
25993 Not documented
25994
25995 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
25996
25997 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
25998 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
25999 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
26000
26001 \(fn)" t nil)
26002
26003 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26004 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
26005 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
26006
26007 \(fn)" t nil)
26008
26009 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26010 Not documented
26011
26012 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26013
26014 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26015 Not documented
26016
26017 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26018
26019 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
26020 Not documented
26021
26022 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26023
26024 ;;;***
26025 \f
26026 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
26027 ;;;;;; (17226 24578))
26028 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
26029
26030 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
26031 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
26032 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
26033 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
26034 parameters.
26035 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
26036
26037 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26038
26039 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
26040 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
26041 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
26042 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
26043 parameters.
26044 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
26045
26046 \(fn)" t nil)
26047
26048 ;;;***
26049 \f
26050 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
26051 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (17187 59902))
26052 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
26053
26054 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
26055 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
26056
26057 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time")
26058
26059 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
26060 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
26061 This display updates automatically every minute.
26062 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
26063 are displayed as well.
26064 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
26065
26066 \(fn)" t nil)
26067
26068 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
26069 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
26070 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
26071 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26072 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
26073
26074 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time")
26075
26076 (put (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
26077
26078 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
26079 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
26080 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
26081
26082 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
26083 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
26084 are displayed as well.
26085 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
26086
26087 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26088
26089 ;;;***
26090 \f
26091 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
26092 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
26093 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
26094 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17226
26095 ;;;;;; 24571))
26096 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
26097
26098 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
26099 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
26100
26101 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
26102
26103 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
26104 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
26105 You can use `float-time' instead.
26106
26107 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26108
26109 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
26110 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
26111
26112 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
26113
26114 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
26115 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
26116
26117 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26118
26119 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
26120 Convert DAYS into a time value.
26121
26122 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
26123
26124 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
26125 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
26126 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
26127
26128 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26129
26130 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
26131
26132 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
26133 Subtract two time values.
26134 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
26135
26136 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26137
26138 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
26139 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
26140
26141 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26142
26143 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
26144 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
26145 DATE should be a date-time string.
26146
26147 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
26148
26149 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
26150 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
26151 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
26152
26153 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
26154
26155 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
26156 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
26157
26158 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
26159
26160 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
26161 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
26162
26163 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26164
26165 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
26166 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
26167 TIME should be a time value.
26168 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
26169
26170 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26171
26172 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
26173 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
26174 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
26175
26176 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
26177
26178 ;;;***
26179 \f
26180 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
26181 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17196 26624))
26182 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
26183
26184 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
26185 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
26186 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
26187 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
26188 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
26189 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
26190 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
26191 look like one of the following:
26192 Time-stamp: <>
26193 Time-stamp: \" \"
26194 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
26195 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
26196 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
26197 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
26198 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
26199 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
26200 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
26201 the template.
26202
26203 \(fn)" t nil)
26204
26205 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
26206 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
26207 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
26208
26209 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26210
26211 ;;;***
26212 \f
26213 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
26214 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
26215 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
26216 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
26217 ;;;;;; (17226 24571))
26218 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
26219
26220 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
26221 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
26222 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
26223 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
26224 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
26225 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
26226 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
26227 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
26228 display (non-nil means on).
26229
26230 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26231
26232 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
26233 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
26234 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
26235 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
26236 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
26237 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
26238 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
26239 this function is called within a day.
26240
26241 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
26242 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
26243 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
26244 discover the name of the project.
26245
26246 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
26247
26248 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
26249 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
26250 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
26251 begun during the last time segment.
26252
26253 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
26254 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
26255 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
26256 discover the reason.
26257
26258 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
26259
26260 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
26261 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
26262 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
26263 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
26264 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
26265
26266 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
26267
26268 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
26269 Change to working on a different project.
26270 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
26271 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
26272 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
26273 working on.
26274
26275 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
26276
26277 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
26278 Ask the user whether to clock out.
26279 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
26280
26281 \(fn)" nil nil)
26282
26283 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
26284 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
26285 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
26286
26287 \(fn)" t nil)
26288
26289 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
26290 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
26291 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
26292 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
26293 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
26294 \"relative to today\".
26295
26296 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
26297
26298 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
26299 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
26300 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
26301 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
26302
26303 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
26304
26305 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
26306 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
26307 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
26308 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
26309 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
26310 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
26311
26312 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
26313
26314 ;;;***
26315 \f
26316 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
26317 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
26318 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17263 27852))
26319 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
26320
26321 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
26322
26323 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
26324 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
26325
26326 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
26327
26328 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
26329 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION.
26330
26331 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
26332
26333 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
26334 Perform an action at time TIME.
26335 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
26336 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
26337 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
26338 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
26339 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
26340 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
26341
26342 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
26343
26344 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
26345
26346 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
26347 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
26348 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
26349 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
26350 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
26351
26352 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
26353
26354 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
26355
26356 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
26357 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
26358 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
26359 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
26360
26361 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
26362
26363 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
26364 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
26365 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
26366 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
26367
26368 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
26369 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
26370
26371 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
26372
26373 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
26374 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
26375
26376 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
26377 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
26378 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
26379 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
26380 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
26381 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
26382 be detected.
26383
26384 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
26385
26386 ;;;***
26387 \f
26388 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
26389 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17187 59880))
26390 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
26391
26392 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
26393 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
26394 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
26395 the generated Quail package is saved.
26396
26397 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
26398
26399 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
26400 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
26401 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
26402 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
26403 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
26404 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
26405 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
26406
26407 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
26408
26409 ;;;***
26410 \f
26411 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
26412 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17187
26413 ;;;;;; 59881))
26414 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
26415
26416 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
26417 Not documented
26418
26419 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26420
26421 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
26422 Not documented
26423
26424 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26425
26426 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
26427 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
26428 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
26429 PATTERN regexp.
26430
26431 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26432
26433 ;;;***
26434 \f
26435 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
26436 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17187 59902))
26437 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
26438 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
26439 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
26440 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
26441
26442 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
26443 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
26444 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
26445 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
26446 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
26447
26448 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
26449
26450 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
26451 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
26452 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
26453 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
26454 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
26455
26456 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26457
26458 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
26459 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
26460 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
26461 in the menu in two ways:
26462 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
26463 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
26464 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
26465
26466 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
26467 keymap or an alist of alists.
26468 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
26469 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
26470
26471 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
26472
26473 ;;;***
26474 \f
26475 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
26476 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
26477 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17187 59880))
26478 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
26479
26480 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
26481 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
26482
26483 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
26484
26485 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
26486 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
26487
26488 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
26489
26490 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
26491 Insert new TODO list entry.
26492 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
26493 category.
26494
26495 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
26496
26497 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
26498 List top priorities for each category.
26499
26500 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
26501 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
26502
26503 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
26504 between each category.
26505
26506 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
26507
26508 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
26509 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
26510 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
26511 between each category.
26512
26513 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
26514
26515 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
26516
26517 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
26518 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
26519
26520 \\{todo-mode-map}
26521
26522 \(fn)" t nil)
26523
26524 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
26525 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
26526
26527 \(fn)" nil nil)
26528
26529 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
26530 Show TODO list.
26531
26532 \(fn)" t nil)
26533
26534 ;;;***
26535 \f
26536 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
26537 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el"
26538 ;;;;;; (17263 27852))
26539 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
26540
26541 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
26542
26543 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
26544 Add an item to the tool bar.
26545 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
26546 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
26547 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
26548 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
26549
26550 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
26551 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
26552 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
26553 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
26554
26555 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
26556 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
26557
26558 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
26559
26560 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
26561 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
26562 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
26563 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
26564 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
26565 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
26566
26567 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
26568 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
26569 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
26570 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
26571
26572 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
26573
26574 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
26575 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
26576 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
26577 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
26578 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
26579 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
26580 properties to add to the binding.
26581
26582 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
26583
26584 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
26585 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
26586
26587 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
26588
26589 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
26590 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
26591 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
26592 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
26593 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
26594 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
26595 properties to add to the binding.
26596
26597 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
26598 holds a keymap.
26599
26600 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
26601
26602 ;;;***
26603 \f
26604 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
26605 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
26606 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
26607
26608 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
26609 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
26610 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
26611 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26612 use either \\[customize] or the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
26613
26614 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt")
26615
26616 (put (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
26617
26618 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
26619 TPU/edt emulation.
26620
26621 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26622
26623 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
26624
26625 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
26626 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
26627
26628 \(fn)" t nil)
26629
26630 ;;;***
26631 \f
26632 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
26633 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17187 59901))
26634 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
26635
26636 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
26637 Set scroll margins.
26638
26639 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
26640
26641 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
26642 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
26643
26644 \(fn)" t nil)
26645
26646 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
26647 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
26648
26649 \(fn)" t nil)
26650
26651 ;;;***
26652 \f
26653 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17187 59901))
26654 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
26655
26656 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
26657 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
26658 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
26659 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
26660 to a tcp server on another machine.
26661
26662 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
26663
26664 ;;;***
26665 \f
26666 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
26667 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17187 59901))
26668 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
26669
26670 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
26671 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
26672
26673 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace")
26674
26675 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
26676 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
26677 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
26678 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
26679 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
26680 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
26681 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
26682 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
26683
26684 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26685
26686 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
26687 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
26688 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
26689 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
26690 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
26691 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
26692 the window or buffer configuration at all.
26693
26694 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26695
26696 ;;;***
26697 \f
26698 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-completion-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-handler
26699 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-regexp tramp-file-name-regexp)
26700 ;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17263 27852))
26701 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
26702
26703 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
26704 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
26705 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
26706
26707 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
26708 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
26709 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
26710 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
26711
26712 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
26713 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
26714 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
26715 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
26716
26717 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
26718 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
26719 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
26720 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
26721 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
26722 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
26723 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
26724 files which are not really tramp files.
26725
26726 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
26727 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
26728 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
26729 updated after changing this variable.
26730
26731 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
26732
26733 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
26734
26735 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
26736 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
26737 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
26738 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
26739
26740 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
26741 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
26742 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
26743 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
26744
26745 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
26746 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
26747 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
26748
26749 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
26750 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
26751 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
26752 updated after changing this variable.
26753
26754 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
26755
26756 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
26757
26758 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
26759 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
26760 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
26761
26762 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
26763
26764 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
26765 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
26766 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
26767
26768 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
26769
26770 (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)
26771
26772 (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler)))
26773
26774 ;;;***
26775 \f
26776 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
26777 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17187 59902))
26778 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
26779 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
26780 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
26781 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
26782
26783 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
26784 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
26785 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
26786 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
26787 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
26788 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
26789 first and the associated buffer to its right.
26790
26791 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26792
26793 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
26794 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
26795 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
26796 accepting the proposed default buffer.
26797
26798 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
26799
26800 \(fn)" t nil)
26801
26802 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
26803 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
26804 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
26805 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
26806 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
26807 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
26808 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
26809
26810 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
26811 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
26812
26813 First column's text sSs Second column's text
26814 \\___/\\
26815 / \\
26816 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
26817
26818 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
26819
26820 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
26821
26822 ;;;***
26823 \f
26824 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
26825 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
26826 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
26827 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
26828 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
26829 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
26830
26831 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
26832 Toggle typing break mode.
26833 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
26834 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26835 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
26836
26837 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break")
26838
26839 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
26840 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
26841
26842 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break")
26843
26844 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
26845 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
26846
26847 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
26848 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
26849 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
26850
26851 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
26852 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
26853
26854 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break")
26855
26856 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
26857 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
26858
26859 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
26860 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
26861 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
26862 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
26863
26864 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break")
26865
26866 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
26867 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
26868 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
26869
26870 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
26871 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
26872 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
26873 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
26874 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
26875 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
26876
26877 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
26878 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
26879 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
26880 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
26881
26882 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
26883 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
26884
26885 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
26886 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
26887
26888 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break")
26889
26890 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
26891 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
26892 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
26893
26894 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
26895 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
26896 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
26897 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
26898 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
26899 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
26900 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
26901
26902 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
26903 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
26904
26905 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
26906 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
26907 reset the keystroke counter.
26908
26909 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
26910 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
26911 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
26912 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
26913
26914 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
26915 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
26916 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
26917 `type-break-schedule' command.
26918
26919 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
26920 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
26921 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
26922 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
26923 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
26924 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
26925 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
26926 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
26927 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
26928
26929 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
26930 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
26931 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
26932 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
26933 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
26934
26935 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
26936 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
26937 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
26938 approximate good values for this.
26939
26940 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
26941 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
26942
26943 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
26944 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
26945 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
26946 `type-break-warning-repeat'
26947 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
26948 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
26949
26950 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
26951 a typing break occur. They include:
26952
26953 `type-break-query-mode'
26954 `type-break-query-function'
26955 `type-break-query-interval'
26956
26957 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
26958
26959 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
26960 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
26961 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
26962 problems.
26963
26964 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
26965
26966 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
26967 Take a typing break.
26968
26969 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
26970 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
26971
26972 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
26973 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
26974
26975 \(fn)" t nil)
26976
26977 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
26978 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
26979 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
26980 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
26981
26982 \(fn)" t nil)
26983
26984 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
26985 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
26986
26987 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
26988 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
26989 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
26990 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
26991 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
26992 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
26993 average typing speed.)
26994
26995 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
26996 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
26997 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
26998 the computed maximum threshold.
26999
27000 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
27001 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
27002 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
27003 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
27004 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
27005
27006 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
27007
27008 ;;;***
27009 \f
27010 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
27011 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17187 59902))
27012 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
27013
27014 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
27015 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
27016 Works by overstriking underscores.
27017 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
27018 which specify the range to operate on.
27019
27020 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27021
27022 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
27023 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
27024 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
27025 which specify the range to operate on.
27026
27027 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27028
27029 ;;;***
27030 \f
27031 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
27032 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17187 59902))
27033 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
27034
27035 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
27036 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
27037 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
27038
27039 \(fn)" t nil)
27040
27041 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
27042 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
27043 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
27044 following the containing message.
27045
27046 \(fn)" t nil)
27047
27048 ;;;***
27049 \f
27050 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
27051 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
27052 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
27053
27054 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
27055 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
27056 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
27057 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
27058 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
27059 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
27060
27061 \(fn)" nil nil)
27062
27063 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
27064 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
27065
27066 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
27067
27068 ;;;***
27069 \f
27070 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17187
27071 ;;;;;; 59901))
27072 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
27073
27074 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
27075 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
27076 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
27077 of symbols with local bindings.
27078
27079 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
27080
27081 ;;;***
27082 \f
27083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (17238 21257))
27084 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
27085
27086 (defvar url-configuration-directory "~/.url")
27087
27088 ;;;***
27089 \f
27090 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
27091 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17187 59902))
27092 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
27093
27094 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
27095 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
27096 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
27097
27098 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
27099 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
27100 `url-generic-parse-url'
27101 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
27102 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
27103 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
27104 realm
27105 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
27106 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
27107 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
27108 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
27109 wrong, its no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
27110 what type of auth to use
27111 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
27112 if one cannot be found in the cache
27113
27114 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
27115
27116 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
27117 Register an HTTP authentication method.
27118
27119 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
27120 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
27121 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
27122 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
27123 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
27124 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
27125 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
27126 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
27127
27128 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
27129
27130 ;;;***
27131 \f
27132 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
27133 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17187
27134 ;;;;;; 59902))
27135 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
27136
27137 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
27138 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
27139
27140 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
27141
27142 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
27143 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
27144
27145 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27146
27147 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
27148 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
27149
27150 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
27151
27152 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
27153 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
27154
27155 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
27156
27157 ;;;***
27158 \f
27159 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17187 59902))
27160 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
27161
27162 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
27163 Not documented
27164
27165 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27166
27167 ;;;***
27168 \f
27169 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cookie-setup-save-timer url-cookie-handle-set-cookie
27170 ;;;;;; url-cookie-generate-header-lines url-cookie-retrieve url-cookie-write-file
27171 ;;;;;; url-cookie-parse-file) "url-cookie" "url/url-cookie.el" (17187
27172 ;;;;;; 59902))
27173 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cookie.el
27174
27175 (autoload (quote url-cookie-parse-file) "url-cookie" "\
27176 Not documented
27177
27178 \(fn &optional FNAME)" nil nil)
27179
27180 (autoload (quote url-cookie-write-file) "url-cookie" "\
27181 Not documented
27182
27183 \(fn &optional FNAME)" nil nil)
27184
27185 (autoload (quote url-cookie-retrieve) "url-cookie" "\
27186 Retrieve all the netscape-style cookies for a specified HOST and LOCALPART.
27187
27188 \(fn HOST LOCALPART &optional SECURE)" nil nil)
27189
27190 (autoload (quote url-cookie-generate-header-lines) "url-cookie" "\
27191 Not documented
27192
27193 \(fn HOST LOCALPART SECURE)" nil nil)
27194
27195 (autoload (quote url-cookie-handle-set-cookie) "url-cookie" "\
27196 Not documented
27197
27198 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27199
27200 (autoload (quote url-cookie-setup-save-timer) "url-cookie" "\
27201 Reset the cookie saver timer.
27202
27203 \(fn)" t nil)
27204
27205 ;;;***
27206 \f
27207 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
27208 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17187 59902))
27209 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
27210
27211 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
27212 Not documented
27213
27214 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27215
27216 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
27217 Not documented
27218
27219 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27220
27221 ;;;***
27222 \f
27223 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17244
27224 ;;;;;; 4914))
27225 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
27226
27227 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
27228 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
27229
27230 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
27231
27232 ;;;***
27233 \f
27234 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
27235 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17187 59902))
27236 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
27237
27238 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
27239 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
27240
27241 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
27242
27243 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
27244 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
27245 Args per `open-network-stream'.
27246 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
27247
27248 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
27249
27250 ;;;***
27251 \f
27252 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
27253 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17277
27254 ;;;;;; 59650))
27255 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
27256
27257 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
27258 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
27259 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27260 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27261 use either \\[customize] or the function `url-handler-mode'.")
27262
27263 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers")
27264
27265 (put (quote url-handler-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
27266
27267 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
27268 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
27269
27270 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27271
27272 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
27273 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
27274 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
27275 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
27276 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
27277 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
27278 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
27279 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
27280 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
27281
27282 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
27283
27284 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
27285 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
27286 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
27287 accessible.
27288
27289 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
27290
27291 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
27292 Not documented
27293
27294 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
27295
27296 ;;;***
27297 \f
27298 ;;;### (autoloads (url-history-save-history url-history-parse-history
27299 ;;;;;; url-history-setup-save-timer) "url-history" "url/url-history.el"
27300 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
27301 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-history.el
27302
27303 (autoload (quote url-history-setup-save-timer) "url-history" "\
27304 Reset the history list timer.
27305
27306 \(fn)" t nil)
27307
27308 (autoload (quote url-history-parse-history) "url-history" "\
27309 Parse a history file stored in FNAME.
27310
27311 \(fn &optional FNAME)" nil nil)
27312
27313 (autoload (quote url-history-save-history) "url-history" "\
27314 Write the global history file into `url-history-file'.
27315 The type of data written is determined by what is in the file to begin
27316 with. If the type of storage cannot be determined, then prompt the
27317 user for what type to save as.
27318
27319 \(fn &optional FNAME)" t nil)
27320
27321 ;;;***
27322 \f
27323 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
27324 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17244 4914))
27325 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
27326
27327 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
27328 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
27329 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
27330 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
27331 CBARGS as the arguments.
27332
27333 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
27334
27335 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
27336 Not documented
27337
27338 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27339
27340 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
27341
27342 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
27343 Not documented
27344
27345 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
27346
27347 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
27348 Returns a property list describing options available for URL.
27349 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
27350
27351 Property list members:
27352
27353 methods
27354 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
27355 supports.
27356
27357 dav
27358 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
27359 supported.
27360
27361 dasl
27362 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
27363
27364 ranges
27365 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
27366
27367 p3p
27368 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
27369 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
27370 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
27371 Emacs/W3.
27372
27373 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27374
27375 ;;;***
27376 \f
27377 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17187 59902))
27378 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
27379
27380 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
27381 Not documented
27382
27383 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27384
27385 ;;;***
27386 \f
27387 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17187
27388 ;;;;;; 59902))
27389 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
27390
27391 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
27392 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
27393 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
27394 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
27395 `url-generic-parse-url'.
27396
27397 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27398
27399 ;;;***
27400 \f
27401 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
27402 ;;;;;; (17226 24578))
27403 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
27404
27405 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
27406 Not documented
27407
27408 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27409
27410 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
27411 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
27412
27413 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27414
27415 ;;;***
27416 \f
27417 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
27418 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17187 59902))
27419 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
27420
27421 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
27422 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
27423
27424 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27425
27426 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
27427 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
27428
27429 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27430
27431 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
27432 Not documented
27433
27434 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27435
27436 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
27437
27438 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
27439
27440 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
27441
27442 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
27443 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
27444
27445 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27446
27447 ;;;***
27448 \f
27449 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
27450 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
27451 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
27452
27453 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
27454 Not documented
27455
27456 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27457
27458 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
27459 Not documented
27460
27461 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27462
27463 ;;;***
27464 \f
27465 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
27466 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
27467 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
27468 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
27469
27470 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
27471 Not documented
27472
27473 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
27474
27475 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
27476 Not documented
27477
27478 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
27479
27480 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
27481 Not documented
27482
27483 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
27484
27485 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
27486 Not documented
27487
27488 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
27489
27490 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
27491 Not documented
27492
27493 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
27494
27495 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
27496 Not documented
27497
27498 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
27499
27500 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
27501 Not documented
27502
27503 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
27504
27505 ;;;***
27506 \f
27507 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
27508 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17187 59902))
27509 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
27510
27511 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
27512 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
27513
27514 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
27515
27516 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
27517 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
27518 Format is:
27519 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
27520
27521 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27522
27523 ;;;***
27524 \f
27525 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
27526 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
27527 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
27528
27529 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
27530 Not documented
27531
27532 \(fn)" t nil)
27533
27534 ;;;***
27535 \f
27536 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
27537 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
27538 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
27539 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
27540 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
27541 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
27542 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
27543 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
27544
27545 (defvar url-debug nil "\
27546 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
27547 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
27548
27549 If t, all messages will be logged.
27550 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
27551 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
27552
27553 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util")
27554
27555 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
27556 Not documented
27557
27558 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27559
27560 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
27561 Not documented
27562
27563 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
27564
27565 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
27566 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
27567 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
27568 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
27569 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
27570 & ==> &amp;
27571 < ==> &lt;
27572 > ==> &gt;
27573 \" ==> &quot;
27574
27575 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27576
27577 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
27578 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
27579 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
27580
27581 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27582
27583 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
27584 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
27585 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
27586
27587 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27588
27589 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
27590 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
27591
27592 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
27593
27594 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
27595 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
27596
27597 \(fn X)" nil nil)
27598
27599 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
27600 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
27601
27602 \(fn X)" nil nil)
27603
27604 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
27605 Not documented
27606
27607 \(fn N)" nil nil)
27608
27609 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
27610 Not documented
27611
27612 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27613
27614 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
27615 Not documented
27616
27617 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
27618
27619 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
27620 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
27621
27622 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
27623
27624 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
27625 Not documented
27626
27627 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
27628
27629 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
27630 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
27631 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
27632 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
27633 forbidden in URL encoding.
27634
27635 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
27636
27637 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
27638 Escape characters in a string.
27639
27640 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27641
27642 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
27643 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
27644 If optional variable X is t,
27645 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
27646
27647 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
27648
27649 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
27650 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
27651 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
27652
27653 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
27654
27655 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
27656 View the current document's URL.
27657 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
27658 the minibuffer.
27659
27660 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
27661
27662 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
27663
27664 ;;;***
27665 \f
27666 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
27667 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17187 59902))
27668 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
27669
27670 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
27671 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
27672 This function has a choice of three things to do:
27673 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
27674 to refrain from editing the file
27675 return t (grab the lock on the file)
27676 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
27677 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
27678 in any way you like.
27679
27680 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
27681
27682 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
27683 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
27684 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
27685 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
27686 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
27687
27688 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
27689 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
27690
27691 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
27692
27693 ;;;***
27694 \f
27695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (17257 22483))
27696 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
27697 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
27698
27699 ;;;***
27700 \f
27701 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
27702 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
27703 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
27704 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
27705
27706 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
27707 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
27708 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
27709 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
27710
27711 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
27712
27713 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
27714 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
27715 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
27716
27717 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
27718
27719 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
27720 Uudecode region between START and END.
27721 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
27722
27723 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
27724
27725 ;;;***
27726 \f
27727 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
27728 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
27729 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
27730 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
27731 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
27732 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
27733 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17263 27852))
27734 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
27735
27736 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
27737 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
27738 See `run-hooks'.")
27739
27740 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc")
27741
27742 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
27743 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
27744 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
27745
27746 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc")
27747
27748 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
27749 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
27750 See `run-hooks'.")
27751
27752 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc")
27753
27754 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
27755 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
27756
27757 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
27758
27759 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
27760 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
27761
27762 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
27763
27764 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
27765 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
27766 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
27767 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
27768 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
27769 somebody else, signal error.
27770
27771 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27772
27773 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
27774 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
27775 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
27776 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
27777 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
27778
27779 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27780
27781 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
27782 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
27783 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
27784 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
27785 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
27786 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
27787 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
27788 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
27789 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
27790 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
27791 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
27792
27793 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
27794
27795 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
27796 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
27797
27798 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
27799 it will operate on the file in the current line.
27800
27801 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
27802 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
27803 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
27804 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
27805 lock steals will raise an error.
27806
27807 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
27808
27809 For RCS and SCCS files:
27810 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
27811 control.
27812 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
27813 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
27814 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
27815 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
27816 it performs a revert.
27817 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
27818 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
27819 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
27820 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
27821 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
27822 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
27823 the option to steal the lock.
27824
27825 For CVS files:
27826 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
27827 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
27828 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
27829 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
27830 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
27831 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
27832 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
27833 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
27834 merge in the changes into your working copy.
27835
27836 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
27837
27838 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
27839 Register the current file into a version control system.
27840 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
27841 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
27842
27843 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
27844 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
27845 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
27846 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
27847 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
27848 first backend that could register the file is used.
27849
27850 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
27851
27852 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
27853 Display diffs between file versions.
27854 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
27855 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
27856 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
27857 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
27858 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
27859 saving the buffer.
27860
27861 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
27862
27863 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
27864 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
27865 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
27866 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
27867
27868 \(fn REV)" t nil)
27869
27870 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
27871 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
27872 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
27873 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
27874
27875 \(fn)" t nil)
27876
27877 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
27878 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
27879 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
27880 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
27881 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
27882 from the current branch.
27883
27884 See Info node `Merging'.
27885
27886 \(fn)" t nil)
27887
27888 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
27889
27890 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
27891 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
27892
27893 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
27894
27895 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
27896 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
27897
27898 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
27899
27900 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
27901 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
27902 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
27903 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
27904 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
27905 are checked out in that new branch.
27906
27907 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
27908
27909 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
27910 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
27911 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
27912 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
27913 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
27914 allowed and simply skipped).
27915
27916 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
27917
27918 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
27919 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
27920 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
27921
27922 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
27923
27924 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
27925 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
27926 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
27927 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
27928 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
27929
27930 \(fn)" t nil)
27931
27932 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
27933 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
27934 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
27935 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
27936 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
27937 the current branch are merged into the working file.
27938
27939 \(fn)" t nil)
27940
27941 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
27942 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
27943 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
27944
27945 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
27946
27947 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
27948 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
27949 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
27950 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
27951 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
27952 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
27953 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
27954
27955 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
27956
27957 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
27958 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
27959 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
27960 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
27961 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
27962 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
27963 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
27964 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
27965 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
27966
27967 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
27968
27969 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
27970 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
27971
27972 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
27973
27974 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
27975 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
27976 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
27977 directory.
27978
27979 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
27980
27981 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
27982 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
27983 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
27984
27985 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
27986 log entries should be gathered.
27987
27988 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27989
27990 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
27991 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
27992
27993 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
27994 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
27995 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
27996 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
27997 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
27998 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
27999
28000 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
28001 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
28002 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
28003 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
28004 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
28005 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
28006 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
28007 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
28008
28009 Customization variables:
28010
28011 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
28012 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
28013 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
28014 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
28015
28016 \(fn PREFIX &optional REVISION DISPLAY-MODE)" t nil)
28017
28018 ;;;***
28019 \f
28020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17187 59902))
28021 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
28022 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
28023 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
28024 (progn
28025 (load "vc-arch")
28026 (vc-arch-registered file))))
28027
28028 ;;;***
28029 \f
28030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17263 27852))
28031 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
28032 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
28033 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
28034 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
28035 (load "vc-cvs")
28036 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
28037
28038 ;;;***
28039 \f
28040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17226 24578))
28041 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
28042 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
28043 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
28044 (progn
28045 (load "vc-mcvs")
28046 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
28047
28048 ;;;***
28049 \f
28050 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
28051 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
28052 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
28053
28054 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
28055 *Where to look for RCS master files.
28056 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
28057
28058 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
28059 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
28060
28061 ;;;***
28062 \f
28063 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
28064 ;;;;;; (17263 27852))
28065 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
28066
28067 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
28068 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
28069 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
28070
28071 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
28072 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
28073
28074 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
28075 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
28076 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
28077 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
28078
28079 ;;;***
28080 \f
28081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17277 59650))
28082 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
28083 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
28084 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
28085 ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f)))
28086 (load "vc-svn")
28087 (vc-svn-registered f)))
28088
28089 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
28090
28091 ;;;***
28092 \f
28093 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
28094 ;;;;;; (17229 28055))
28095 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
28096
28097 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
28098 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
28099
28100 Usage:
28101 ------
28102
28103 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
28104 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
28105 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
28106 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
28107 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
28108 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
28109 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
28110 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
28111 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
28112
28113 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
28114 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
28115 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
28116 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
28117
28118 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
28119 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
28120 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
28121 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
28122 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
28123
28124 Template styles can be customized in customization group
28125 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
28126
28127
28128 HEADER INSERTION:
28129 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
28130 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
28131 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
28132
28133
28134 STUTTERING:
28135 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
28136 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
28137 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
28138 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
28139
28140 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
28141 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
28142 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
28143 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
28144 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
28145
28146
28147 WORD COMPLETION:
28148 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
28149 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
28150 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
28151 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
28152
28153 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
28154 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
28155 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
28156 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
28157 beginning with \"std\").
28158
28159 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
28160 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
28161 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
28162 stop.
28163
28164
28165 COMMENTS:
28166 `--' puts a single comment.
28167 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
28168 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
28169 with a comment in between.
28170 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
28171 out following lines.
28172 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
28173 uncomments a region if already commented out.
28174
28175 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
28176 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
28177 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
28178 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
28179 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
28180 non-nil.
28181
28182 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
28183 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
28184 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
28185 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
28186 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
28187 multi-line comments.
28188
28189
28190 INDENTATION:
28191 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
28192 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
28193 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
28194 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
28195
28196 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
28197 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
28198 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
28199 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
28200
28201 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
28202 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
28203 and vice versa.
28204
28205 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
28206 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
28207
28208
28209 ALIGNMENT:
28210 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
28211 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
28212 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
28213 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
28214 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
28215 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
28216 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
28217 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
28218
28219 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
28220 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
28221 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
28222 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
28223 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
28224 is non-nil.
28225
28226 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
28227 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
28228 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
28229
28230 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
28231 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
28232
28233
28234 CODE FILLING:
28235 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
28236 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
28237 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
28238 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
28239 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
28240 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
28241
28242
28243 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
28244 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
28245 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
28246 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
28247 command:
28248
28249 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
28250
28251
28252 PORT TRANSLATION:
28253 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
28254 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
28255 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
28256 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
28257 internal signal initializations (menu).
28258
28259 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
28260 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
28261 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
28262
28263 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
28264 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
28265 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
28266 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
28267 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
28268 in subsequent paste operations.)
28269
28270 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
28271 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
28272 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
28273
28274
28275 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
28276 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
28277 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
28278 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
28279 association list with formals).
28280
28281
28282 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
28283 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
28284 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
28285 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
28286 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
28287 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
28288 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
28289 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
28290 `vhdl-testbench'.
28291
28292
28293 KEY BINDINGS:
28294 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
28295
28296
28297 VHDL MENU:
28298 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
28299
28300
28301 FILE BROWSER:
28302 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
28303 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
28304 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
28305
28306 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
28307 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
28308
28309
28310 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
28311 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
28312 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
28313 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
28314
28315 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
28316 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
28317 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
28318
28319 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
28320 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
28321 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
28322 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
28323
28324 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
28325 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
28326 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
28327 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
28328 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
28329
28330 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
28331 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
28332 required by secondary units.
28333
28334
28335 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
28336 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
28337 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
28338 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
28339 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
28340 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
28341 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
28342 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
28343 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
28344 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
28345 inputs to this component -> input port created
28346 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
28347 outputs from this component -> output port created
28348 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
28349 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
28350
28351 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
28352 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
28353 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
28354 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
28355 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
28356
28357 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
28358 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
28359
28360 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
28361 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
28362 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
28363 component instantiation is also supported (option
28364 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
28365
28366 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
28367 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
28368 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
28369 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
28370 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
28371 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
28372 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
28373 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
28374 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
28375 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
28376 | generating the configuration.
28377 |
28378 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
28379 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
28380 | configurations in speedbar.
28381
28382 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
28383
28384
28385 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
28386 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
28387 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
28388 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
28389 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
28390 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
28391 information. New compilers can be added.
28392
28393 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
28394 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
28395
28396
28397 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
28398 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
28399 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
28400 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
28401 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
28402
28403 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
28404 command:
28405
28406 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
28407 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
28408 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
28409
28410 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
28411 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
28412 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
28413 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
28414 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
28415 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
28416 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
28417
28418 Limitations:
28419 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
28420 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
28421 not (yet) supported.
28422 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
28423 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
28424 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
28425
28426
28427 PROJECTS:
28428 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
28429 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
28430 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
28431 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
28432 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
28433 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
28434 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
28435 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
28436
28437 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
28438 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
28439 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
28440 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
28441 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
28442 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
28443 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
28444 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
28445 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
28446 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
28447 `vhdl-project-alist'.
28448
28449
28450 SPECIAL MENUES:
28451 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
28452 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
28453 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
28454 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
28455 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
28456 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
28457 current directory for VHDL source files.
28458
28459
28460 VHDL STANDARDS:
28461 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
28462 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
28463
28464
28465 KEYWORD CASE:
28466 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
28467 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
28468 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
28469 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
28470 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
28471 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
28472 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
28473 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
28474
28475
28476 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
28477 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
28478 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
28479 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
28480 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
28481 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
28482 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
28483
28484 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
28485 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
28486 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
28487 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
28488 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
28489 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
28490
28491 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
28492 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
28493 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
28494 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
28495 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
28496 visually.
28497
28498 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
28499 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
28500 highlighted if written in lower case.
28501
28502 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
28503 highlighted using a different background color if option
28504 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
28505
28506 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
28507 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
28508 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
28509 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
28510 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
28511
28512
28513 USER MODELS:
28514 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
28515 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
28516 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
28517
28518
28519 HIDE/SHOW:
28520 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
28521 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
28522 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
28523 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
28524 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
28525
28526
28527 CODE UPDATING:
28528 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
28529 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
28530 Limitations:
28531 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
28532 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
28533 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
28534 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
28535 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
28536 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
28537 (used to obtain the port names).
28538
28539
28540 CODE FIXING:
28541 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
28542 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
28543
28544
28545 PRINTING:
28546 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
28547 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
28548 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
28549 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
28550 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
28551 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
28552 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
28553 printers.
28554
28555
28556 OPTIONS:
28557 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
28558 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
28559 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
28560 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
28561 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
28562
28563 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
28564 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
28565 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
28566 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
28567 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
28568 INSTALL file).
28569
28570 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
28571 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
28572
28573
28574 FILE EXTENSIONS:
28575 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
28576 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
28577 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
28578
28579 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
28580
28581
28582 HINTS:
28583 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
28584 a VHDL file first, use the command:
28585
28586 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
28587
28588 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
28589
28590 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
28591
28592
28593 RELEASE NOTES:
28594 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
28595
28596
28597 Maintenance:
28598 ------------
28599
28600 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
28601 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
28602
28603 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
28604
28605 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
28606 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
28607 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
28608 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
28609
28610 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
28611 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
28612 where the latest version can be found.
28613
28614
28615 Known problems:
28616 ---------------
28617
28618 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
28619 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
28620 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
28621
28622
28623 The VHDL Mode Authors
28624 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
28625
28626 Key bindings:
28627 -------------
28628
28629 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
28630
28631 \(fn)" t nil)
28632
28633 ;;;***
28634 \f
28635 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17187 59879))
28636 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
28637
28638 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
28639 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
28640 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
28641 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
28642
28643 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
28644 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
28645 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
28646 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
28647 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
28648
28649 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
28650 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
28651
28652 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
28653
28654 * Limitations and unsupported features
28655 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
28656 not supported.
28657 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
28658 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
28659
28660 * Modifications
28661 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
28662 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
28663 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
28664 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
28665 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
28666 for undoing a repeated change command.
28667 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
28668 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
28669 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
28670
28671 * Extensions
28672 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
28673 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
28674 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
28675 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
28676 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
28677 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
28678 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
28679 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
28680
28681 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
28682
28683 \(fn)" t nil)
28684
28685 ;;;***
28686 \f
28687 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
28688 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
28689 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
28690 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17187 59881))
28691 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
28692
28693 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
28694 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
28695
28696 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
28697
28698 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
28699 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
28700 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
28701 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
28702
28703 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28704
28705 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
28706 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
28707
28708 \(fn)" t nil)
28709
28710 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
28711 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
28712 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
28713 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
28714
28715 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28716
28717 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
28718 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
28719
28720 \(fn)" t nil)
28721
28722 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
28723 Not documented
28724
28725 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28726
28727 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
28728 Not documented
28729
28730 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28731
28732 ;;;***
28733 \f
28734 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
28735 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
28736 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (17263
28737 ;;;;;; 27852))
28738 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
28739
28740 (defvar view-mode nil "\
28741 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
28742 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
28743 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
28744
28745 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
28746
28747 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
28748 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
28749 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28750 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28751 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28752 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28753 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28754
28755 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28756
28757 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
28758
28759 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
28760 View FILE in View mode in another window.
28761 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
28762 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28763 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28764 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28765 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28766 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28767
28768 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28769
28770 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
28771
28772 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
28773 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
28774 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
28775 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28776 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28777 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28778 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28779 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28780
28781 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28782
28783 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
28784
28785 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
28786 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
28787 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28788 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28789 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28790 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28791 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28792
28793 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28794
28795 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
28796 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
28797 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
28798
28799 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
28800
28801 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
28802 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
28803 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
28804 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28805 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28806 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28807 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28808 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28809
28810 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28811
28812 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
28813 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
28814 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
28815
28816 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
28817
28818 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
28819 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
28820 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
28821 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28822 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28823 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28824 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28825 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28826
28827 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28828
28829 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
28830 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
28831 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
28832
28833 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
28834
28835 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
28836 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
28837 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
28838
28839 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
28840 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
28841 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
28842 read-only.
28843 \\<view-mode-map>
28844 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
28845 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
28846 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
28847 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
28848 commands default to a repeat count of one.
28849
28850 H, h, ? This message.
28851 Digits provide prefix arguments.
28852 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
28853 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
28854 > move to the end of buffer.
28855 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
28856 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
28857 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
28858 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
28859 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
28860 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
28861 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
28862 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
28863 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
28864 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
28865 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
28866 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
28867 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
28868 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
28869 Use this to view a changing file.
28870 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
28871 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
28872 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
28873 . set the mark.
28874 x exchanges point and mark.
28875 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
28876 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
28877 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
28878 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
28879 ' go to position saved in character register.
28880 s do forward incremental search.
28881 r do reverse incremental search.
28882 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
28883 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
28884 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
28885 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
28886 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
28887 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
28888 p searches backward for last regular expression.
28889 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
28890 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
28891 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
28892 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
28893 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
28894 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
28895 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
28896 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
28897 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
28898 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
28899
28900 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
28901 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
28902 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
28903 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
28904 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
28905 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
28906 will return to that buffer.
28907
28908 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28909
28910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28911
28912 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
28913 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
28914 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
28915 `view-return-to-alist'.
28916 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
28917 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
28918 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
28919
28920 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
28921 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
28922 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
28923 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
28924 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
28925 1) nil Do nothing.
28926 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
28927 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
28928 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
28929 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
28930
28931 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28932
28933 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28934
28935 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
28936
28937 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
28938 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
28939
28940 \(fn)" t nil)
28941
28942 ;;;***
28943 \f
28944 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17226
28945 ;;;;;; 24575))
28946 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
28947
28948 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
28949 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
28950
28951 \(fn)" nil nil)
28952
28953 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
28954 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
28955
28956 \(fn)" t nil)
28957
28958 ;;;***
28959 \f
28960 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
28961 ;;;;;; (17277 59649))
28962 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
28963
28964 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
28965 Toggle Viper on/off.
28966 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
28967
28968 \(fn)" t nil)
28969
28970 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
28971 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Viper'.
28972
28973 \(fn)" t nil)
28974
28975 ;;;***
28976 \f
28977 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
28978 ;;;;;; (17187 59901))
28979 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
28980
28981 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
28982 Function to generate warning prefixes.
28983 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
28984 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
28985 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
28986 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
28987 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
28988 the beginning of the warning.")
28989
28990 (defvar warning-series nil "\
28991 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
28992 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
28993 which is the start of the current series; it means that
28994 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
28995 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
28996 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
28997 also call that function before the next warning.")
28998
28999 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
29000 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
29001
29002 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
29003 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
29004 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
29005 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
29006
29007 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
29008 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
29009 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
29010 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
29011 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
29012 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
29013
29014 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
29015 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
29016
29017 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
29018 if you do not attend to it promptly.
29019 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
29020 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
29021 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
29022 :debug -- info for debugging only.
29023
29024 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
29025 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
29026
29027 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
29028
29029 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
29030 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
29031
29032 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
29033
29034 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
29035 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
29036 Aside from generating the message with `format',
29037 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
29038
29039 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol).
29040 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
29041 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
29042 can be whatever you like.)
29043
29044 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
29045 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
29046
29047 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
29048 if you do not attend to it promptly.
29049 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
29050 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
29051 :debug -- info for debugging only.
29052
29053 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29054
29055 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
29056 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
29057 Aside from generating the message with `format',
29058 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
29059 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
29060
29061 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29062
29063 ;;;***
29064 \f
29065 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
29066 ;;;;;; (17226 24579))
29067 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
29068
29069 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
29070 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
29071 \\<wdired-mode-map>
29072 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
29073 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
29074 in disk.
29075
29076 See `wdired-mode'.
29077
29078 \(fn)" t nil)
29079
29080 ;;;***
29081 \f
29082 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17187 59902))
29083 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
29084
29085 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
29086 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
29087
29088 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
29089 hotlist.
29090
29091 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
29092 <nwv@acm.org>.
29093
29094 \(fn)" t nil)
29095
29096 ;;;***
29097 \f
29098 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
29099 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
29100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
29101 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
29102 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
29103
29104 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
29105
29106 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
29107 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
29108 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
29109 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29110 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
29111
29112 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func")
29113
29114 (put (quote which-function-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
29115
29116 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
29117 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
29118 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
29119 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
29120
29121 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
29122 and off otherwise.
29123
29124 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29125
29126 ;;;***
29127 \f
29128 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
29129 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
29130 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
29131 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
29132 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
29133 ;;;;;; (17257 22483))
29134 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
29135
29136 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
29137 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
29138
29139 \(fn)" t nil)
29140
29141 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
29142 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
29143
29144 \(fn)" t nil)
29145
29146 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
29147 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
29148
29149 \(fn)" t nil)
29150
29151 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
29152 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
29153
29154 \(fn)" t nil)
29155
29156 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
29157 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
29158
29159 \(fn)" t nil)
29160
29161 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
29162 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
29163 These are:
29164 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
29165 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
29166 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
29167 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
29168 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
29169
29170 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
29171 and:
29172 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
29173 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
29174
29175 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
29176
29177 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
29178 Check the region for whitespace errors.
29179
29180 \(fn S E)" t nil)
29181
29182 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
29183 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
29184 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
29185
29186 \(fn)" t nil)
29187
29188 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
29189 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
29190
29191 \(fn S E)" t nil)
29192
29193 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
29194
29195 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
29196 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
29197 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
29198 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29199 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
29200
29201 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace")
29202
29203 (put (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
29204
29205 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
29206 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
29207 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
29208
29209 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
29210 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
29211
29212 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29213
29214 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
29215 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
29216 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
29217
29218 \(fn)" t nil)
29219
29220 ;;;***
29221 \f
29222 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
29223 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17187 59902))
29224 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
29225
29226 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
29227 Browse the widget under point.
29228
29229 \(fn POS)" t nil)
29230
29231 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
29232 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
29233
29234 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
29235
29236 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
29237 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
29238
29239 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
29240
29241 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
29242 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
29243 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
29244
29245 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29246
29247 ;;;***
29248 \f
29249 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
29250 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17277
29251 ;;;;;; 59650))
29252 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
29253
29254 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
29255 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
29256
29257 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
29258
29259 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
29260 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
29261 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
29262
29263 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
29264
29265 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
29266 Create widget of TYPE.
29267 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
29268
29269 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29270
29271 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
29272 Delete WIDGET.
29273
29274 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
29275
29276 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
29277 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
29278
29279 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29280
29281 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
29282 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
29283 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
29284
29285 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
29286 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
29287
29288 \(fn)" nil nil)
29289
29290 ;;;***
29291 \f
29292 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
29293 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17187
29294 ;;;;;; 59902))
29295 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
29296
29297 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
29298 Select the window to the left of the current one.
29299 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
29300 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
29301 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
29302 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
29303 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
29304
29305 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29306
29307 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
29308 Select the window above the current one.
29309 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
29310 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
29311 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
29312 negative ARG) of the current window.
29313 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
29314
29315 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29316
29317 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
29318 Select the window to the right of the current one.
29319 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
29320 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
29321 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
29322 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
29323 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
29324
29325 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29326
29327 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
29328 Select the window below the current one.
29329 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
29330 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
29331 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
29332 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
29333 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
29334
29335 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29336
29337 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
29338 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
29339 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
29340 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
29341
29342 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
29343
29344 ;;;***
29345 \f
29346 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
29347 ;;;;;; (17187 59902))
29348 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
29349
29350 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
29351 Toggle Winner mode.
29352 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29353 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
29354
29355 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner")
29356
29357 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
29358 Toggle Winner mode.
29359 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
29360
29361 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29362
29363 ;;;***
29364 \f
29365 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
29366 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17238 21257))
29367 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
29368
29369 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
29370 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
29371 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
29372 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
29373 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
29374 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
29375 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
29376 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
29377
29378 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
29379 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
29380
29381 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
29382
29383 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
29384 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
29385
29386 \(fn)" t nil)
29387
29388 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
29389 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
29390 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
29391 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
29392 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
29393 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
29394 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
29395 `woman' command for further details.
29396
29397 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
29398
29399 ;;;***
29400 \f
29401 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
29402 ;;;;;; (17226 24575))
29403 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
29404
29405 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
29406 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
29407
29408 BUGS:
29409 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
29410 are not implemented
29411 - Options for search and replace
29412 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
29413 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
29414
29415 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
29416 Emacs-like.
29417
29418 The key bindings are:
29419
29420 C-a backward-word
29421 C-b fill-paragraph
29422 C-c scroll-up-line
29423 C-d forward-char
29424 C-e previous-line
29425 C-f forward-word
29426 C-g delete-char
29427 C-h backward-char
29428 C-i indent-for-tab-command
29429 C-j help-for-help
29430 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
29431 C-l ws-repeat-search
29432 C-n open-line
29433 C-p quoted-insert
29434 C-r scroll-down-line
29435 C-s backward-char
29436 C-t kill-word
29437 C-u keyboard-quit
29438 C-v overwrite-mode
29439 C-w scroll-down
29440 C-x next-line
29441 C-y kill-complete-line
29442 C-z scroll-up
29443
29444 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
29445 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
29446 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
29447 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
29448 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
29449 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
29450 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
29451 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
29452 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
29453 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
29454 C-k b ws-begin-block
29455 C-k c ws-copy-block
29456 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
29457 C-k f find-file
29458 C-k h ws-show-markers
29459 C-k i ws-indent-block
29460 C-k k ws-end-block
29461 C-k p ws-print-block
29462 C-k q kill-emacs
29463 C-k r insert-file
29464 C-k s save-some-buffers
29465 C-k t ws-mark-word
29466 C-k u ws-exdent-block
29467 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
29468 C-k v ws-move-block
29469 C-k w ws-write-block
29470 C-k x kill-emacs
29471 C-k y ws-delete-block
29472
29473 C-o c wordstar-center-line
29474 C-o b switch-to-buffer
29475 C-o j justify-current-line
29476 C-o k kill-buffer
29477 C-o l list-buffers
29478 C-o m auto-fill-mode
29479 C-o r set-fill-column
29480 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
29481 C-o wd delete-other-windows
29482 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
29483 C-o wo other-window
29484 C-o wv split-window-vertically
29485
29486 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
29487 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
29488 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
29489 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
29490 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
29491 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
29492 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
29493 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
29494 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
29495 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
29496 C-q a ws-query-replace
29497 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
29498 C-q c end-of-buffer
29499 C-q d end-of-line
29500 C-q f ws-search
29501 C-q k ws-to-block-end
29502 C-q l ws-undo
29503 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
29504 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
29505 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
29506 C-q w ws-last-error
29507 C-q y ws-kill-eol
29508 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
29509
29510 \(fn)" t nil)
29511
29512 ;;;***
29513 \f
29514 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
29515 ;;;;;; (17263 27852))
29516 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
29517
29518 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
29519 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
29520 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
29521 Returns the top node with all its children.
29522 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
29523 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
29524
29525 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
29526
29527 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
29528 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
29529 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
29530 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
29531 is not well-formed XML.
29532 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
29533 and returned as the first element of the list.
29534 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
29535
29536 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
29537
29538 ;;;***
29539 \f
29540 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (17187
29541 ;;;;;; 59919))
29542 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
29543
29544 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
29545 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
29546 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
29547 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29548 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
29549
29550 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
29551
29552 (put (quote xterm-mouse-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
29553
29554 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
29555 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
29556 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
29557
29558 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
29559 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
29560 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
29561 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
29562 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
29563 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
29564
29565 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29566
29567 ;;;***
29568 \f
29569 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
29570 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17187 59901))
29571 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
29572
29573 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
29574 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
29575
29576 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29577
29578 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
29579 Extract file name from an yenc header.
29580
29581 \(fn)" nil nil)
29582
29583 ;;;***
29584 \f
29585 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
29586 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17187 59902))
29587 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
29588
29589 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
29590 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
29591
29592 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
29593
29594 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
29595 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
29596
29597 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
29598
29599 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
29600 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
29601 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
29602
29603 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
29604
29605 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
29606 Zippy goes to the analyst.
29607
29608 \(fn)" t nil)
29609
29610 ;;;***
29611 \f
29612 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17229 28054))
29613 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
29614
29615 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
29616 Zone out, completely.
29617
29618 \(fn)" t nil)
29619
29620 ;;;***
29621 \f
29622 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
29623 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (17187 59902))
29624 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
29625
29626 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
29627 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified.
29628
29629 \(fn)" t nil)
29630
29631 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
29632 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
29633
29634 Zone-mode does two things:
29635
29636 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
29637 when saving the file
29638
29639 - fontification
29640
29641 \(fn)" t nil)
29642
29643 ;;;***
29644 \f
29645 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el" "bindings.el"
29646 ;;;;;; "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
29647 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
29648 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
29649 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
29650 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
29651 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el"
29652 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
29653 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
29654 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
29655 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
29656 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
29657 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
29658 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
29659 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el"
29660 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
29661 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
29662 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
29663 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
29664 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
29665 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
29666 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
29667 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
29668 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
29669 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
29670 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
29671 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
29672 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
29673 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
29674 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el"
29675 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el"
29676 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
29677 ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
29678 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
29679 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
29680 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
29681 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
29682 ;;;;;; "env.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
29683 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
29684 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
29685 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
29686 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
29687 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
29688 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
29689 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
29690 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
29691 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el"
29692 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
29693 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/dig.el"
29694 ;;;;;; "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
29695 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
29696 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
29697 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el"
29698 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
29699 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
29700 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
29701 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
29702 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
29703 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
29704 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
29705 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
29706 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
29707 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
29708 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
29709 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
29710 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
29711 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
29712 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
29713 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
29714 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
29715 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
29716 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
29717 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
29718 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
29719 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
29720 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
29721 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
29722 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
29723 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
29724 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
29725 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
29726 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
29727 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
29728 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
29729 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
29730 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
29731 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
29732 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
29733 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
29734 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
29735 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
29736 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
29737 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
29738 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
29739 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-customize.el"
29740 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
29741 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-index.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
29742 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-pick.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el"
29743 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el"
29744 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
29745 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
29746 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
29747 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
29748 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/awk-mode.el"
29749 ;;;;;; "obsolete/bg-mouse.el" "obsolete/float.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el"
29750 ;;;;;; "obsolete/iso-insert.el" "obsolete/iso-swed.el" "obsolete/keyswap.el"
29751 ;;;;;; "obsolete/mlsupport.el" "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el"
29752 ;;;;;; "obsolete/rnews.el" "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el"
29753 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sun-fns.el" "obsolete/swedish.el" "obsolete/uncompress.el"
29754 ;;;;;; "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el" "patcomp.el"
29755 ;;;;;; "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
29756 ;;;;;; "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
29757 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
29758 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
29759 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
29760 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
29761 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-vars.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
29762 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
29763 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
29764 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
29765 ;;;;;; "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el" "register.el"
29766 ;;;;;; "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el"
29767 ;;;;;; "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el"
29768 ;;;;;; "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el" "term/apollo.el"
29769 ;;;;;; "term/bobcat.el" "term/cygwin.el" "term/internal.el" "term/iris-ansi.el"
29770 ;;;;;; "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el"
29771 ;;;;;; "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/sun.el"
29772 ;;;;;; "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/tvi970.el"
29773 ;;;;;; "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el"
29774 ;;;;;; "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el"
29775 ;;;;;; "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/w32-win.el"
29776 ;;;;;; "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
29777 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
29778 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
29779 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
29780 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
29781 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el"
29782 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el"
29783 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
29784 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-https.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
29785 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el"
29786 ;;;;;; "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el"
29787 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
29788 ;;;;;; "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el") (17279 20072 750932))
29789
29790 ;;;***
29791 \f
29792 ;;; Local Variables:
29793 ;;; version-control: never
29794 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
29795 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
29796 ;;; End:
29797 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here